document resume - eric · 2014. 3. 30. · of unremitting controversy, primarily between those...

265
ED 234 180 AUTHOR TITLE INSTITUTION REPORT 1d0 PUB DATE NOTE AVAILABLE FROM PUB .TYPE EDRS PRICE DESCRIPTORS DOCUMENT RESUME CE 036 883 Rubin, Murray Federal-State Relations in Unemployment Insurance. A Balance of Power. 'Upjohn (W.E.) Inst. for Employment Research, Kalamazoo, Mich. ISBN-0-88099-012-0 83 265p. W. E. Upjohn Institute for Employment Research, 300. S. Westnedge Avenue, Kalamazoo, MI 49007 ($11.95--paper; $18.95--hardcover, ISBN 0-88099-013-9). Books (010) -- Viewpoints (120) MFO1 Plus Postage. PC Not Available from EDRS. Adults; Court Litigation; Employment Problems; Federal Courts; Federal Government; Federal Legislation; Federal Programs; Federal Regulation; *Federal State Relationship; Financial Support; *Futures (of Society); Governmental Structure; *Government Role; Institutional Cooperation; Job Layoff; Laws; Legislation; Public Policy; State Action; *State Federal Aid; State Government; State Legislation; State Standards;.*Unemployment; *Unemployment Insurance ABSTRACT For nearly 50 years, the unemployMent insurance program has functioned as a unique and largely successful intergovernmental effort. From its inception, federal and state governments have each had principal jurisdiction over particular aspects of the program and both have shared responsibilities for others. The. distribution of authoiity and responsibilities has provided a balance of power that accounts for the vitality of the program and 1.ts responsiveness to new problems over the years. Recent economic developments and political shifts, however, are producing an incz wing-era-I=dominance-and_a_departure -from long-standing program.goals.\If the unemployment insurance program is to continue to succeed, it requires a return to the traditional federal-state balance of power. This book discusses first the original reasoning for the federal-State distribution of responsibilities and the provisions originally adopted to implement the system. It next describes later federal standards and'their impact on the balance of power':,, The administration of the federal laws is explored as wellas the process of resolving conflicts..Finally, an assessment is analyzed on the value of the balancQ to the system-and the prospects for its preservation. Recommendations are then made concerning how the balance of power can be reformulated. (KC) *********************************************************************** Reproductions supplied by EDRS are the best that can be made from the original document. ***********************************************************************

Upload: others

Post on 17-Aug-2020

0 views

Category:

Documents


0 download

TRANSCRIPT

Page 1: DOCUMENT RESUME - ERIC · 2014. 3. 30. · of unremitting controversy, primarily between those anxious to ensure a high level of adequacy of protection and those for whom program

ED 234 180

AUTHORTITLE

INSTITUTION

REPORT 1d0PUB DATENOTEAVAILABLE FROM

PUB .TYPE

EDRS PRICEDESCRIPTORS

DOCUMENT RESUME

CE 036 883

Rubin, MurrayFederal-State Relations in Unemployment Insurance. ABalance of Power.'Upjohn (W.E.) Inst. for Employment Research,Kalamazoo, Mich.ISBN-0-88099-012-083265p.W. E. Upjohn Institute for Employment Research, 300.S. Westnedge Avenue, Kalamazoo, MI 49007($11.95--paper; $18.95--hardcover, ISBN0-88099-013-9).Books (010) -- Viewpoints (120)

MFO1 Plus Postage. PC Not Available from EDRS.Adults; Court Litigation; Employment Problems;Federal Courts; Federal Government; FederalLegislation; Federal Programs; Federal Regulation;*Federal State Relationship; Financial Support;*Futures (of Society); Governmental Structure;*Government Role; Institutional Cooperation; JobLayoff; Laws; Legislation; Public Policy; StateAction; *State Federal Aid; State Government; StateLegislation; State Standards;.*Unemployment;*Unemployment Insurance

ABSTRACTFor nearly 50 years, the unemployMent insurance

program has functioned as a unique and largely successfulintergovernmental effort. From its inception, federal and stategovernments have each had principal jurisdiction over particularaspects of the program and both have shared responsibilities forothers. The. distribution of authoiity and responsibilities hasprovided a balance of power that accounts for the vitality of theprogram and 1.ts responsiveness to new problems over the years. Recenteconomic developments and political shifts, however, are producing anincz wing-era-I=dominance-and_a_departure -from long-standingprogram.goals.\If the unemployment insurance program is to continueto succeed, it requires a return to the traditional federal-statebalance of power. This book discusses first the original reasoningfor the federal-State distribution of responsibilities and theprovisions originally adopted to implement the system. It nextdescribes later federal standards and'their impact on the balance ofpower':,, The administration of the federal laws is explored as wellasthe process of resolving conflicts..Finally, an assessment isanalyzed on the value of the balancQ to the system-and the prospectsfor its preservation. Recommendations are then made concerning howthe balance of power can be reformulated. (KC)

***********************************************************************Reproductions supplied by EDRS are the best that can be made

from the original document.***********************************************************************

Page 2: DOCUMENT RESUME - ERIC · 2014. 3. 30. · of unremitting controversy, primarily between those anxious to ensure a high level of adequacy of protection and those for whom program

Federal-StateRelations in

UnemploymentInsurance

ABalance

of Power

Murray RubinU.S. DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION

NATIONAL INSTITUTE OF EDUCATION--EDUCATIONAL RESOURCES INFORMATION

CENTER IERICIThis document has been reproduced asreceived from the person or organizationoriginating it

1-..1 Minor changes have been made to imprOvereproduction quality.

"PERMISSION TO REPRODUCE THISMATERIAL IN MICROFICHE ONLYHAS BEEN GRANTED BY

Points of view or opinions stated In this docu-ment do not necessarily represent official NIEposition or policy.

TO THE EDUCATIONAL RESOURCESINFORMATION CENTER (ERIC)."

'The W. E. Upjohn Institute for Employment Research

Page 3: DOCUMENT RESUME - ERIC · 2014. 3. 30. · of unremitting controversy, primarily between those anxious to ensure a high level of adequacy of protection and those for whom program

Library of Congress Cataloging, in Publication Data

Rubin, Murray.Federal-state relations in unemployment insurance.

1. Insurance, UnemploymentUnited States.2. Federal governmentUnited States. I. Title.HD7096.U5R8 1983 353.0082'56 83-17118ISBN 0-88099-013-9ISBN 0-88099-012-0 (pbk.)

Copyright © 1983by the.

W. E. UPJOHN INSTITUTEFOR EMPLOYMENT RESEARCH

300 South Westnedge Ave.Kalamazoo, Michigan 49007

THE INSTITUTE, a nonprofit research organization, was establishedon July 1, 1945. It is an activity of the W. E. Upjohn UnemploymentTrustee Corporation, which was formed in 1932 to administer a fund setaside by the late Dr. W. E. Upjohn for the purpose of carrying on"research into the causes and effects of unemployment and measures forthe alleviation of unemployment."

ii

Page 4: DOCUMENT RESUME - ERIC · 2014. 3. 30. · of unremitting controversy, primarily between those anxious to ensure a high level of adequacy of protection and those for whom program

a

The Board of Trusteesof the

-W. E. UpjohnUnemployment Trustee Corporation

Preston S. Parish, ChairmanMartha G. Parfet, Vice Chairman

Charles C. Gibbons, Vice ChairmanD. Gordon Knapp, SecretarY-Treasurer

E. Gifford Upjohn, M.D.Mrs. Genevieve U. Gilmore,

James H. DuncanJohn T..Bernhard

Paul H. Todd

The Staff of the InstituteJack R. Woods, Acting Director

Saul J. BlausteinJudith K. DrawerPhyllis R. Buskirk

H. Allan HuntTimothy L. HuntJo Bentley ReeceRobert A. Straits

Wayne R. Wend ling

iii

Page 5: DOCUMENT RESUME - ERIC · 2014. 3. 30. · of unremitting controversy, primarily between those anxious to ensure a high level of adequacy of protection and those for whom program

Foreword

For nearly 50 years the unemployment insurance programhas functioned as a unique and largely successful in-tergovernmental effort. From its inception, federal and stategovernments have each had principal jurisdiction over par-ticular aspects of the program and both have shared respon-sibilities for others. The distribution of authority andresponsibilities has provided a balance of power which, inthe author's view, accounts for the vitality of the programand its responsiveness to new problems over the years.

Rubin's concern is that recent economic developments andpolitical shifts are producing an increasing federaldominance and a departure from long-standing programgoals. From his analysis of the qualities and dynamics whichhave contributed to the UI program's past success, he con-cludes that the future of the program requires a return to thetraditional federal-state balance of power.

Facts and observations presented in this study are the soleresponsibility of the author. His viewpoints do not necessari-ly represent the positions of the W. E. Upjohn Institute forEmployment Research.

_July _1983

V

Jack R. WoodsActing Director

C

Page 6: DOCUMENT RESUME - ERIC · 2014. 3. 30. · of unremitting controversy, primarily between those anxious to ensure a high level of adequacy of protection and those for whom program

The Author

The author, Murray A. Rubin, obtained B.A. and M.A.degrees at Rutgers University and later pursued graduatestudies in political science at Ohio State University. In 1960he joined the staff of the Unempl:,yment Insurance Serviceof the Labor Department's former Bureau of EmploymentSecurity, where he specialized in state and federal UI legisla-tion. As chief of the Division of Program. Policy and Legisla-tion, he was responsible for review, of state UI legislation forconformity with federal law, preparation of draft legislationto assist states, negotiation with state officials on issues ofnonconformity, and development of federal UI legislativeprograms. He retired from the Department after 29 years ofgovernment 'service. In 1979 he was appointed Consultantfor Legislative Studies for the. National Commission onUnemployment fompensation, where he prepared reportson a number Ot, major UI issues. Since then he hi con-tracted with both governmental and private organizati ns asa consultant on unemployment insurance.

vi

Page 7: DOCUMENT RESUME - ERIC · 2014. 3. 30. · of unremitting controversy, primarily between those anxious to ensure a high level of adequacy of protection and those for whom program

0 I

Preface

0

This monograph reflects my association for almost 20years with thousands of individuals in the state and federalemployment security field. The accomplishments ofunemployment insurance, this unique experiment in in-tergovernmental relations, are due in large measure to theskills and personal commitment of many of these public ser-vants.

This monograph is dedicated to the memory of piy first'supervisor in the Unemployment Insurance Service, PhilipBooth, who died in 1981. He is most representative, in. mymind, of the "old guard," aCliminishing group of outstand-ing federal and state civil servants who established theguiding principles of this program, and whose dedicationserved it so well for 50 years.

I wish co acknowledge my indebtedness to Saul Blausteinof the Upjohn Institute for his early support and continuingencourageinent. This monograph has been much improvedbecause of his many suggestions and careful editing. I am in-debted also to my wife, whose patience, peisonal experiencewith the program, and typing skills helped see us throughseveral drafts of this monograph. Ervin and other limita-tions are solely my responsibility.

Murray RubinApril 1983

Page 8: DOCUMENT RESUME - ERIC · 2014. 3. 30. · of unremitting controversy, primarily between those anxious to ensure a high level of adequacy of protection and those for whom program

Contents

Introduction 1

Chapter 1: Conceptual Framework for a Cooperative System 9Origins and Rationale 11

Providing an Incentive i4Adopting Minimum Program Standards: Federal Role

State Influence 19Controlling Reserve Funds: Federal Role 21Establishing Sound Program Provisions: State Role,

Federal Influence 22Achieving Sound Administration: Shared Responsibilities 26

Practical Checks to Federal and State Authority 29

Chapter 2: Basic Statutory Provisions: Conflict and Cooperation . 37.Tax Credit Incentive 37Control of Reserves 38Administration '41

Payment Through Employment Offices 44Merit System Requirement 45Required Reports and Disclosures of Information 47Fair Hearing 50

Federal Program Standards 54Labor Standards 55Experience Rating Standard 58

State Programs 64

Chapter 3:ederal Program Standards: Weakening the Balance 69Standards That Protect Claimants 70

Protection of Interstate Claimants 70Protection of Claimants Taking Training 74Protection Against Excessive Penalties 75Protection Against Automatic Disqualification for Pregnancy . 73Proposed Benefit Standards 80

Standards That Restrict Payment 83"Double Dip" Restriction 84Restriction of Benefits to Certain Aliens 86Restriction of Benefits to Professional Athletes 88Deduction of Retirement Income From Benefits 91

ix

Page 9: DOCUMENT RESUME - ERIC · 2014. 3. 30. · of unremitting controversy, primarily between those anxious to ensure a high level of adequacy of protection and those for whom program

Standards With Both Protective and Restrictive FeaturesCoverage StandardExtended Benefit Standard

.Chapter 4: Adm.u1ustration of Federal Standards: Direct

9495

106

Feder/al-State Confrontation 127

State Legislltion 127

Federal Review of Proposed State Legislation 130

Review Priorities 133

Teel meal Adequacy 134

ogram Policy 135

onformity 139

/.' Identifying Issues '140 -

Avoiding Confrontation 143 "------

Resolution of Issues 146

Appendix To Chapt,er 4: Chronology and Anatomyof a Conformity Case

-

151,

Chapter 5: Major Federal-State Conformity and Court Cases 171

South Dakota-(1963-64) Issues 173

AdministrativeIssues 175

' South Dakota (1939) 175

Arizona (1941) 176

New Hampshire (1964) 176

Coverage Issues 177

New York (1974) 178

Pennsylvania (1979) 181

New Hampshire (1980) 184

Constitutionality Challenge: The Countyof Los Angeles Case (1980) - 190

Alabama, Nevada (1981) 198

Experience Rating and Benefit Charging Issiies 204Minnesota (1947) 204

Alabama (1953) 205

Michigan (1957) 206

Oregon (1976) 0 207Delaware, New Jersey, New York, Pennsylvania (1979) 208

Labor Standards ISsues 211

Oregon (1938) 212California and Washington (1949) 213

California (1955)- 214

\

Page 10: DOCUMENT RESUME - ERIC · 2014. 3. 30. · of unremitting controversy, primarily between those anxious to ensure a high level of adequacy of protection and those for whom program

Fair Hearing and Proinptness ISsuesThe Java Case (1971)Aftgrthath of Java

,'215.215

. , 221

Chapter 6: Summary, Trends, Conclusions 231The Conceptual and Legislative Framework 231Experience , 232

Checks and Balances 232Conflicts .233Cooperation 235

Attitudes 236Recent Trends 239Conclusions

Arguments for Federal Control , 245245

Disadvantages of Federal Dominance 248Restoring a More Even Balance 251

xi

Page 11: DOCUMENT RESUME - ERIC · 2014. 3. 30. · of unremitting controversy, primarily between those anxious to ensure a high level of adequacy of protection and those for whom program

Introduction

The unemployment insurance program has been su,ccessfulby any reasonable measure throughout its nearly 50 years ofexistence. It has provided hope and help to millions ofworkers at critical times in 'their lives. Money for necessaryexpenses has been paid to qualified unemployed workersquickly, in an impartial manner, without a" means or needstest and with relatively little fraud or scandal. Unlikewelfare, which is based on a demonstration of need,unemployment insurance has not cost workers their self-respect. Its cost to employers, who finance the program, hasnot been negligible, but neither has it been excessive,;-giventhe value provided. The dollars pumped,by the program intofailing economies have helped workers and employers byforestalling potential economic disasters at both local andnational levels.

These accomplishments have been made despite two ap-parent obstacles that seem serious enough to defeat anypublic program. While is now accepted that insuranceagainst unemployment is a legitimate governmental respon-sibility, the -degree of protection to be provided is the subject°of unremitting controversy, primarily between those anxiousto ensure a high level of adequacy of protection and thosefor whom program costs,. employer tax rates, and potentialwork disincentives are important concerns. This debate stir-faces at least once every two years in the legislatures of all 50States, Puerto Rico, the District of Columbia, and the Virgin

Page 12: DOCUMENT RESUME - ERIC · 2014. 3. 30. · of unremitting controversy, primarily between those anxious to ensure a high level of adequacy of protection and those for whom program

Islands, and dot infrequently at the federal legislative level.Since each elemebt of unemployment insurance 7qualifyingrequirements, ,benefit amounts, benefit duration, eligibilityand disqualification provisions, tax rates and financing pro-visionshas cost implications, proposed amendments to anyand all such elements may provoke controversy. Over 2,000unemployment insurance-related proposals are introducedeach Year in the states' legislatures. Not all are contentious,and not all controversy involves progrant adequacy versusprogram. costs. However,_; those . considerations underliedebate on most of the significant amendments..

But rather than being an obstacle, the cost-adequacy con-troversy has made unemployment insurance (UI) a dynamicprogram, reiponsive to economic and social change. Whenopposing views have been reasonably balanced, contro ersyand ensuing debate have usually resulted either in enact entof carefully considered legislation, or at least defeat of p o-posals that would weaken the program's effectiveness. Whedebate hasbeen absent because of the dominance of eitherlabor or management, the program has suffered distortions.

The second apparent obstacle also involves controversy. Itarises from the fact that, responsibilities for --Unemploymentinsurance are shared between two levels of government withdifferent-perspettives.

Each of the states and three other jurisdictions (called"stales" for UI purposes) provides for its own complete,self-contained unemployment insbrance program,'. ad:-ministered by state employeei. The states are responsible forall substantive- matters: ,qtialifying. requirenient-sr-beirefitlevels; disqualification provisions; eligibility conditions; andtax structure. The federal governMent'S responsibilities in-clude maintaining nationwide standards which often includeProgram matters. Friction results from- state resentment of,federal entroachments into state jurisdiction. It results also

Page 13: DOCUMENT RESUME - ERIC · 2014. 3. 30. · of unremitting controversy, primarily between those anxious to ensure a high level of adequacy of protection and those for whom program

when state enactments or practices appear to federal officialsto violate national standards. These issues of conformitywith federal requirements are usually settled throughpeaceful negotiation, but occasionally they provoke heatedconfrontations. What makes conformity with federal stan-dards compelling is the Federal Unemployment Tax Act,which provides for a payroll tax on virtually all employers. Itallows employers to credit against most of theYederal tax thetaxes they pay under a state unemployment insurance pro-gram if that pfogram conforms with federal standards. If astate UI law does not conform, employers receive no creditand are liable for the full federal tax, which may be con-siderably more than the taxes many employers pay under thestate law. None of federal taxes thus payable would be usedfor unemployment benefitsj'ayment of both the full federaltax and state unemployment taxes could be prohibitive. Ac-cordingly, the state would probably be forced either to aban-don its nonconforming unemployment insurance program orfind alternative financing. In most cases, denial of tax creditwould be tantamount" to elimination of the state's program.

Similarly, although the states are responsible for the ad-Ministration of their programs, the responsibility for thedesign and nature of that administration-is shared, sincefinancing of UI administrative costs comes from federalfunds. (A portiok of the federal unemployment tax, whichcannot bf2 offset by state UI taxes paid, provides the sourceof funds for program administiatiod.) Thus, state laws andpractice also conform with additional federal controls (ad-

-mini trative -standardsand-directives )--,--ir the ii."'toqualify for the funds necessary to run its "program..

As indicated above, the result of this division of respon-sibilities is continual discord. The states seek independencefrom federal sul_rvision over administrative matters andfrom federal intrusion into program matters. Federal ad-

' ministrations seek greater authority to establish priorities,1

Page 14: DOCUMENT RESUME - ERIC · 2014. 3. 30. · of unremitting controversy, primarily between those anxious to ensure a high level of adequacy of protection and those for whom program

ensure economical operations and exert more influence overprogram matters.

The intergovernmental conflicvs, like the programadequacy-program costs controversy, have provided a "bet-ter product"but only as long as the powers on each sidehave been reasonably balanced. Until recent years, statutoryand practical restraints on the authority of both levels ofgovernment have helped preserve the balance by keepingeach from usurping the powers of the other. These restraintsand the resulting balance of state and federal authority haveproduced conflict, but more important, they have generatedthe high degree of intergovernmental cooperation that isnecessary in order for either partner to operate effectively.This cooperation has been the key to the program's success.

For example, neither the federal nor any state govern-ment, given the awesome sanctions available, has any in-terest in provoking a conformity confrontation that couldjeopardize the,continued existence of a state's program. Theresult has been the resolution, through negotiation, of all buta handful of issues. Thus, despite an average of about 20potential conformity issues being raised each year since theprogram began, there have been fewer the.n 30 formal con-formity hearings actually undertaken over the first 45 years.

Another practical limitation on federal officials that en-courages cooperation is their accountability to Congress.Amendments restricting the authority of the Secretary ofLabor have followed.past federal administrative actions con-sidered arbitrary by a state-oriented Congress. That ex-perience has been an inhibiting factor even during periodswhen administrations have been popular .with Congress.

The states also face practical limitations on their authoritythat encourage cooperation and restraint. For example, cer-tain past state enactments have been considered so arbitraryor discriminatory as to provoke congressional adoption of

Page 15: DOCUMENT RESUME - ERIC · 2014. 3. 30. · of unremitting controversy, primarily between those anxious to ensure a high level of adequacy of protection and those for whom program

Introduction 5

new federal standards. Each standard diminishes all states'authority.

The restraints on federal authority have allowed the widediscretion states have to tailor their programs to local condi=tions and preferences. This freedom has made possible theconflict and debate within state legislatures that have madestate programs dynamic and responsive. The restraints onstate authority have helped control state excesses and unwise-legislation. The division of responsibilities and the restraintson both levels of government have necessitated the coopera-tion that has produced sound programs and effective ad-ministration.

It may be that other structural arrangements would havebe m as successful. A wholly state UI system would produceeven greater diversity. However, without at least minimumfederal responsibility, it seems likely that pressures of in-terstate competition ultimately would lead to serious inade-quacies and inequities. A wholly federal system would havethe advantage of greater efficiency that uniformity offers,but also the potential of sterility. Indeed, most of the innova-tions that have kept the unemployment insurance programcurrent and dynamic have originated in the states, not fromWashington, because of the opportunity for experimentationthat the federal-state system encourages.

The balance of power produced by the division of respon-sibilities and the system of checks has always been fragile,dependent as it is on voluntary as well as statutory restraints.It has been seriously threatened in recent years. Increasingly,the federal government has tightened control over ad-ministration of the states' programs. More federal standardsconcerning substantive program matters, originally thestates' jurisdiction, have been enacted since 1970 than duringthe first 35 years of the system's existence. Recent federal re-quirements concerning extended benefit duration have

Page 16: DOCUMENT RESUME - ERIC · 2014. 3. 30. · of unremitting controversy, primarily between those anxious to ensure a high level of adequacy of protection and those for whom program

6 Introduction

dominated that aspect of unemployment insurance and ifluenced regular program changes. Federal loansbankrupt state UI funds and federally imposed conditiofor repayment since 1974 have produced new federal i

fluence over state UI tax matters.

There are as many reasons for the new federal dominanover the unemployment insurance system as there e

manifeftations of. federal control. Preservation of tbalance of power has/been dependent on the states meetitheir obligations and the federal government exercisirestraint. Failures of the states to keep their programs cirent, adequate and solvent have contributed much to thecent federal invasion into matters ordinarily outsidejurisdiction. Currently (early 1983), insolvency is the meserious problem, with about half the states' UI funds in debecause of severe recessions,. and more borrowers on thorizon. Federal restraint has been undermined not onlystate failures, but also by inclusion in the federal unifibudget of the Unemployment Trust Fund, through whichUI moneys flow, and the system's consequent vulnerabilito national cost-cutting pressures.

The upset of the federal-state balance of power that hlasted nearly 50 years threatens the breakup of an itergovernmental relationship that has been both unique a]highly successful. The full consequences of this trend are nyet clear.

The following chapters discuss first the original reasoni:for the federal-state distribution of responsibilities and tprovisions originally adopted to implement the system. Thnext describe later federal standards and their impact on tbalance of power. The administration of the federal lawsexplored, as well as the process of resolving conflicts. Fin;ly, an assessment is attempted on the value of the balancethe system and the prospects for its preservation.

Page 17: DOCUMENT RESUME - ERIC · 2014. 3. 30. · of unremitting controversy, primarily between those anxious to ensure a high level of adequacy of protection and those for whom program

Introduction 7

The intent of these chapters is to describe the federal-statedivision of responsibilities; to identify how the restraints oneach partner's authority actually operated; to determine howand why they have been weakened; and Tinally, to evaluatethe implications of increasing federal dominance. This effortseeks to examine the extent to which the federal-state balanceof power has been important to the success of the Americansystem of unemployment insurance.

Any light shed on this question should not only add to theunderstanding of the UI system, but also may have implica-tions for other federal-state programs. In a period when newapproaches to federalism are being explored, an understand-ing of the reasons for at least one federal-state program'ssuccess should be useful.

Page 18: DOCUMENT RESUME - ERIC · 2014. 3. 30. · of unremitting controversy, primarily between those anxious to ensure a high level of adequacy of protection and those for whom program

Chapter .1Conceptual Framework

for a Cooperative System

Aside from those directly employed in it, few people areaware that unemployment insurance is a federal-State pro-gram. Even fewer have a clear idea of how responsibilitiesare actually shared. Nor is there much overt evidenCeanywhere of the division of authority. For example, when alaid off worker files a claim for unemployment insurance atthe local claims office in Elizabeth, New Jersey (or any of theother approximately 2,000 local offices in this country) hisinterest is likely to focus only on whether he qualifies, howsoon he can collect, the size of his check, and for how longhe can draw. The worker may know that those objects of hisconcern have been subjects of debate in the New Jerseylegislature. It's unlikely that he would know' that these ques-tions are also the subjects of an on-going federal-state tug ofwar that began in 1935.

From all he can observe, the Elizabeth claimant willassume that unemployment insurance is solely a matter be-tween him and the State of New Jersey. The local office is astate-owned building. The claimstaker and all other UI andemployment service personnel the claimant sees are stateemployees. The requirements the worker must satisfy are allspelled out in the New Jersey Unemployment CompensationLaw. So too arc the formulas from which the amount of hisbenefits is computed, the work-search and other tests of

9

Page 19: DOCUMENT RESUME - ERIC · 2014. 3. 30. · of unremitting controversy, primarily between those anxious to ensure a high level of adequacy of protection and those for whom program

availability he must pass, and the disqualifications that maybe imposed on him. The unemployment check is signed bystate officials and drawn from the New Jersey unemploy-ment insurance fund, which is financed by UI taxes paid byNew Jersey employers and workers. Not a whisper of federalinfluence appears to exist.

A federal worker employed by the U.S. Department ofLabor's (DOL) Unemployment Insurance Service to reviewstate UI laws for their conformity with federal requirementswould see the program from a different perspective. She willknow that New. Jersey, would probably not have enacted anunemployment insurance law as early as 1936, if at all, if theSocial Security Act had not been adopted a year earlier. Shewill also know that the source of most major provisions ofthe New Jersey law, as well as the other states' laws, islegislative language suggested by the Social Security Boardand later by the DOL. The local office operation in Elizabethis paid for entirely with federal fands, including the salary ofthe claimstaker; federal funds finance, as well, the salaries ofall other UI personnel in New Jersey and elsewhere.

Registration, reporting and claim filing requircments theclaimant in Elizabeth mUst meet are governed by federalstandards. A federal standard also applies to the time it takesthe state to send the claimant his first check. If benefits aredenied for any reason, the claimant is entitled to an appeal,as required by federal law, and the time within which a deci-sion on the appeal can reasonably be expected is governed bya federal itandard. If unemployment conditions are badAnNew Jersey, the claimant may be entitled to as much as a13-week extension of benefits, again because of federal law.From the federal employee's perspective, virtually everysignificant aspect of unemployment insurance is directly orindirectly controlled by federal law.

Page 20: DOCUMENT RESUME - ERIC · 2014. 3. 30. · of unremitting controversy, primarily between those anxious to ensure a high level of adequacy of protection and those for whom program

This example sh6ws how thoroughly responsibilities aredivided. It is hard to find another public, program withauthority so intertwined between two separate governments.The general lack of awareness of the existence of the partner-ship' is perhaps a reflection of how smoothlytit has Operated.

Origins and Rationale

This chapter describes some of the thinking that led to theallocation of the basic responsibilities for the UI program

N between the federal,government and the states. The divisionof responsibilities was incorporated into the original UI pro-visions of the Social Security Act which continue to dictatethe structural framework of the American system ofunemployment insurance. The most authoritative discussionof the reasoning for the federal-state division' of respon-

--sibilities is contained in the 1935 Report to the President ofPresident-Roosevelt's Committee on Economic Security.'

The Committee-recommended federal legislation toestablish a federal-state system of unemployment insurance.Evidently, it did not consider seriously two other possibleoptions. The first was retention of the status_quo, whichmeant leaving total responsibility for unemplo-Ymentinsurance to state initiative. The failure of this approac-hwas aprincipal reason the President believed federal action was ,

needed in the. UI area. As late as 1934, only Wisconsin hadenacted a UI law. Even less realistic was another op-tionleaving unemployment insurance to individualemployer initiative. Private unemployment benefit plans,haddeveloped very slowly, were quite limited, and many did notsurvive the early 1930s.'

The Committee considered a wholly federal UI programbut rejected it in favor of a federal-state system for a numberof reasons, not the least compelling of which was the fact

Page 21: DOCUMENT RESUME - ERIC · 2014. 3. 30. · of unremitting controversy, primarily between those anxious to ensure a high level of adequacy of protection and those for whom program

12 Conceptual Framework

that President Roosevelt favored such a hybrid approactThe Unemployment Insurance Subcommittee of thTechnical Board (created to advise the Committee oEconomic Security) decided at one of its first meetings trecommend a federal system. Its members, however, coulnot agree on specific provisions. The Subcommittee (and thCommittee on Economic Security) ended by unanimous]recommending a federal7state system.' In addition to thPresident's known preference for a hybrid system,- the casfor a wholly federal approach was weakened also because thconstitutionality of any federal invasion into social aneconomic matters was still questionable, given the composLion and tenor of the Supreme Court. It was reasoned thatunemployment insurance was structured as a federal-staiprogram, the chances would be greater of its surviving thconstitutional challenge. Finally, a wholly federal approacto cope directly with a problem such as unemployment WEsimply not consonant. with American political traditionthat pOintand it would not be easy,to break tradition. Nconly was a state-oriented Congress unlikely to relinquish astate authority over the issue, but also the, founders and suiporters of the Wisconsin unemployment insurance prograihad both considerable influence and interest in continuinwhat they had begun in 1932.

Although rejecting the wholly federal approach, the Conmittee still felt compeiltx1 to acknowledge the possibility thea future Congress may well find it desirable to abandon ttdual government system entirely, "should those fears e;pressed by the champions of a federally administered systei

i prove true. . . .'" Indeed,.to remove possible roadblocks 1fu ure, federalization should Congress follow that path,reco ended that the federal act require all states to pr(habit provisions that would create vested interests in the curent systenand thereby tend to hinder modification crepeal of state 1:1 laws if a wholly federal system was late

Page 22: DOCUMENT RESUME - ERIC · 2014. 3. 30. · of unremitting controversy, primarily between those anxious to ensure a high level of adequacy of protection and those for whom program

Conceptual.Framework 13

enacted. Accordingly, as a condition for approval of taxcredits, each state law must provide:

. . . all the rights, privileges, or immunities confer-red by such law or by acts done pursuant theretoshall exist subject to the power of the legislature toamend or repeal such law at any time.'

According to the Committee, with such a provision in place,. . . the Congress can at any time increase the re-

\ quirements which State laws must fulfill and may,if it sees fit, at some future time, substitute afederally administered system for the cooperativeFederal-State system we recommend.'

The Committee recognized that responsibility for the nation's system of unemployment insurance would remainshared only as long as Congress continued to be convincedthat the advantages of a federal-state .balance of authorityoutweigh its drawbacks. An important advantage of a dualsystem was that it permitted wide latitude for experimenta-tion by the states, needed because of the nation's lack of ex-perience with unemployment insurance at that time. In theprocess, mistakei made by individual states could be confin-ed within the boundaries of those states, while successfulmeasures could be adopted and shared elsewhere.

The most serious disadvantage was that workers exposedto the same risk of unemployment would be treated dif-ferently from state to state, and the level of protection waslikely ,to be wholly inadequate in some.

As noted elsewhere, recognition by both levels of govern-ment that Congress could alter the entire structure of thesystem at any time has been an important deterrent to abuseof authority, adoption of extreme provisions, and in-temperate actions. Neither federal nor state officials have

IN&

Page 23: DOCUMENT RESUME - ERIC · 2014. 3. 30. · of unremitting controversy, primarily between those anxious to ensure a high level of adequacy of protection and those for whom program

14 Conceptual Framework

been anxious to jeopardize a partnership that has been su(cessful by any reasonable measure.

As to the actual division of responsibilities, neither t1Committee Reportnor the Social Security Act systematicallspells out federal and state duties in any detail. Instead, tiReport contains general recommendations for five categori(of responsibilitia:,proviciing an incentive for states to enalUI laws; adopting minimum standards for state programcontrolling reserve funds; establishing substantive progra]provisions; providing effective administration. In mocases, although certain functions were assigned either to tistates or the federal government, the actual carrying out Ithe responsibilities proved to be a shared, not an exclusivresponsibility. Indeed, the single most pervasive theme of tlCommittee's Report is the expectation that the states and tlfederal government will find, ways of accomplishing meunemployment insurance responsibilities throulcooperative effort.

Providing an Incentive

The compelling need in 1935 was to provide an effectistimulus for state. action:

So long as there is danger that business in someStates will gain a Ciiiiitietitisiegdirantage-throughfailure of the State to enact an unemployment com-pensation law, few such laws will be enacted. Thisobstacle to State action can be removed onlythrough the imposition by the Federal Governmentof a uniform tax (rate of contiibution) on allemployers throughout the country,' so that no Statewill have an unfair advantage.'

he tax offset approach, by which credit for state UI ta)paid' is allowable -against the federal tax for employersstates with approved UI laws, proved to be, an effective

25

Page 24: DOCUMENT RESUME - ERIC · 2014. 3. 30. · of unremitting controversy, primarily between those anxious to ensure a high level of adequacy of protection and those for whom program

Conceptual Framework 15

ducement. Prior to 1935, only Wisconsin had adopted a UIlaw. By the close of 1936, all but Illinois and Missouri hadpassed such laws and those two did so within the followingsix months. No state has.ever voluntarily dropped out of thesystem by reason of not having an unemployment insurance.law.

Tax offset is quite different from the more common grant-in-aid approaches that characterize many federal programs.,The latter provide localities with an incentive to build airportfacilities, for example, by providing funds either on a match-ing or other basis if the locality agrees and itself makes someeffort. The taxoffset approach acts less as a carrot than astick since the main incentive it provides a state is an oppor-tunity to 'avoid having the state's employers lose creditagainst the federal tax without any gain to the state.

According to the Committee, there was another reasonwhy the tax credit approach was preferred over an approachunder which the tax was wholly collected by the federalgovernment and then remittolas grants-in-aid to the states.Under the latter system, the states would not have self-supporting laws of their own, "and as with all compensationhaving its source in federal grants; there would be great andconstant pressure for larger grants exceeding the money rais-ed by the tax, with a consequent confusion of compensation

-- and relief.'"

The federal law alltiws employers credit of up to 2.7 per-cent (90 percent of the original 3.0 percent federal payrolltax) for UI taxes they paid under a state law, prOvided thatthe state law satisfies certain federal requirements. TheFederal Unemployment Tax Act (FUTA) tax rate, as of1983, is 3.5 percent of the first $7,000 in wages paid,by an_employer to .an employee in.a calendar year. Employers sub-ject to an approved state law continue to receive a maximumcredit of 2.7 percent of the same wage base for state taxes

Page 25: DOCUMENT RESUME - ERIC · 2014. 3. 30. · of unremitting controversy, primarily between those anxious to ensure a high level of adequacy of protection and those for whom program

16 Conceptual ramewor

paid. The maximum credit involves both normal and addi-tional credit._ Normal tax credit is credit employers- receiveagainst the federal tax for taxes they actually pay under astate law. An employer whose state tax was 1.0 percent oftaxable wages would, therefore, receive normal Credit of 1.0percent. Additional tax credit (allowable only if the state law.meets federal experience -rating requirements) is credit forthe difference between what the employer actually paid and2.7 percent. In the example above, additional credit wouldbe 1.7 percent. Denial of both normal and additional, creditmeans, of course, payment of 2.7 percent to the federalgovernment in addition to the 0.8 percent balance already re-

-quired.° The 0.8 percent balance. collected by the federalgovernment finances federal and state administrative costs,the 50 percent federal share of the cost of extended benefits,and a loan fund available to individual states with depletedunemployment funds.'°

The tax offset approach provides a persuasiVe incentivenot only for states to adopt U1 laws that conform withfederal requirements but also to cover every employer sub-ject-to the FUTA, and to establish their taxable wage base atleast as high as the federal base: The reason for this' is notbecause either is required for conformity. They are not.Aside from nonprofit organizations. and state and localgovernments, which are not subject to the federal tax butwhich state laws must cover to be approved for tax credit, noissue of nonconformity with federal provisions is raised orsanction threatened if a 'state wishes to exclude certainemployers in the private sector, or to exempt certainreomuneration from its definition of taxable wages. But astate does neither employers nor workers any favor by ex-cluding them from state laW coverage or by reducing its taxbase below. that of the federal base. Since the employers areliable under the federal law for the FUTA tax, their exclu-sion under state law would result in denying them credit

Page 26: DOCUMENT RESUME - ERIC · 2014. 3. 30. · of unremitting controversy, primarily between those anxious to ensure a high level of adequacy of protection and those for whom program

against the tax. In other words, the excluded employer wouldpay no state UI tax, but would become liable for the fullfederal tax (instead of the /et 0.8 percent tax); the state fundwould receive no reven. e from the exempt employer; his,workers would receive no benefits if they become -unemployed-

For these reasons, there exists almost a complete overlapbetween federal and state coverage, and no state has a tax-able wage base lower than the federal base." Indeed, toavoid any inadvertent gap in coverage or tax base, DOL hasrecommended (and most states have adopted) provisionsautomatically requiring liability under the state law for any,employer, employment or wages also liable under the FUTAor that the FUTA requires to be covered by the state as acondition for tax credit (as in the case of nonprofit organiza-tions and state and local governments). Also for thesereasons, coverage expansion and taxable wage base increaseshave occurred nationwide by reason of amendments first tofederal law: Some states have always had broader coveragethan the federal law and some h. ; had higher tax bases. Butmost states usually have not xl independently in theseareas. Without the powerful f incentive, it is not likelythat coverage would have extent' virtually all employeesas it doesitoday.

Shortly after enactment of the Social Security Act, thequestion was raised in the courts as to whether so persuasivean incentive as the tax offset credit approach constitutedfederal coercion. This challenge as well as other constitu-tional questions were resolved by the U.S. Supreme Court in1937. Justice Cardozo, writing for the majority, rejected theallegation of coercion. A state has a choice:

The State does not bind itself to keep the law inforce. It does not even bind itself that the moneyspaid into the federal fund Will be kept there in-

Page 27: DOCUMENT RESUME - ERIC · 2014. 3. 30. · of unremitting controversy, primarily between those anxious to ensure a high level of adequacy of protection and those for whom program

18 Conceptual Framework

definitely or for any stated time. On the contrary,the Secretary of the Treasury will honor a requisi-tion for the whole or any part of the deposit in thefund whenever one, is made by the appropriate of-ficials. the only consequenc. e- of the repeal or ex-cessive amendment of the statute,, or the expen-diture of the money, when requisitioned, for other .

than compensation uses or administrative expenses,is that approval of the law will end, and with it the

. allowances of a, credit, upon notice to the stateagency- and an ,opportunity for hearing42

In reality, when a state either' enacts an amendment thatputs -it out of conformity with federal law or fails to enact aprovision necessary for conformity, it jeopardizes the con,filmed existence of its unempkyment insurance program. Ifgrants or tax credits were withheld, the results would becalamitous for the state's employers, woiters, and probAblythe jolitical leaders responsible: Thus, whether a state, as apracticl matter, can choose to accept or reject the federal-conditions for administrative-grads or tax credits is Ceitainlyarguable. Yet legally, the states have a choice.4tate confor-

. mity is voluntary. Failure_to meet a federal standard incursno administrative or criminal penalty. The standards are notlegally binding, and neither IDOL, the courts, nor any otherauthority can coerce a. state to comply. The distinction be-tween practical And legal existence of a choice is important.As indicated above, the federal and state unemployment in-surance laws survived their major constitutional challengesin 19$7 on the gr.ounds that the federal conditions were notmandatory. Over 40 years later, the constitutionality of the1976 amendments to the federal law was sustained on thesame basis.' 3

Page 28: DOCUMENT RESUME - ERIC · 2014. 3. 30. · of unremitting controversy, primarily between those anxious to ensure a high level of adequacy of protection and those for whom program

Conceptual Framework 19

Adopting Minimum Program Standards:Federal Role, State Influence

If the first federal responsibility, according to the Com-mittee on Economic-Security, was to provide an incentive forall states to adopt unemployment insurance laws, the secondwas to provide certain minimum requrrements where"uniformity' is absolutely essential." The same tax offsetcredit approach that persuaded all states.to adopt unemploy-ment insurance laws' also compels them w conform to themany federal requirements enacted and developed over theyears. Thus for any employer to' receive credit against the'federal tax, his state unemployment insurance law must becertified each year as conforMing to over 25 standards in theFederal Unemployment Tax Act (FUTA) which is part of theInternal Revenue Code. As explained below, for the state toreceive funds necessary to administer the state program, theState law and its administration must also meet about adbzen additional federal standards 'n the Social SecurityAct.

All standards, many of which arcait\i,n, general terms,-have been subject to interpretation. ks-a-kiiilt,,federal re-'quirements including interpr,etative directives actually=,number many times the number of statutory standard's..Any'conformity with the standards must be absolute. A state maynot, for example; meet the standard requiring coverage ofstate and local government workers by excluding temporaryor part-time employees. It must cover all. Failure, for ex-ample, of the Idaho legislature to cover members of thepublic Boise Symphony Orchestra created a conformityissue, not resolved until the state was persuaded to close thecoverage gap.

Failure to conform with Federal Unemployment Tax Actstandards means denial of taicredit. ;Failure to meet Social

Page 29: DOCUMENT RESUME - ERIC · 2014. 3. 30. · of unremitting controversy, primarily between those anxious to ensure a high level of adequacy of protection and those for whom program

20 Conceptual Framework

Security Act standards means denial of administrativegrants.

The federal government has authority, of course, not onlyto enforce existing standards, but also to adopt new stan-dards as needed. The Committee on Economic Securityrecommended that federal standards cover only matters onwhich uniformity is absolutely essential. Congress has notfollowed that recommendation. The current variety offederal program standards, discussed in chapter 3, suggeststhe lack of any consistent guiding principle.

The Committee had recommended that the establishmentof standards be a shared responsibility: "Some standardiza-tion is desirable, but we believe that this should not b . mat-ter of Federal control, but of cooperative action. Thestatutory authority of the federal government to establishstandards either by legislation or interpretation is un-qualified, but in practice the states play an active role in in-fluencing the fate of proposals that may affect them. Moststandards have originated as federal administration pro-posals, and for most past administrations, no proposed stan-dard was introduced without prior consultation with stateofficials and other interest groups that may be affected.Allowing states the opportunity to be heard did not alwaysmean dropping proposals for standards to which they ob-jected, but it did often result in improvements, in. the pro7posals, and this was a major reason why it was done.

In addition, state agencies are not without influence inCongress. The Interstate Conference of Employment Securi-ty Administrators follows closely all federal legislative pro-posals affecting the employment service and unemploymentinsurance programs. Administrators are polled on pendingbills and their views are presented to Congress in testimonydelivered during hearings on the bills by the Conferenceleadership. Individual state administrator!: have been known

Page 30: DOCUMENT RESUME - ERIC · 2014. 3. 30. · of unremitting controversy, primarily between those anxious to ensure a high level of adequacy of protection and those for whom program

Conceptual Framework 21

to lobby with their CongreSsmen on behalf of or in opposi-tion to proposed legislation'. In one way or another; Con-gressional delegations of states that would be either helped

disadvantaged are invariably prepared to react to propos-ed ed -federal unemployment insurance standards.

Controlling Reserve Funds: \

Federal Role

The President's Committee on Economic Security placedgreat importance in the "intelligent and unified handling- ofreserve funds":

Intelligently handled, unemployment reserve fundscan be made an important factor in preventing adepression; but utilization for` this purpose is possi-ble only if their investment and liquidation is withincontrol of the United States \\Treasury. We, deemthis an absolute essential if uliemployment compen-sation is to accomplish-the purposes fOr 'which it isdesigned."

The Social Security Act provides for the establishment ofan Unemployment Trust Fund in the U.S.J Treasury; authori-ty of the Secretary of the Treasury to invest amountsdeposited in the fund in interest bearing obligations of theUnited States or obligations guaranteed\ by the United States;the maintaining of a separate bookk eping account for eachstate agency; and authorization to pa out of the fund to anystate agency such amount as it shall requisition. The provi-sion is supplemented by sections of he Social Security Mtand FUTA requiring deposit of all oney received in thestate'sunemployment fund (except f r certain refunds) im-mediately to the Secretary of the Treasury to the credit of theUnemployment Trust Fund. The est blisliment of the cen-tralized fund and the requirement for imindiate depositinginto that fund by the states of all con tributions_would still

Page 31: DOCUMENT RESUME - ERIC · 2014. 3. 30. · of unremitting controversy, primarily between those anxious to ensure a high level of adequacy of protection and those for whom program

22 Conceptual Framework

not accomplish the Committee's objective if the moneyscould be withdrawn by the states for any purpose. Accord-ingly, both the, Social Security Act and FUTA prohibit ex-penditure of any money, withdrawn from the fund for anypurpose other than unemployment compensation (ith cer-tain minor exceptions).

The intent of these provisions was to avoid the funds beingso invested or otherwise expended by the states as to jeopar-dize their availability for benefits when needed, or diminishtheir effectiveness as counter-cyclical measures. They con-stitute basic elements of the current federal-state system.

Federal safeguarding of the funds has not been seriouslyChallenged in principle, but it has been a source of federal-state conflict, as described in chapter 2.

Establishing Sound Program Provisions:State Role, Federal Influence

According to the Committee on Economic Security:

The plan for unemployment compensation that wesuggest conteriiplates that the States shall havebroad freedom to set up the type of unemploymentcompensation they wish. We believe that all mat-ters in which uniformity is not absolutely essentialshould be left to the States.16

This_ suggeits that the Committee envisioned the states ashaving very broad authority over program matters. The prin-cipal federal objective was to

O

. . . stimulate the passage of complete and self-sustaining unemployment compensation laws in theStates, by allowing a credit against the Federal taxfor contributions paid under State laws."

Page 32: DOCUMENT RESUME - ERIC · 2014. 3. 30. · of unremitting controversy, primarily between those anxious to ensure a high level of adequacy of protection and those for whom program

Conceptual Framework 23

State independence was to be limited only in the few areaswhere "uniformity is absolutely essential."

The states never enjoyed quite the autonomy suggested bythe Committee. Their "broad freedom to set up the type ofunemployment compensation they wish" was circumscribedat the outset by federal law indirectly governing stateminimum coverage and taxable wage base provisions 'anddirectly governing deposit and expenditure of reserves.Moreover, as indicated above, ,Congress never confined theadoption of federal standards over the program area to mat-ters in which "uniformity is absolutely essential."

Still, the states had wide discretion over most substantiveprogram matters: qualifying requirements; benefit and dura-tion levels; eligibility and disqualification provisions; and taxschedules and rates. However, this discretion was of no im-mediate advantage. In 1935 there was an almost universallack of knowledge about unemployment insurance. Very lit-tle was known at the state level about what was required tomeet conditions for credit against the federal tax and whatrequirements must be satisfied to qualify for administrativegrants. Under these circumstances, although a few statestook independent action, most relied upcin guidance fromthe federal government.

The Report of the Committee on Economic Security con-tained several ,suggestions for 'state legislation, latertranslated into a complete "draft bill." The Social SecurityBoard prepared Draft Bilis for State Unemployment Com-pensation of Pooled Fund and Employer Reserve AccountTypes which "meets .the minimum standards set forth in theSocial Security Act for State unemployment compensationlaws." The Board emphasized, however,

This draft_is- merely suggestive and is intended-topreSent some of the various alternatives that may

Page 33: DOCUMENT RESUME - ERIC · 2014. 3. 30. · of unremitting controversy, primarily between those anxious to ensure a high level of adequacy of protection and those for whom program

24 Conceptual Framework

be considered in the drafting of State unemploy-ment compensation acts. Therefore, it cannotproperly be termed a 'model' bill or even a 'recom-mended' bill. This is in keeping with the policy ofthe Social Security Boird of recognizing that it isthe final responsibility and the right of each Stateto determine for itself just what ,type of legislationit desires and how it shall be drafted."

Despite the disclaimer, most states had no realistic choice butto adopt large parts of the draft bills .verbatim, with one stateactually adopting all the alternative as well as the regularprovisions offered. As a result, the original state unemploy-mentinsurance laWs were quite similar. As Congress enactedamendments .to the federal laws, the Social Security Boardand later the Department of Labor issued new draft bills,now called Manual of State Employment Security Legisla-tion, containing .suggested draft language ,implenienting thenew requirements, as well as running commentary explainingthe background and implications of alternative provisions..The draft bills and Manual are not confined to conformitymatters. Neither the Social Security. Board nor DOL hasbeen inhibited in making recommendations to the state foradopting what they consider sound program provisions.

What differences existed among the early state laws weredile largely- to changes in successive versions of the Manua/and in states selecting somewhat different nonrequired op-tions offered in those documents' A revised Manual wasprepared uSually every two years, with the last completedocument issued in 1950. Since. 1950, DOL has not issued a.comprehensive ManUal covering all aspects of a state law,but only suggested draft language-designed-to -conform statelaws to specific changes, in or additions to the federal re-quirements:

Page 34: DOCUMENT RESUME - ERIC · 2014. 3. 30. · of unremitting controversy, primarily between those anxious to ensure a high level of adequacy of protection and those for whom program

Conceptual Prameworic ZD

Many years later, state 'UI laws are still more alike thandifferent in basic structure and required provisions. Mostcontain identical language for prbvisions.necessary for con-formity, and there are now more required provisions thanever. But in nonrequired areas, there are now significant dif-ferences. These include provisions for qualifying re-quirements, weeky benefit amounts, benefit duration,eligibility and disqualifications. A review of several selected1978 provisions of 13 representative states shows some of themore extreme differences.2° A few examples of such dif-ferences, based on more recent data, include:

A claimant with only about 5 weeks of work couldqualify for 28 weeks of benefits in West Virginia in1982, if his average weekly wage was as high as theaverage wage for all workers in the state for 1981 (about$277). In contrast, a claimant with only five weeks ofwork would not qualify for any benefits in most states.In Florida, at the other extreme, no claimant can qualifyfor as many as 26 weeks (the maximum) no matter howhigh his former wages unless he had 52 weeks of work inhis base period.

Two claimants with identical work experience canqualify for substantially different benefits. A claimantwith six months' work at the.1981 U.S. average wage of$255 for production vvorkers in private nonagriculturalemployment would qualify in 1982 for total benefits of$1,365 in Florida ($105 per week for 13 weeks) andalmost three times that amount, or $4,050; in Penn -sylvania ($135 per, week for-30 weeks).-

Disqualification provisions also vary widely among thestates. For example, in Kansas as of 1982, benefits werepostponed a maximum of seven weeks for claimantswho quit work without good cause. At the other ex-treme, the penalty for voluntarily quitting work could

Page 35: DOCUMENT RESUME - ERIC · 2014. 3. 30. · of unremitting controversy, primarily between those anxious to ensure a high level of adequacy of protection and those for whom program

,101014/.. a TT al

be as high as 25 weeks of benefit postponement in Col-orado, with weeks of benefits reduced by the number ofweeks of disqualification.

These wide differences suggest that the federal partner ha;been increasingly less persuasive in areas where it has ncauthority to insist. This is not entirely true. The DOL ha:been successful when it has been able to show the ad.ministrative or cost advantages of certain provisions oveiothers (e.g., simplified benefit formulas), or when it ha:demonstrated clearly that some provisions are eithersubstantially more equitable than others or more adequate irlight of program objectives (e.g., indeking benefit ceilings tcaverage wage levels; individual rather than uniform baseperiods and benefit years; reduction of waiting periods to ncmore than one week; increase of regular duration ceilings tc26 weeks). This is not to say that federal influence alone i;responsible for the widespreadadoption of these provisions.Certainly, the action and experience of other, particularlSneighboring, states generally are more persuasive. It suggest:only that-positive and soundly presented federal advocacy alleast provokes thinking about certain provisions andsometimes enhances their acceptability.

Achieving Sound Administration:Shared Responsibilities

The Committee on Economic Security intended for thestates to have "primary responsibility for administration."

_However,

To encourage efficient administration, withoutwhich unemployment insurance will fail to ac-complish its purpose, we believe that the FederalGovernment should aid the States by granting themsufficient money for proper administratimi, .underconditions designed to insure competence and pro-bity. 2 I

Page 36: DOCUMENT RESUME - ERIC · 2014. 3. 30. · of unremitting controversy, primarily between those anxious to ensure a high level of adequacy of protection and those for whom program

Conceptual Framework 27

The states indeed have primary responsibility for ad-ministration. The program is administered at the state level,wholly through state employees, and with state facilities. Thestates even share in the development of federal ad-ministrative standards. In the past, DOL has actively soughtadvice and recommendations from state agency officials onproposed operations or performance standards. Many ofthese standards are the products of task forces and specialwork groups composed primarily of state officials. Indeveloping. hese standards, usually DOL started with a com-mitment to the need for a standard and some idea of an ac-ceptable level. of state performance. Subject to DOL_ ap-proval, the work groups developed such details as Measure-nient periods, timetables, exceptions and penalties for failureto meet the performance goals.

Although the states may have primary responsibility foradministration, and although states may sometimes be in-vited to share in the development of administrative stan-dards, the federal partner has authority to control state ad-ministrative practices. The, source of this authority is thefederal control over the distribution of administrative grantsand the power to, establish standards "designed to insurecompetence and probity."

Under the Social Security Act, administrative grants arepermitted only if the state law provides. "such methods ofadministration as are found by the Secretary (of Labor) to bereasonably calculated to insure full payment of compensa-tion when due." A second provision permits expenditure ofadministrative grants by a state only in the amounts and forthe purposes found necessary by the Secretary for properand efficient administration.

The virtually unqualified authority of DOL to allOcate ad-ministrative grant02 regularly collides with .the statesresponsibilities to administer their. -own laws. Control over-allocation has translated into federal dictation of priorities,

Page 37: DOCUMENT RESUME - ERIC · 2014. 3. 30. · of unremitting controversy, primarily between those anxious to ensure a high level of adequacy of protection and those for whom program

28 Conceptual Framework

limitations on state flexibility, friction, and cooperationThe conflicts have produced state recommendations eithefor some share of the authority Over allocations or for independent sources of administrative funds, without,federacontrol.

There is some appeal to the states' claini for some contrcof that portion of the money frOM the, net federal tax thahas been earmarked-since-1960 fOradministrative-costs. -'Thiportion of the tax is collected 'from the employers in thstate, transferred to Washington and then allocated bacamong the states. The result is less money for several statethan would have been availablejif they had .collected and retained the tax as state money,! an approach advocated bseveral such states. But the money is difficult to justify lega'ly as state money. It is derived from a, federal tax forstatutorily prescribed purpose. Moreover, while many statewould have more funds to use for .administration if they colected and retained the earma,ted tax on their employers,substantial minority of usually smaller states would cone(less from that .tax than they now receive.

Many recognize also that state rather than federal collettion of a tax earmarked for administration would ncnecessarily be an improvement. The state- collected - towould-not necessarily flow automatically to the state agescies without state legislative appropriation and the oversiglof state. budget directors. State legislatures and executiv(could prove even more `parsimonious than their Washirigtocounterparts, particularly where controlled by individuaantagonistic to the state's unemployment insurance prcgram.

Nor, in an era when money for benefit payments lubecome scarce, does It appear that relief from federal contraover administration funds will come fron finding some iidependent source of such funds, as some states have urge(or from further distribution to the states of any excess of n

k A A

Page 38: DOCUMENT RESUME - ERIC · 2014. 3. 30. · of unremitting controversy, primarily between those anxious to ensure a high level of adequacy of protection and those for whom program

Conceptual Framework 29

fe&ral unemplo ment taxes collected over administrativeexpenses. The s -called Reed Act adopted in 1954 providedthat the excess f federal unemployment tax collections overadministrative expenditures would be appropriated to thefederal unemployment account until a loan fund of $200million was accumulated. It also provided for the return tothe states of any excess above the $200 million reserve, theexcess to be used either for . benefit purposes or ad-ministrative expenses including buildings (if appropriated bythe:state legislature for specific projects).23 Excess moneyswere actually returned to the states in 1956, 1957 and 1958.These Reed Act moneys became revolving funds in manycases. States that used them to buy buildings, for example,and were later reimbursed for those costs from ad-ministrat:ve grants, thereby recouped their Reed Act creditsand used them again and again. However, many states' ReedAct moneys were considered depleted 'when they were forcedto borrow from the federal loan fund as a result of the1975-78 recesion. In order to borrow, all money available inthe state fund for benefits, including Reed Act money, mustfirst be expended. In 1982 Congress extended for 10 years theperiod within which any Reed Act moneys may be used foradministrative purposes," and also provided that statesforced, in the past or in the future, to borrow money fromthe loan, fund may, upon request of their Governor, havetheir Reed Act moneys that were considered expended forbenefits restored and again available for administrative pur-poses. In any event; although the turnover of original ReedAct moneys seems perpetual, there is little likelihood thatany further distributions will be made to the states from thissource in the foreseeable future.

Practical Checks to Federal and State Authority

The foregoing discussibn suggests' that despite the manyresponsibilities allocated to the states; the statutory division

Page 39: DOCUMENT RESUME - ERIC · 2014. 3. 30. · of unremitting controversy, primarily between those anxious to ensure a high level of adequacy of protection and those for whom program

30 Conceptual FrameworkY

of authority is overwhelmii3Oy weighted in the federalgovernment's favor. It is. In practice, however, federal andstate powers have been roughly balanced. The reason is thatthe federal partner has neither the inclination until recentyears, nor the resources 'to exercise\ even a small fraction ofits potential authority. The inclinati n was weakened by in-hibitions on federal initiatives ireprese ted by a state - oriented.Congress On-t hree-separate--oecasiopsi-- decisions-holdingstate law out of conforMity with , federal requirementsresulted in amendments to federal law either making the

,, state practice acceptable or limiting federal authority over

the issue. Federal officials are no more anxious to be in aposition of imposing sanctions on states in cases of noncpn-formity than the states are to have them applied. This is truenot only because success may be short lived, but also becausethe conformity process is a time and staff-consuming, fre-quently acrimo ious process.

Nor are tWashington (standards thain: recent year .

reached a peaadequate eveof 1976, 198January 1, 1105 actually

. clerical woreluded a based fairly coCommissio1980, the feresponsibilities competently, let alone monitor state ad-ministration to the extent necessary to ensure compliancewith federal 'administrative and program standards.26 Nothorough review can realistically be made of each state'sbudget requests. Evaluation of a 'state's regulations and pro-

e. resources available. Federal staff inIS) now rdponsible for, administering moreever before has, ironically,, steadily declinedIn the early 1970s, UIS staff in Washingtonof about 225, a figure then considered barely

before federal standards multiplied by reason, 1981 and 1982 federal law amendments. As of83, authorized ceiling for the UIS was 113, withon boardof which a substantial portion areers. State UI staff at the beginning of 1983 in-:staff of. about 40,000, a figure that has remain-tant during the last few years.23 As the Nationalon Unemployment Compensation observed ineral staff is too small to perform even essential

Page 40: DOCUMENT RESUME - ERIC · 2014. 3. 30. · of unremitting controversy, primarily between those anxious to ensure a high level of adequacy of protection and those for whom program

Conceptual Framework

cedures is impbssible given current staff limitations. There isnot now adequate review even of.the states' laws for confor-mity; nor is the rapidly diminishing pool of experiencedworkers being replaced by adequately trained individuals. 0,0.

budgetary restrictions on travel by UIS officials imposedin 4982, combined 'with a 400-1 state-federal staff ratio, vir-tually preclude the federal partner from providing even a'e blance of the technical assistance to the states "in setting

up their administrations and in the 5oIution of the proli'lemsthey will encounter," as recommended by the Committee onEconomic Security."

Another restraining factor is the presence of internaldiscord among the federal staff. The Unemployment Insurance Service is the DOL entity responsible for unemploy-ment insurance. The UIS staff is divided among three gioupsof individuals with widely divergent views of the appropriatefederal role. Dominant at one time, but now diminished innumbers and eclipsed in authority is aigroup of "old timers"who view the federal role as involving active leadership in in-troducing and promoting program imjirovements, andvigorous enforcement of federal standards. A second group,made up in large part of former state employment securityagency employees, has substantially less interest in these ac-tivities than in assisting the states with techniCal problemsand serving as a clearinghouse of information, particularlyon administrative 'hatters. The third' group now in theascendancy, is composed of managemerit-oriented in-dividuals, with little background in UI, who are concernedless with preserving basic principles and concepts than withthe cost effectiveness of the, state agencies' operations.Although this analysis is an oversimplification, it serves toidentify the major attitudes that compete for priority withina relatively small organization.

In addition, the UIS is frequently in conflict with at leastthree other, DOI, components. The Office of the Assistant

U

Page 41: DOCUMENT RESUME - ERIC · 2014. 3. 30. · of unremitting controversy, primarily between those anxious to ensure a high level of adequacy of protection and those for whom program

32 Conceptual Framework

Secretary for Program Evaluation and Review (ASPER)with responsibilities for long-range planning has had recom-mendations on UI adopted by the Secretary (without UIS in-put) which were wholly inconsistent with long-standingDepartmental policy." The Offi Ce .of Policy, Evaluation andResearch (OPER), in the Department's Employment andTraining Administration, with yesponsibility for coor-dinating the DOL employment and training legislative pro-gram, has .occasionally conflicted with the UIS over ap-propriate strategy or Departmental testimony on behalf offederal UI law changes. The Office of the Solicitor (SOL)has frequently frustrated UIS efforts, as. much by inter-minable delays in responding to -requests for legal opinionsas by opinions that counter UIS positions. These are notsimply reflections of changes in political control of the ex-ecutive branch, appearing first at higher levels and slowlyworking their way through the° Department. The UIS hasbeen responsive to political shifts, as any responsiblebureaucracy must be. Rather, the conflicts reflect an un-professional lack of coordination with UIS by separateorganizational entities taking initiative in the UI area

There are probably counterparts to these internal conflictsin most organizations There is no reliable measure of theirimpact on the operations of an agency, and for that reasonthere is a 'tendency to disregard their influence. The fact is,however, that the existence of conflicting factions within anorganization can sometimes be a determining factor in termsof particular actions taken or responsibilities abdicated.

All these factors have contributed to federal restraint.There are corresponding restraints on the exercise of stateauthority. It is generally recognized,- for example, that when 4

a state enacts a highly inequitable provision, or when it failsto update its law, or to improve its performance to reflectcommon expectations, it invites new federal standards. Somerelatively recent federal restrictionsbarring denial of

Page 42: DOCUMENT RESUME - ERIC · 2014. 3. 30. · of unremitting controversy, primarily between those anxious to ensure a high level of adequacy of protection and those for whom program

Conceptual Framework 33

benefits- to interstate claimants, prohibiting cancellation ortotal reduction of benefit rights, and preventing denial ofbenefits to claimants in vocational traiiiing coursesreflectCongressional responses to demonstrably inequitable statelaw provisions. The adoption of a standard requiring allstates to participate in a plan to give claimants who work inmore than one state full credit for all their employment, anda federal standard, requiring minimum levels of state perfor-mance in issuing first checks and appeals decisions promptly,represent reactions to state inaction in areas demandingreform.

As important as both statutory checks and practicallimitations have been in restraining federal and state authori-ty, .they have been less significant than another factor. Thishas been the realization on the part of state and, until recent-ly, federal officials, that the most effective means, of resolv-ing problems connected with the program is throughcooperative effort.

NOTES

1. The Committee was chaired by. Frances Perkins (Secretary of Labor),and included Henry Morgenthau, Jr. (Secretary of the Treasury), HomerCummings (Attorney General), Henry Fi. Wallace (Secretary ofAgriculture), and Hirry L. Hopkins (Federal Emergency Relief Ad-ministritor). Besides unemployment, this Committee dealt witheconomic insecurity resulting from old age, disability, death or absenceOf a family provider; and other problems affecting the welfare offamilies and children.2. William Haber and Merrill G. Murray, Unemployment Insurance inthe American Economy (Homewood, IL: Richard D.. Irwin, Inc., 1966),pp. 61-63.3. Edwin E. Witte, "Development of Unemployment Compensation,"Yale Law Journal, Vol. 55, No. 1 (December 1P45), p. 30.

4. Report ;to the President of the Committee on Economic Security(Washington, DC: U.S. Government Printing Office, 1935), P. 16. (Thisreport hereafter referred to as Committee on Economic Security.)

Page 43: DOCUMENT RESUME - ERIC · 2014. 3. 30. · of unremitting controversy, primarily between those anxious to ensure a high level of adequacy of protection and those for whom program

34 Conceptual Framework

5. Section 3304(a)(17), Federal Unemployment Tax Act. (Originally, allfederal unemployment insurance law provisions were contained in theSocial Security Act_ In 1939 the taxing provisions of Title IX of theSocial Security Act were transferred to the Internal Revenue Code byP.L. 76-1. The Federal Unemployment Tax Act is part of that Code.)6. Coaunittee on Economic security, op. cit., p. 16.

7. mid., P. 16.

8. /bid., P. 17.9. See. also discussion in chapter 2 on experience rating standard.10. An amendment to the Federal UnemP loyment Tax Act enacted inAugust 1982 (P.L. 97-248) provides for an increase in the tax rate, effec-tive JanuarY 1, 1985, to 6.2 percent of taxable wages, with a maximum ,tax credit allowed of 5.4 percent.11. soMe states have wage bases in excess of the federal and some coveremployees not covered by federal law.

12. Steward Machine Co. v. Davis, 3O1 U.S. 548 (1937).

the13. On October 6, 1980, the U.S. Supreme Court let stand the decision of

uited State Court of Appeals for the District of Columbia in Court-ly of-Los Angeles, et al. v. Marsha!!, No. 77-2138 and No.18-1142. (Seediscussion of that case in chapter 5.)14. Actually, Congress permitted states to exempt limited categories ofoccupations, described in Section 3309(b), Federal Unemployment TaxAct.15. committee on Economic Security, op. cit., p. 17.

16. ibid., p. 20.17. thid.; p. 17.18. Draft Bills for State Unemployment Compensation of Pooled Fundand Omployer Reserve. Account Types, Social Security Board(Washington, DC: U.S. Government Printing Office, January 1937), p.1.

19. Witte, op. cit., p. 34.

20. Saill J. Blaustein,unemployment Compensation: Studies and Research, Vol. 1 (National--

"Diverse Treatment of Claimants by States,"

Commission on U9employment Compensation,_July-1980);pp. 187-213._____-----21, Committee_ on Economic-Siarity, op. cit., pp. 18, 19. .

Page 44: DOCUMENT RESUME - ERIC · 2014. 3. 30. · of unremitting controversy, primarily between those anxious to ensure a high level of adequacy of protection and those for whom program

Conceptual Framework 35

22. Section 302(a) of the Social Security Act lists only three criteria toguide the Secretary. of Labor in allocating grants: (1) the state's popula-tion, (2) estimates of coverage and administrative costs for the state,(3) such other factors as the Secretary finds relevant.

23. The original intent of legislative proposals leading to the Reed Actwas to 'earmark federal unemployment tax receipts for employmentsecurity purposes. It was hoped that this would change the situation ex-isting for many years in which the appropriation process produced less in

. appropriations for administration than was collected in federalunemployment taxes. See Haber, op. cit., pp. 403 -6.'24. Public Law 97-248, approved October 25, 1982.

25. Contingency staff, hired to meet heavy state workloads, has fluc-tuated from between 10,000 and 20,000 additional workers. For 1983,authorization of about 30,000 additional workers is contemplated inorder to handle unprecedented workloads.

26: Unemployment Compensation: Final Report (National Commissionon Unemployment Compensation, July 1980), p. 129. "The federal staffis too small to meet the responsibilities that go with a program of thissize."

27. Committee on Economic Security, op. cit., p. 20.28. An example of this was ASPER's advocacy of taxing unemploymentbenefits for those whose total income exceeds specified limits; this posi-tion was later enacted in 1978. as part of P.L. 95-600 and-more recentlyexpanded (in 1982) by P.L. 97-248 by reducing the applicable incomelimits.

Page 45: DOCUMENT RESUME - ERIC · 2014. 3. 30. · of unremitting controversy, primarily between those anxious to ensure a high level of adequacy of protection and those for whom program

Chapter 2Basic S atutory Provisions:

ct and Cooperation

Each of the unemployment insurance responsibilities...described by the Committee on Economic Security was.assigned either to federal to state authority by the originalSocial Security Act of 1935. This chapter describes how theCommittees ideas were implemented, what issues arosefroin the provisions of that ACt, and how they were resolved.Later amendments affecting program standards are the sub-ject of chapter 3. In implementing virtually all that the Com-mittee hid contemplated; the 1935 Ad provided for everyaspect of the system either through explicit statutory direo:tion, or. broad to allow a necessary flex-ibility. Above all, the 1935 Act_established-thediv-i§fori ofxe_sponsibilitiesand,--Coilsequently, the balance of powercharacteristiccof the system until recent developments upsetthe balance in favor of the federal partner.

Tax Credit Incentive

The first responsibility of the federal governmentto pro-vide an incentive for states to enact unemployment insurancelawswas effectively accomplished by the establishment inthe 1935 Act of a, 3.0 percent paYroll tax and a provisionallowing credit against that tax to employers for taxes theypay under an approved state unemployment insurance law.Originally, the tax applied to total wages. In 1939 its applica-

Page 46: DOCUMENT RESUME - ERIC · 2014. 3. 30. · of unremitting controversy, primarily between those anxious to ensure a high level of adequacy of protection and those for whom program

38 Basic Statutory Provisions

tion was limited to the first $3,000 paid a worker by anemployer in a calendar year. Only employers of eight ormore workers in pri'vate industry and commerce were subjectto the tax. In successive years, coverage was extended andboth 'the tax rate and tax base were increased. The basic taxcredit device itself has never been altered, and it remains akeystone of the system.

Control of Reserves

Another category of responsibilities assigned to the federalgovernment; the safeguarding of reserves, was accomplishedby two basic provisions that have not changed since 1935.'-"They concern the deposit and withdrawal of state UI funds.The first requires states to pay all unemployment taxes theycollect under the program "immediately" into the-FederalUnemployment Trust Fund of the U.S. Treasury. This pro-vides the federal government, as trustee of the funds, themeans for preserving and protecting resources,:_one of_the-objectives of the_Committee-on-Ecot-Ofiiic Security. Aside

-from an occasional dispute as to whether collected taxes aredeposited quickly enough to satisfy the meaning of "im-mediate," this requirement has not generated serious issues.

The second provision adapted to ensure the safeguardingof reserves was the requirement that money withdrawn fromthe Federal Unemployment Trust Fund by a state may be us-ed (with certain minor exceptions) only "in the payment ofunemployment compensation. . .'" "Compensation" is \defined as "cash benefits payable to individuals with respectto their unemployment."2 This restriction on what the statesmay spend their tax receipts for has produced considerablefederal-state friction.

For example, state proposals to have claimants engage incommunity work projects and receive their unemploymentbenefits as "wages" were rejected by DOL as violative of the

Page 47: DOCUMENT RESUME - ERIC · 2014. 3. 30. · of unremitting controversy, primarily between those anxious to ensure a high level of adequacy of protection and those for whom program

Basic Statutory Provisions 39

withdrawal requirement.' State officials argued for accep.tance, claiming that both the community and theunemployed would benefit from the proposalthe. formerby getting important projects completed, and the latter byperforming useful services and perhaps learning new skills.-

. DOL reasoning was that if benefits were conditioned uponclaimants working for the community, they would not thenbe payable .solely with respect to unemployment, but ratherwith respect to whether or not they performed such work.Even if the work was voluntary, as some states proposed, therequirement would not be met. Claimants performing com-munity services would not have the opportunity to seekremunerative work. Thus, benefits would not be paid for ..

unemployment due to lack of remunerative work, but ratherto individuals whose unemployment was due, at least in part,to the fact that their engagement in community services,prevented their search or availability for paying jobs.

DOL applied similar reasoning to state proposals .to paybenefits to claimants out of work because of illness ordisability. Claimants not able to work are not unemployedbecause of lack of work, but rather because of their physicalcondition. This interpretation of the withdrawal requirementwas. later' modified somewhat to perinit payment to in-dividuals who become ill only after they file a claim. Benefitscan, be payable to them consistently with the withdrawal''standard, provided they are not offered or do not reject asuitable job. The reasoning is that unless .a claimant whobecomes' ill after filing a claim is offered a job, theunemployment can reasonably be considered, due to theoriginal cause of separation and continuing lack of work,not to the illness.'

Another modification of the strict application of the fundwithdrawal requirement applies, to claimants undertakingtraining. Even though. a claiMant in training may not have

Page 48: DOCUMENT RESUME - ERIC · 2014. 3. 30. · of unremitting controversy, primarily between those anxious to ensure a high level of adequacy of protection and those for whom program

40 Basic Statutory Provisions

the opportunity to seek work, and may even refuse a job of-fer, DOL held that payment of benefits would not violate thewithdrawal requirement. The reasoning was that by under-taking training, the claimant was derrionstrating hisavailability for work. The training may be the most realisticapproach the claimant can, take toward obtaining perma-nent, meaningful employment. Some states continued todeny benefits on the grounds (used by DOL in other con-texts) that a claimant who refuses an offer of suitable workor does not actively seek work because he is in training doesnot meet the availability-for-work requirement of the statelaw. The DOL approach prevailed by reason of a 1970 .,amendment to the federal law expressly prohibiting all states.from denying benefits to claimants in training with the_ap-_

_provaLof the state agency on-thegiblinds that they violatethe- state's availability, active search for work, or refusal ofwork requirements.'

The withdrawal requirement, that involuntary unemploy-ment must be the sole determinant of benefit eligibility, hasproved to be the major statutory bulwark in preserving theprinciple that unemployment insurance is distinguishablefrom relief,

in that payments are made as a matter of right, noton a needs basis, but only while the worker is in-voluntarily unemployed.'

The requirement provided the basis for rejecting proposedstate law amendments which would pay or increase benefitsbecause of need, as well as others which would deny paymentbecause of lack of need. A Wisconsin proposal was rejected,for example, which would have provided state extendedbenefits to individuals who exhausted regular benefits, pro-vided they were'in need, as defined in the statelaw on publicassistance. Similarly, a New Jersey bill was consideredviolative of the withdrawal requirement because it provideda less severe penalty for voluntarily leaving work without

48

Page 49: DOCUMENT RESUME - ERIC · 2014. 3. 30. · of unremitting controversy, primarily between those anxious to ensure a high level of adequacy of protection and those for whom program

1:1i3511.: J1k1LUll/ly ri UVISIU115 41

good cause for individuals who could prove they were inneed than appliee to other claimants.

An Alaska bill, which provided that an individual with$7,000 in base-period wages would be required to serve anadditional waiting week for each $1,000 in wages. (up to amaximum of six weeks), was rejected as introducing a needstest ratifer than unemployment as the basis for payingbenefith. The same reasoning was applied to an Oregon pro-posal to disqualify all workers who received wages andbenefits during a calendar year totaling more than $6,000.

The withdrawal requirement was the basis-also fo-Crefect-ing a-Washiligion proposal for a higher qualifying wage re-quirement for claimants who have a working spouse; a Min-nesota proposal to put a lower ceiling on the maximumbenefit payable to any secondary wage earner in a householdwith an employed head of the family; and a California pro-posal for jimiting the maximum benefits paid to a husbandand wife to one and one-half times the maximum payable toan individual.

The most persistent challenge to the withdrawal require-ment is represented by a 1963 amendment to the SouthDakota law, similar in nature to the Alaska and Oregon pro-posals noted above, requiring claimants whose base-periodwages were higher than Others to serve proportionatelylonger waiting weeks. The ensuing conformity confrontationis discussed in chapter 4.

Administration

In no aspect of the program, including the area of federalprogram standards, has federal control been more pro-nounced or provoked more friction than in the area of ad-ministration. As indicated in chapter 1, although the stateshave the responsibility to administer their laws, the ,federalgovernment has authority over the administrative grants

Page 50: DOCUMENT RESUME - ERIC · 2014. 3. 30. · of unremitting controversy, primarily between those anxious to ensure a high level of adequacy of protection and those for whom program

42 Basic Statutory Provisions

allocated to each state to, assure that such funds will be spec"solely for the purposes and in the.amounts found necessaiby the Secretary of Labor for the proper and efficient a(ministration of such State law."'

As if this authority was not enough, the Social SecurilAct also requires each state to provide:

Such methods of administration . . . as are foundby the Secretary_ of Labor to -be -reasonably-calcular: fir-send-ure full payment of unemploymentcompensation when due.°

This requirement is sufficiently broad to permit virtually atfederal control over administration the DOL sees fit to inpose. Control is not exercised through actual direct fedensupervision of state operations or personnel. Federal iifluence is applied instead through develo'pment and enforcement of detailed operating and performance standards.

The claim filing standard, for example, 'describes in detathe circumstances under which claims,must be filed, whethlin person or by mail; the time the state must give a partial]employed worker to file a claim; the kinds of job findirassistance, placement and other employment services titmust be provided different categories of claimants, andefining such categories as ranging from workers on sho:term layoffs to persons permanently separated from thej obs. 9

Operation' standards similar to the claims filing standarand the claims determination standard, which, concern altivities connected with eligibility ,determinations,'° over ttmost significant facets of state administration of claims anmany less important activities as well Failure of a state tadhere completely to these detailed standards does n(automatically mean that it violates the "methods of a(ministration" requirement. .If the state applies altemathprovisions, DOL must determine if, in effect, they satisfy ti

Page 51: DOCUMENT RESUME - ERIC · 2014. 3. 30. · of unremitting controversy, primarily between those anxious to ensure a high level of adequacy of protection and those for whom program

Basic Statutory Provisions 43

federal requirement. If not, the state faces a conformity con-frontation. .

Distinguishable from operation standards, which dictatethe procedural duties of the administrator, are two relativelyrecent performance standards requiring minimum levels ofefficiency, as specified in terms of results. The appeals

romptness stapdard, first issued in-1972 and later modified,-- p ecribes as a minimum level of satisfactory state perfor-

manee the issuance of at least 60 percent of all first level ap-peal d!cisions within 30 days of the date the appeal of aneligibihty determination was filed and,--iitleast 80 percentwithin 45\clayS." A state that meets these minimum criteria isConsidered\to be meeting the standard. ,

If DOL fin\ds that the failure of a state to meet the criteriais attributable \O factors reasonably beyond the state's con-, \

con -trol and the state has done as much as is 'administrativelyfeasible to overco\ the standard is considered satisfied. If

1the reasons were no \beyond the state's control, recommen-dations are made formed,ii action. Notice of an oppor-tunity for a confIrmity`4earing goes to the state in the eventit fails or rofi. ,' r:,, 4..lke\necessary corrective actions.

The benefit payment prcnptness standard, issued in 1976and revised in 1977, follows \similar pattern." The criteriafor minimum satisfactory levelsf performance are issuanceof 90 percent of first payments within 14 days following theend of the claimant's first compensable week claimed in thecase of states requiring a noncompensable waiting week, 90percent within' 21 days for nonwaiiing week' states, and 95percent within 35 days for all states. This applies only to in-trastate claims (claims filed within a state by individualswhose benefitsare based on wages earned in the same 'state).Separate criteria for interstate claims (file by individualswith wages earned in a state other than the on in which theyare filing) are 75 percent within 14 and 21 days with respect

Page 52: DOCUMENT RESUME - ERIC · 2014. 3. 30. · of unremitting controversy, primarily between those anxious to ensure a high level of adequacy of protection and those for whom program

Basic Statutory Provisions

to waiting week and nonwiiting week 'states, respectiveand 80 percent within 35 days for all states.

The standard on payment promptness prescribes seNspecific remedial steps to be taken by DOL if a state agerfails, "for an extended period," to meet the criteria or ftto show satisfactory improvement after having submitte(plan of corrective action. The first'step is informal disci

-sion with state agency officials.'The ultimate step is noticethe state of an opportunity for a hearing on the questionwhether the state is in nonconformity and, accordingwhether administrative grants should be withhpld.

' The "Methods of administration" requirement woiseem broad enough to permit the federal government to dtate to the states any requirement having an administrat:impact. Perhaps not anticipating the full interpretat:potential of this provision, "Congresstxplicitly included fcspecific administrative requirements in the: Social SecurAct. These concern the use of employment offices to rbenefits, selection of staff, information reports, and prosion for fair hearing.

Payment Through Employment

Federal law requires that the. states pay unemploym(benefits only through public employment-offices." Thisproach had been a recommendation of the CommitteeEconomic Security, but that Committee's,Report contano explanation of why this was considered necessary for elcient administration. It may have been intended to helpsure close cooperation with the employment service -whihas job referral functions and plays -an- important roleidentifying work refusal and unavailability-for-work issu

In any event, this requirement was the basis for one of 1rare occasions in which a state.was temporarily deniedministrative grants. In 1939, grants to South Dakota wl

Page 53: DOCUMENT RESUME - ERIC · 2014. 3. 30. · of unremitting controversy, primarily between those anxious to ensure a high level of adequacy of protection and those for whom program

Basic Stattitory Provisions 45

withheld when the State proposed to pay unemploymentcompensation through the state public welfare offices in-stead of through public employment offices. The proposalwas advanced because no state appropriations had beenmade for the state's employment offices, to match federalgrants for these offices, as was then required under theWagner-Peyser Act." The fedeial grants were restored aftertwo months, when the state finally made money available toreopen the state employment offices.

Merit System Requirement

The Committee on Economic Security indicated thatamong 'federal conditions necessary to ensure competent ad-ministration, ". . we deem selection of personnel on amerit basis vital to success."" The "methoth'of adihinistra-tion" standard in the Social Security Act was amended in1939 to add the ,merit system requirement, though with arestriction on federal enforcement of the requirement, asfollows:

(including after January 1, 1940, methods relatingto the establishment and maintenance of personnelstandards on a merit basis, except' that the°Secretary of Labor shall exercise no authority withrespect to the selection, tenure of office, and com-

dual-employed- in- accor2r-71dance with such methods).'6

. .

According to Frances Perkins' biographer, the languageexplicitly denying the Secretary authority over selection,tenure or compensation of any individual eniployed under amerit system was the result of Congressman. (later ChiefJustice) Fred M. Vinson's deteitmination that "no damnedsocial workers are going to come into my State and tell ourpeople whom they shall hire.' '" The Executive Director ofthe Committee on Economic Security later gave credit to theSacial Security Board's interpretation- and ithplementation

Page 54: DOCUMENT RESUME - ERIC · 2014. 3. 30. · of unremitting controversy, primarily between those anxious to ensure a high level of adequacy of protection and those for whom program

Basic Statutory Provisions

of the provision for giving great impetus to sound state ad-ministration by its insistence upon basing the selectiOp andtenure of all employees in state employment security ad-ministrations on a merit basis. At the time, the great majority of states had no merit-based Civil Service systems. 'TheBoard required those states to establish special merit systemsfox employees concerned with employment security opera-tions. This resulted in relatively competent staffing ofunemployment insurance and employment service agencies\and stimulated the passage of general state Civil Service laws \'in a number of states, based on a merit system. Eventually, \there developed a large number of experienced employmentsecurity administrators and a strong tradition of nonpoliticaladministration.'

In 1970, responsibility for administering the merit, system'requirement was shifted from DOL to the U.S. Civil ServiceCommission. Established regulations governing state meritsystem requirements were substantially relaxed in 1979, par-ticularly those identifyingithe UI' positions that states werepermitted to exempt from the merit system. The revisedregulations provide that,

To assure proper, organizational responsiveness,appropriate numbers of top level positions may beexempted if theyt 'determine or publicly advocatesubstantial program policy, provide-regal counsel,or are required to maintain a direct confidentialworking relationShip with a key exempt official."

I

Tli relaxation of merit system requirements is the result ,,priinarily of pressure from governors for'more state flexibili-ty; i of the' 1978 Intergovernmental Personnel Act (IPA),which requires that federal standards "shall be rescribed insuch a manner to minimize federal intervention in state andlocal personnel 'administration"; of the declared position ofthe Carter Administration that governors shall be given max-

,

Page 55: DOCUMENT RESUME - ERIC · 2014. 3. 30. · of unremitting controversy, primarily between those anxious to ensure a high level of adequacy of protection and those for whom program

Basic Statutory Provisions 47

imum leeway in running grant-in-aid programs; and of therelaxation of regulations governing the federal Civil Service.

The result has been a substantial increase in recent years inthe number of state agency positions exempt from meritsystem requirements. Another result, of course, is theatisence of a single issue being raised in recent years of non-conformity or noncompliance with this requirement, in con-trast with earlier experience of several of these issues beingpresented each year.

Required Reports and Disclosuresof Information

The Social Security Act and the FUTA provide a numberof, information requirements of the, states to facilitate ad-ministration and to authorize information exchange withother agencies:

(6) The making of such reports in such form andcontaining such information, as, the Secretary ofLabor may from time to time require, and com-pliance with such provisions as the Secretary ofLabor may from time to time find necessary toassure the correctness and verification of suchreports; and

(7) Making available upon request to any agency ofthe United States charged with the administration

, of public works or assistance through public.employment, the name, address, ordinary occupa-Aion and employment status of each recipient ofunemployment compensation, and a statement ofsuch recipient's rights to further compensationunder such law.2°

`The requirement of paragraph (6) is the basis for bothregular statistical and special research reports from states.Under an established routine reporting system, state agencies

Page 56: DOCUMENT RESUME - ERIC · 2014. 3. 30. · of unremitting controversy, primarily between those anxious to ensure a high level of adequacy of protection and those for whom program

48 Basic Statutory Provisions

collect and organize data from their UI operations fortransmittal to DOL which summarizes and publishes' thestatistics for various purposes. Aside from the significanceof the information for the purposes of managing andevaluating the program, much of the data, particularlyregarding UI claims activity, are important factors useful ingeneral economic analysis. In addition, weekly insuredunemployment data are used to trigger on and off the pay-

, ment of extended benefits.'"

The reporting requirement of paragraph (6) has generatedsome minor issues. On occasion, states have resisted requestsfor special reports, usually on the grounds of /insufficientstaff. Some state agencies are habitually late in providing re-quired reports. One state agency regularly does! not respondor responds late and inadequately to requests /for informa-tion concerning pending iegislation. Mine of these issues,however, has_ been, considered serious enough to warrant aconforintyhearing. Paragraph (7) similarly has not produc-fed serious issueS;--probably because the pOlic works andWork relief programs that now exist are administered at stateOr local levels; at the time thisprovision was adopted (1935),such programs were federally administered.

Another provision includes the following requirements forstate agency cooperation with other federal agencies. Cer-tification of granted funds is denied if the Secretary finds:

(1) That such State; does not make its records,

available to the Railioad ketirement Board and\ furnish to the RailrOad Retire\nent Board at the-ex-

pense of the Railroad Retirernent Board suchcopies thereof as the Railroad Retirement Boarddeems necessary for 'its purpos' s; or

(2) That such State' is failing to afford reasonablecooperation with every agency o the' United Statescharged with the administration f any nnemploy-ment insurance law.22

'56

Page 57: DOCUMENT RESUME - ERIC · 2014. 3. 30. · of unremitting controversy, primarily between those anxious to ensure a high level of adequacy of protection and those for whom program

Basic statutory Provisions 49

The foregoing requirements were either part of the originalSocial Security Act or were added during the very early yearsof the program.

Several additional disclosure reqiiirements were addedmore recently. One requires disclosure, to a state or politicalsubdivision, of wage information necessary for determiningan individual's eligibility for (and the amount of) aid or ser-vices to needy families with children." Another requiresdisclosure, to officers of any state or local child support en-forcement agency, of wage information for the purposes ofestablishing- child support obligations and locating and col-lecting such obligations." A third ,requires disclosure, to of-ficers and employees of the Department of Agriculture andof any state food stamp agency, of information concerning

/ an individual's wages, application- and eligibility for UI,name, address, any refusal of an offer of work, and if so, adescription of the work offered."

All the disclosure provisions require that the state agencyadopt safeguards ensuring the information is used only forpurposes of the programs for which it is requested. Authori-ty to develop such safeguards for state adoption is granted tothe Secretary of Labor in the case of the last two of the above

. disclosure standards and to the Secretary of Health andHuman Services in the case of the first standard.

Provisions requiring disclosure of information to the iden-tified agenckes have not generated issues. The relatively newrequirements should not create problems, provided thevolume of requests from welfare, child support and foOdstamp agencies does not become excessive and the informa-tion requested is easily obtainable from existing records.

The absence of conformity issues under the foregoing pro-/visions requiring disclosure does not mean that states are freelof problems in this area. Many issues arise, not from thesefprovisibns, but 'rather from requirements prohibiting

Page 58: DOCUMENT RESUME - ERIC · 2014. 3. 30. · of unremitting controversy, primarily between those anxious to ensure a high level of adequacy of protection and those for whom program

.50 Basic Statutory Provisions

disclosure under certain circumstances. Both the Wagner-Peyser Act and the Social Security Act's "methods of ad-ministration" requirement have been interpreted as pro-hibiting disclosure of information obtained in the ad-ministration of the program from claimants and employers,if such disclosure would tend to deter individuals from filingclaims, or employers from cooperating fully with employ-ment security agencies. A state agency may not post thenames of UI claimants on a courthouse wall, for example, orpublish information about an employer that would help hiscompetitors.

On the other hand, the federal interpretations permitdisclosure (if consistent with state disclosure provisions) in abroad range of circumstances, including "disclosure to apublic official in the performance of his public duties." Per-mitted disclosure is always conditioned upon it not disrupt-ing agency operations, and upon the agency'being reimburs-ed by the requesting authority if obtaining the informationinvolves more than incidental expenses or staff time. Manystates have had problems with excessive requests for thenames and addresses of claimants, particularly from law, en-forcement officials. As a result, most states have morerestrictions on information disclosure than set by federal in-terpretations, and all provide penalties for unauthorizeddisclosure.

Fair Hearing

One of the single most important of the administrativeprovisions included in the Social Security Act is the require-.ment that a state law provide:

Opportunity for a fair hearing, before an, impartialtribunal for all individuals whose claims forunemployment compensation are denied.26

58

Page 59: DOCUMENT RESUME - ERIC · 2014. 3. 30. · of unremitting controversy, primarily between those anxious to ensure a high level of adequacy of protection and those for whom program

Basic Statutory Provisions 51

This provision is categorized here as an administrative ratherthan a benefit standard. Its principal purpose is to require ofeach state the organizational machinery, trained staff in-cluding enough---qualified and impartial referees, and allother features necessary to implement fully the right of eachclaimant who is denied benefits to a fair hearing. This righthas been extended to employers who experience an adversedetermination, on the grounds that this is necessary if thesystem is to ensure not only that benefits are paid to eligibleindividuals but also that they are denied to other individualswho do not meet the eligibility conditions.

The "fair hearing" provision has been interpreted byDOL over the years to require that any claimant or employerwishing to appeal an adverse determination shall be provideda hearing at a reasonably convenient location, at no expense,and with neither any obligation nor any need to obtain legalcounsel. The hearing process must provide all parties at leastthe following due process safeguards."

Right to a hearing tailored to the capabilities and cir-cumstances of those who are to be heard;

Right to be represented by a person of the party's ownchoosing;

Opportunity to present argument, to produce evidenceand witnesses, and to offer evidence in explanation orrebuttal;

Right to a compulsory process for obtaining necessarywitnesses and records;

Right to confront and be confronted by opposing par-ties and their witnesses;

Right to cross-examine the other parties and theirwitnesses;

Right to a prompt and comprehensive written decisiongiving the referee's findings, reasons, and conclusions,with substantial evidence obtained at the hearing to sup-port them.

Page 60: DOCUMENT RESUME - ERIC · 2014. 3. 30. · of unremitting controversy, primarily between those anxious to ensure a high level of adequacy of protection and those for whom program

52 Basic Statutory Provisions

Each referee (the most common term used for state hear-ing officers) must understand and apply these due processrights, insure that the hearing and decision are completely in-telligible to the parties, and obtain at the hearing all the factsnecessary to reach a decision. Obviously, proper administra-tion of this requirement is one of the most demandingresponsibilities of a state agency. The key is a highly trainedstaff and effective management.

Under its "Appeals Performance Appraisal Project,"DOL evaluates the quality of hearings and decisions byreviewing a sample of the written decisions and tapes ofrecorded hearings of one-third of the states each year.Failure, without good cause, of a state to attain minimumadequate levels of quality (established by uniform testcriteria) constitutes violation of the requirement. Hearingsand decisions are evaluated by applying several criteria andassigning specific points for "good," "acceptable," and"unsatisfactory" performance. The criteria include, for ex-ample, questions similar to the following:

Was there opportunity for confrontation of all oppos-ing witnesses?Was the language used in questions to witnesses gearedto the comprehension of those present?Was the testimony taken in appropriate order and se-quence?Did the decision contain the ultimate findings of fact re-quired to resolve the issues in the case, and were theysupported by the evidentiary findings of fact?Was the final decision of the referee clearly stated?

"Fair hearing" also means a reasonably prompt hearingan decision. As noted above, since 1972 performance slan-daids have prescribed for the states minimum 'satisfactorylevels of promptness. From the fair hearing and performancestandards has evolved a system of informal administrativehearings unmatched by any other, social program in pro-

Page 61: DOCUMENT RESUME - ERIC · 2014. 3. 30. · of unremitting controversy, primarily between those anxious to ensure a high level of adequacy of protection and those for whom program

Basic Statutory Provisions 53

viding fair, inexpensive, and quick determinations of issuesfor over a million appellants annually.

"Fair hearing" is not a static concept. For example, the.National Commission on Unemployment. Compensation(NCUC) has recommended deletion of two provisions, longstanding in some state laws, which it considers violative of afair hearing. The first denies a party to a hearing the right tobe represented by anyone other than an attorney. The secondprohibits any consideration of an appeal filed beyond thestatutory time limit, regardless of the reason for the late fil-ing. In addition, a minority of the Commission has arguedthat fairness requires the availability in each state of free andindependent assistance and representation for claimants."

The "fair hearing" requirement has been the basis of alarge number and variety of conformity issues arising not on-ly from violations of due process rights by state officials inconducting hearings, but also from state statutory provisionsand proposed amendments. For example, a New Jersey in-terpretation permitting appeals tribunals to decide appealssolely on the basis of a review of the record was consideredby DOL to be in violation of the fair hearing requirementbecause it gave claimants no opportunity to presenttestimony of arguments. An interpretation of a Wyomingprovision, that a claimant must be conclusively presumedunavailable for work during any week in which he received apension from his most recent employer, was considered byDOL a violation of the federal fair hearing standard; as havebeen other states' amendments establishing conclusivepresumptions of ineligibility that offer no opportunity forthe claimant to challenge."

A claimant who fails, with good cause, to appear at theoriginal hearing on his claim must have his hearing reopen-ed, according to a DOL interpretation issued to all states."And the fair hearing standard has been interpreted to requirethat benefit and eligibility hearings be public, subject to the

Page 62: DOCUMENT RESUME - ERIC · 2014. 3. 30. · of unremitting controversy, primarily between those anxious to ensure a high level of adequacy of protection and those for whom program

54 Basic Statutory Provisions

limitation that the hearing tribunal must have authority toclose a hearing involving matters of an intimate, or a per-sonal nature.3' DOL has consistently insisted that"sunshine" laws permit this exception to otherwise requiredopen hearings. These examples represent only a small sampleof the variety of fair hearing issues that arise each year.

Federal Program Standards

The Committee on Economic Security emphasized in itsReport that unemployment insurance provisions in state lawshould be left entirely to the state legislatures in "all mattersin which uniformity is not absolutely essential. . . .?' Thisapplied only to substantive program matters. Administrativematters required a cooperative effOrt; requirements aimed atsafeguarding the fund, such as the immediate deposit ,andwithdrawal standards, were federal responsibilities.

The Committee did not indicate any provision which itconsidered absolutely essential, .but it was not reluctant atleast to make recommendations as to what a state law shouldcontain: Among others, it recommended relating duration ornumber of weeks of benefits payable to the number of weeksof prior employment; limiting benefits only to individualsboth able and willing to work; providing additional weeks ofbenefits to individuals who have been long employed withoutdrawing benefits; limiting benefits of seasonal workers tounemployment occurring within the usual season for their in-dustry; and provision of partial benefit formulas which en-courage claimants to take part-time or odd-job work whenpossible.32 Most states adopted some but not all of these pro-visions. The, following two Committee recommendationswere incorporated into the 1935 Social Security. Act asfederal program standards.

Page 63: DOCUMENT RESUME - ERIC · 2014. 3. 30. · of unremitting controversy, primarily between those anxious to ensure a high level of adequacy of protection and those for whom program

Basic Statutory Provisions 55

Labor Standards

In the part of its Report titled "Suggestions for StateLegislation," the Committee on Economic Security statedthat claimants should be denied benefits if they refuse to ac-cept suitable work. "Workers, however, should not be re-quired to accept positions with wage, hour, or working con-ditions below the usual' standard for the occupation or theparticular region, or outside of the State, or where theirrights of self-organization and collective. bargaining wouldbe interfered with.'"33

Although the Committee had not recommended these pro-tections be Imposed as a federal standard, the original SocialSecurity Act required that each state include such labor stan-dards in its law as a _condition for approval for tax credit.These requirements were included probably to assure. laborthat unemployment insurance would not become a means.ofdestroying unions or undermining existing wage, hour, andworking conditions. This apprehension had caused theAmerican Federation of Labor to oppoSe compulsory'unemployment insurance before 1932."

The Committee's recommendation was translated into thefollowing federal standard that must, as a condition of ap-proval for tax credit, be included in a state law:

compensation shaft not be denied in such -State toany otherwise eligible individual for refusing to ac-cept new work under any of,the following condi-tions:(A) if the position offered is vacandue directly toa, strike, lockout, or other labor dispute;(B) if the wages, hours, or other conditions of workare substantially less favorable to the individualthan those prevailing for similar work in the locali-ty;

Page 64: DOCUMENT RESUME - ERIC · 2014. 3. 30. · of unremitting controversy, primarily between those anxious to ensure a high level of adequacy of protection and those for whom program

56 Basic Statutory Provisions

(C) if as a condition of being employed the in-dividual would be required to join a companyunion or to resign from or refrain from joining anybona fide labor organization."

The purposes of parts (A) and (C) of, these "labor stan-dards" are to prevent UI claimants froin being used asstrikebreakers, and to protect the rights of claimants to joinunions of their choice. Part (A) provoked a confOrmitY con-frontation with the. States of Washington and /California in1949. The issue was whether workers who' were separatedprior to a labor dispute could be disqualified, for refusing toreturn to their employer during the dispute. The Departmentof Labor held that the jobs refused constituted, new work forthose workers and that their disqualification violated thestandard. The case was dropped when Washington changedits interpretation and California temporarily 'retracted itsdecisions disqualifying the workers."

The issue led to a federal law amendment, sponsored bySenator William Knowland of California, restricting ,theSeCretary's authority. Enacted in 1950, it stops the Secretaryof Labor from finding that a state's interpretation of its lawis preventing substantial compliance with the "labor stan-dards" requirements until either the opportunity for ad-ministrative review of the interpretation is exhausted underthe state law, or the interpretation is no longer subject tojudicial review in the state.

Part (B) of the "labor standards" is intended to protectemployed workers by preventing states from coercingclaimants to accept depressed wages and working conditions.The provision is not easy to administer. It requires deter-'minations of "new work," "similar" work, "prevailing"wages, hours and working conditions for similar work, andgeographical boundaries of "locality:," In 1950, DOL issueda 34-page detailed-guide describing how the provision shouldbe administered." 'State claims and appeals adjudicators fre-

Page 65: DOCUMENT RESUME - ERIC · 2014. 3. 30. · of unremitting controversy, primarily between those anxious to ensure a high level of adequacy of protection and those for whom program

Basic Statutory Provisions 57

quently still fail to identify a job offer as an offer of "newwork," which can be either a new job or a change in condi-tions of a current job which constitute a change in theoriginal employment contract. It is also still common to seethe labor standards requirements confused with the conceptof suitable work.

Suitable work criteria were intended originally to protectclaimants by allowing them to refuse jobs without dis-qualification that were wholly incompatible with their abilityor experience, constituted a danger to their health, safety ormorals; or were too far away from their homes. Suitablework criteria were contained in draft bills of suggested statelegislation prepared by the Social Security Board and its suc-cessors and adopted usually with little change by most states.,In recent years, however, many states have narrowed theconditions under which a claimant may refuse a job becauseof its unsuitability. The most common change requires thatafter a prescribed number of weeks of unemployment, deter-minations of suitability need not take into consideration theclaimant's prior wage levels, work experience, or training;

Suitable work criteria relate to the individual, while thelabor standards (e.g., prevailing wage) relate more to thenature of the job or job market. Accordingly, a job that paysthe prevailing wageand otherwise meets the labor standardsmay not be suitable-work. Conversely, a claimant may refusesuitable work without disqualification if it is substandard interms of prevailing hours, wages or conditions.

The most common conformity issue in this area arisesfrom state amendments that ignore the prevailing wage re-guirement. Connecticut, for example, enacted an amend-ment to its law in 1973 which provided that a job offer shallbe considered suitable if it pays either the prevailing wage or,"in.the absence 'of a prevailing rate," a wage that is within 15or 25 percent of the claimant's normal wage, dependingupon whether the claimant had been unemployed six or more

Page 66: DOCUMENT RESUME - ERIC · 2014. 3. 30. · of unremitting controversy, primarily between those anxious to ensure a high level of adequacy of protection and those for whom program

58 Basic Statutory Provisions

weeks or less than 'six weeks. Since a job that met thesecriteria automatically would be considered suitable, a claim-ant must take it or be denied benefits. The agency was advis-ed by DOL that if claimants are disqualified for refusing ajob that falls within the prescribed percentages but still paysless than the\ prevailing wage for similar work in fhe locality,the provision would present a question of conformity withthe labor standards requirement (Part B, above). The Con-necticut provision was deleted. There have been many suchamendments and proposals.

Despite imperfect administration and less than universalunderstanding of the' labor standards, these requirementshave been important' in preventing the unemployment in-suiance program being used as a vehicle for strikebreaking,depressing working conditions and otherwise undermininggains made by American workers.

Experience Rating Standard

Experience rating intended to provide an incentive ,fotemployers to limit layoffs. Employers with favorable layoffexperience in relation to payrolls receive lower tax rates tharthose witb less favorable_experience.

!

President Roosevelt had insisted that the unemploymeninsurance program promote employment stabilization, ancexperience rating appeared to be an appropriate vehicle fo]that purpose. The House had pissed the Social Security bilwithout any experience rating provision on the grounds thaby allowing states to vary employers' tax rates, such a provision would generate competition am_ ong the states in keepingemployers' costs low. The Senate restored the ,exPeriencirating provision partly because Wisconsin and several othestates had-already enacted laws with expenence rating; anpartly, because a majority of the Senate Finance Committesubscribed to the concept."

Page 67: DOCUMENT RESUME - ERIC · 2014. 3. 30. · of unremitting controversy, primarily between those anxious to ensure a high level of adequacy of protection and those for whom program

Basic Statutory Provisions 59

t

The Committee on Economic Security recommended leav-ing to the states the option of whether or not they wouldassign employers tax rates below 2.7 percent, the ,levelnecessary for the full normal credit against the federal tax.The. Committee suggested that an employer assigned a reduc-ed rate should receiye not only the normal credit for the statetax against the federal tax,: but also additional creditamounting to the difference' between the actual state tax paidand the 2.7 percent level if the rate reduction was based onthe accumulation of adequate reserves' or on low unemploy-ment experience. However, the Committee identified only.two Approaches a state might apply: it could -permit par-ticular industries or companies to have individual reserve orguaranteed employment accounts, or it could permit reducedrates on the basis of employers' favorable layoff experience.

'The original Social Security Act and later the Federal-Unemployment Tax Act permitted states to allow reducedrates, only on those grounds. Although a few state laws.originally provided for individual reserve or guaranteedemployment accounts," all states eventually came to pro-viding reduced rates only on the basis of employers' ex-perience. The Federal Unemployment Tax Act requires, as acondition for additional credit, that a state law providereduced rates for an employer only on the,ba'sis of his

. . experience with respect to-unemployment orother factors bearing a dirict relation to unemploy-ment risk during not less than the 3 consecutiveyears immediately preceding the computationdate. . . . 04

The law was later amended,' first to'peimit reduced rates onthe 'basis, of as little as one year of experience, and later tonewly covered employers "on a reasonable basis" (but notless than 1.0 percent) until they have enough years to qualifyfor a rate based on their experience.

Page 68: DOCUMENT RESUME - ERIC · 2014. 3. 30. · of unremitting controversy, primarily between those anxious to ensure a high level of adequacy of protection and those for whom program

Basic Statutory Provisions

This standard is important because it makes experiencerating the only approach available to a state wishing to lowertax rates. Reductions in rates to levels below 2.7 percent can-not be made uniformly fdr all employers, or by any meansother than the individual employer's "experience withrespect to unemployment or other factors bearing a directrelation to unemployment risk." Under most state ex-perience rating plans, this means'that an employer's tax rateis keyed largely to the amount of benefits paid his formeremployees based on work performed for him.

Experience rating as a feature of unemployment insuranceis unique to the United States; as Is its federal-state system.All other countries with UI have uniform national programsand none establishes tax' rates on the basis of, individualemployer's experience.

Once the experience rating standard was enacted, it hasalways had Congressidcal support. At the outset; manystates did not provide for it at all, assuming they would needthe full 2.7 percent or more to finance benefits. However, itsoon became clear that costs were overestimated in. Manystates and too much revenue would be generated. DuringWorld War II when unemployment levels were low, reservefunds accumulated in many states far in excess of amounts.needed for benefit costs. Experience rating, which somestates were reluctant to adopt, represented the only meansavailable focr reducing reserves. Although the degree' ofadherence tb experience rating continues ,to vary widelyAmong the states, Congress is committed to the 'donceptl Therecent rise, effective 1985, in the FUTA rate to 6.2 percentwith .a maximum tax credit of 5.4 percent seems designed tostrengthen experience rating by forcing states to raise theirmaximum rates and thereby permit a wider range of rates.There is continuing controversy over the merits of experiencerating, and these are better evaluated -elsewhere."

Page 69: DOCUMENT RESUME - ERIC · 2014. 3. 30. · of unremitting controversy, primarily between those anxious to ensure a high level of adequacy of protection and those for whom program

Basic Statutory Provisions 61

The important point here is that experience rating is man-dated by federal law and has strong adherents despite recur-ring efforts to change or delete the requirement. In 1968, anadministration- supported package of comprehensive UIchanges (H.R. 8282) contained a provision deleting the stan-dard. The proposal was opposed vigorously and removedfrom the bill in an early stage. The National Commission onUnemployment Compensation did 'not support a proposal byits Chairman merely to relax the requirement by giving statesmore flexibility. The propogal would have allowed the statesto experience rate on the basis of "employment" as well asunemployment and to eliminate the requirement for a"direct" relationship to unemployment risk." As in the caseof every past effoit to delete or modify the standard, thechief opposition came from employer repiesentatives,43 or-dinarily in favor of eliminating federal standards.

The requirement, that any reduced rate be based on theemployer's "experience with respect to unemployment orother factors bearing a direct relationship to unemploymentrisk," has been the source of much intergovernmental fric-tion. DOL and its predecessors developed and applied verydetailed and subtle interpretations of the standard over theyeari. So voluminous and complex were the interpretationsthat by 1950 it became necessary for DOL's Office of theSolicitor to issue a precedent Manual on experience ratingrulings "For Intra-Departmental Use Only." This "Ex-perience Rating Digest" contains 50 single-space, typed pagesand well over 300 separate citations to formal and informalcommunications." Until the comprehensive 1970 amend-ments (P.L. 91-373) which generated more issues in otherareas, experience rating was the major source of conformityissues.

DOL rulings cover all aspects of experier ratingthecomposition of particular formulas for allu rates, ratedeterminations for employers with gaps in e. _ fence, rates

Page 70: DOCUMENT RESUME - ERIC · 2014. 3. 30. · of unremitting controversy, primarily between those anxious to ensure a high level of adequacy of protection and those for whom program

62 Basic Statutory Provisions

for employers, involved in whole or partial transfers ofbusiness, and 'procedures gover,hing group accounts. TheDepartment has found acceptable many proposed factors formeasuring employers' experience (eig., separations,aompen-sable separations, beriefiti, payroll declines) and has rejectedothers (e.g., the number of years Ole employer has been inbusiness, the amount of taxes paid),The most common fac-tor among the states is benefits charged to employers. Themost common experience rating formula is the reserve ratio,under which the amount:, of and employer's reserve iscalculated as contributions paid and credited to his accountover all past periods reduced by

sameamount of benefits

charged to his account during the same period. The reserve isthen divided by the employer's recent annual payroll to pro-vide a reserve ratio. The employer is assigned a rate in actordance with a schedule of tax rates', associated with reserveratiosthe higher the ratio, the lower the rate.

/

/

An early Social Security Board ru ing'provided that not allbenefits must be charged as long as those that were charged.provided a reasonable measurement of an employer's lei-perience with respect to the unemployinent risk of hisworkers. This provoked pressure f).orn a variety of sou ces_ _____for relief from charges, and nonchaging of benefits was er-mitted under' a wide variety of circ mstances: benefits id,-t

without disqualification, to workers who quit their jobs ith\good cause not attributable to the mployer; benefits aid'following the serving of a disqualification; depende ts'allowances; extended benefits. Some of the noncharging aspermitted. in the hope of easing presgure for more severe is-

j, qualifications." Noncharging was pstified on the groun sthat the measure of each employer's experience would-notseriously distorted ,by reeving theM of these charges', patitularly in the cage of benefits paid following separatiOnsnot caused by the/employer's action.

Page 71: DOCUMENT RESUME - ERIC · 2014. 3. 30. · of unremitting controversy, primarily between those anxious to ensure a high level of adequacy of protection and those for whom program

Basic Statutory Provisions 63

The rationale for certain other Inds of noncharging is notclear. There is lacking any coheren ,guiding principle and, asa result, rulings have been inconsistent. The Department ofLabor has accepted noncharging of benefits paid for

. unemployment caused .by a natural disaster, but rejected--- noncharging -of- benefits paid for .other types of unemploy-

ment also caused by circumstances beyond the employer'scontrol; e.g., the permanent closing df a mine because of thedepletion of resources; the shutting down of a defense plantdue to loss of a government contract; the dissolution of abusiness because of the illness of a partner. The Departmenthas accepted as consistent with federal law a Delaware provi-sion which provides some noncharging relief to employerswho hire handicapped workers. 'Delaware, which considersthe unemployed workers' wages instead of benefits in com-puting tax rates for employers, provides for disregarding,i.e., noncharging all wages paid to handicapped workersduring the first 90 days of their employment. The Depart-ment, however, has barred similar relief from charges foremployers for hiring veterans or minorities, or for par-ticipating in programs aimed at employing youth and othertargeted groups. The Department permits no distinctions

\based on industrial classification or employer size in assign-ing reduced rates (except for new employers).

Other than the experience rating requirements, states areunder no restrictions concerning the assignment of rates.States are free, for example, to set rates higher than the stan-dard rate on any basis they choose. Accordingly, althoughall states have niinimum and maximum rates; these varywidely among states. Tax bases also vary, so that effectivetax rates (the tax payable as a proportion of total payroll)may be different even for employers with identical ex-perience and identical rates in different states. No two taxstructures are the same.

Page 72: DOCUMENT RESUME - ERIC · 2014. 3. 30. · of unremitting controversy, primarily between those anxious to ensure a high level of adequacy of protection and those for whom program

64 Basic Statutory Provisions

The inconsistencies in rulings and lack of guiding prin-ciples make DOL positions vulnerable. There have beenrelatively few conflicts over experience Tating in recent yearsonly because the Unemployment Insurance Service has beenpreoccupied with an avalanche of issues arising from newlegislation. It has ignored state law amendments that in pastyears would have provoked'conformity confrontations. For-tunately, the great majority of experience rating issues ariseover obscure provisions that have little or no significant im-pact on the program.

State Programs

\ The original Act followed the example of the TenthAmendment to the Constitution by providing, at least im-plicitly, that all unemployment insurance responsibilities notexpressly delegated or implied to the federal government arereserved to the states. While the states were required toadhere to such basic requirements as those relating to, depositand withdrawal of tax moneys, and to conform with otherfederal requirements, originally there were relatively fewsuch requireMents governing administrative matters (meritsysterh, fair hearing, payment through employment offices,di closure) before extensive interpretations were made of the") lethods of administration" requirement. Only two federalprogram standards ("labor standarc&," experience ratingstandards) inhibited state action in this area.

As described in. chapter 1, originally the most significantrestraint on state autonomy in the program area was ig-norance of what an unemployment insurance law shouldcontain and consequent dependence on federal guidance.States gradually acquired more experience and thereby moreindependence, and concurrently, the federal governmentdeveloped more -interpretations of existing statutory re-quirements, particularly in the administration and ex-.perience rating areas. These developments were somewhat

Page 73: DOCUMENT RESUME - ERIC · 2014. 3. 30. · of unremitting controversy, primarily between those anxious to ensure a high level of adequacy of protection and those for whom program

Basic Statutory Provisions .65

inevitable since reactions were needed to issues and new stateprovisions constantly arising during the early years.

The interpretation approach, in contrast to the laterreliance on enactment of federal standards, proved compati-ble with the federal-state balance of authOrity. Federal inter-pretations were addressed to.particular problems, developedusually from a sound legal basis, and designed to be consis-tent with basic objectives of, unemployment insurance. Thiswas not always true with enactment of federal program stan-dards. Equally important, interpretations of federal lawwere more easily subject than federal law amendments tosuccessful challenge by the statesoften before they becameeffective. Finally, interpretations were more likely thanstatutory enactments to be the product of cooperative effort,and consequently, more likely to represent realistic solutionsto problems. In effect, the, basic structure provided by theoriginal Social Security Act permitted both state and federaljurisdictions the flexibility necessary to allow state UI pro-grams to adjust to changing conditions while continuing toserve fundamental principles.

NOTES

1. Section 303(a)(5), Social Security Act (SSA).

2. Section 3306(h), Federal Unemployment Tax Act (FUTA).3. Letter, Governor James B. Longley, Maine to William Kolberg, Assis-tant Secretary for Manpower, October 24, 1975, for example, asked ap-proval of proposal to permit unemployment insurance claimants to workon public works projects while drawing benefits.

4. Social Security Board action on a proposed Maryland amendment,January 4; 1945.

5. Section 3304(a)(8), FUTA.6. Margaret M. Dahm and . Phyllis H. Fineshriber, "ExaminingDependents', Allowances," Unemployment Compensation: Studies andResearch, Vol. 1 (National COrnmission on Unemployment tompensa-

Page 74: DOCUMENT RESUME - ERIC · 2014. 3. 30. · of unremitting controversy, primarily between those anxious to ensure a high level of adequacy of protection and those for whom program

66. Basic Statutory Provisions

tion, July 1980), Appendix A: Entitlement to Unemployment BenefitsBased on Consideration Involving Need: Conformity with Requirementsof Federal Law, pp. 84-87. Examples in ensuing paragraphs also drawnfrom this source.7. Section 303(a)(8), SSA.

8. Section_303(a)(1), SSA.

9. Standard for Claim Filing, Claimant Reporting, Job Finding, andEmployment Services, Part V, Section 5000-5999, Employment SecurityManual, Revised August 31, 1970.

10. Standard for Claim DeterminationsSeparation Information, PartV, Section 6000-6999, Employment Security Manual, Revised October28, .1968.

11. Appeals Promptness Standard, Part 650.1-.5, Chapter V, Title 20,Code of Federal Regulations.12. Standard for Benefit Payment Promptness, Part 640, Chapter V,Title 20, Code of Federal Regulations, July 280978..13. Section 3304(a)(1), FUTA and Section 303(a)(2), SSA, currently pro-vide, "all compensation is to be paid through public employment officesor such other agencies as the Secretary of Labor may approve."14. Frank Traver De Vyver, "Federal Standards in Unemployment In-surance," Vanderbilt Law Review, Vol. 8, No. 2 (February 1955), pp.421, 422. The Wagner-Peyser Act, adopted in 1933, provided for a na-tionwide employment service consisting of state administered publicemployment offices affiliated with the U.S. employment service andfinanced on a joint federal-state basis.1-5. Committee on Economic Security, op. cit., p. 19.

16. Section 303(a)(1), SSA.

. 17. George Martin, Madam Secretary Frances Perkins (Boston:Houghton Mifflin Co., 1976), p.'355.18. Edwin E. Witte, "Development of Unemployment Compensation,"Yale Law Journal, Vol. 55, No. 1 (December 1945), p. 37.19. Revised Regulations, Office of Personnel Management, U.S. CivilService Commission, 1979.

20. Sections 303(a)(6) and (7), SSA.

21. A maximum of 13 weeks of extended benefits is payable to qualifiedclaimants. under the Federal-State Extended Unemployment Compensa-tion Act of 1970 (P.L. 91-373) when insured unemployment rates in astate reach levels high enough to "trigger on" the availability of these

Page 75: DOCUMENT RESUME - ERIC · 2014. 3. 30. · of unremitting controversy, primarily between those anxious to ensure a high level of adequacy of protection and those for whom program

Basic Statutory Provisions . 67

benefits and cease to be payable when the level of insured unemploymentdrops sufficiently to "trigger off" their availability. See discussion of ex-tended benefits in chapter 3.22. Section 303(c), SSA.

23. Section 303(a)(6), SSA, Public Law 95-216, approved December 20,,1977.

24. Section 303(d), SSA, Social Security Disability Amendments of 1980,effective January 1, 1983.

25. Section 303(e), SSA, Food Stamp Amendments of 1980, effectiveJanuary 1, 1983.26. Section 303(a)(3), SSA.

27, Unemployment Compensation: Final Report (National Commissionon Unemployment Compensation, July 1980), p. 116. See also A Guide'to Unemployment Insurance Benefit AppealsPrinciples and Pro-cedures. (U.S. Department of Labor, January 1970).

28. Unemployment Compensation: Final Report, op. cit., p. 120.29. See De Vyver, op. cit., p. 418, for New Jersey and Wyoming ex-amples.

30. A Guide to Unemployment Insurance Benefit AppealsPrinciplesand'Procedures (U.S. Department of Labor, January 1970), p. 25.31. Ibid., p. 21.32. Committee on Economic Security, op. cit., pp. 20, 21.33. Ibid., p. 21.34. William Haber and Merrill G. Murray, Unemployment Insurance inthe American Economy (Hcimewood, IL: Richard D. Irwin, Inc., 1966),p. 83.

35. Section 3304(a)(5), FUTA.

36. See discussiorf of California and -Washington cases under LaborStandards Issues in chapter 5.37. U.S. Departinent of Labor, Bureau of Employment Security,Uneinployment Compensation Program Letter No. 130, PrinciplesUnderlying the Prevailing Conditions of Work Standard, January 6,1947, reissued September 1950.

38. Haber, op. cit., pp. 331-2.39. Under the guaranteed employment account, separate accounts aremaintained for each employer who guarantees in advance at least 30hours of work for each of 40 weeks to all his employees who continue to

Page 76: DOCUMENT RESUME - ERIC · 2014. 3. 30. · of unremitting controversy, primarily between those anxious to ensure a high level of adequacy of protection and those for whom program

N Basic statutory rrovisions

be eligible for suitable work. The employer must assure that from theseparate account will be paid benefits to former employees whoseguaranteed remuneration has not been paid or whose guarantee is notrenewed. Under the reserve account system, a separate account is main-tained for each employer from which benefits are paid on the basis ofWork performed for the employer. Paragraphs (2) and (3) of section3303(a), FUTA, prescribe minimum account balances and other precon-ditions to reduced rates. The guaranteed employment approach wasnever adopted by a single state. Seven states adopted the employerreserve type r"' fund.

40. Section 3,03(a)(1), FUTA.41. See Joseph M. Becker, S.J., Experience Rating in Unemployment In-surance: Virtue or Vice (Kalamazoo, MI: The W.E. Upjohn Institute forEmployment Research, 1972). See also: Haber, op. eit., pp. 330-357:42. Unemployment Compensation: Final Report, op. cit., p. 94.

43. Haber, op. cit., p. 356.44. U.S. Department of Labor, Office of the Solicitor, ExperienceRating Digest, 1950.45. U.S. Department of Labor, Bureau of Employment Security,Unemployment Compensation Program Letter, No. 78, December 29,1944.

Page 77: DOCUMENT RESUME - ERIC · 2014. 3. 30. · of unremitting controversy, primarily between those anxious to ensure a high level of adequacy of protection and those for whom program

Chapter 3Federal Program Standards:

Weakening the Balance

The states have never been entirely free to enact "completeand self-sustaining" unemployment insurance laws covering"all matters in which uniformity is not absolutelyessential . . . ," as recommended by the Committee onEconomic Security. ,The original Social Security Act includ-ed federal requirements covering the maintenance of taxfunds, distribution of administrative responsibilities andother provisions establishing the system's structuralframework. In addition to these "structural" requirements,the original act contained two program standards. The"labor standards" requirement barred states from disquali-fying claimants for refusing an offer of new work which wassubstandard or which prevented them from joining a union,of their choice. The experience rating standard permittedstates to assign reduced UI tax rates to employers only on thebagis of their experience with unemployMent.

These two original program standards, the "structural"requirements outlined above, and interpretations of all theseprovisions, remained the only federal requirements for 35years. The program standards described in this chapter wereadded in 1970, 1976, 1980, 1981 and 1982. They vary widelyin terms of their impact on the program. Each diminishedthe scope of state autos my over the program 'area and, tothat degree, also weakened the federal-state balance. In most

69

Page 78: DOCUMENT RESUME - ERIC · 2014. 3. 30. · of unremitting controversy, primarily between those anxious to ensure a high level of adequacy of protection and those for whom program

70 Federal Program Standards

cases, it is questionable that this result was offset by an:benefit the standard brought to the program. Their discussion here is organized according to their prevailing motivation: to protect the rights of claimants, and to restricbenefits rights to the "deserving" claimants. A thincategory includes two complex, standards that contain requirements aimed at both these objectives. Each standard iexamined in terms of the problem that produced itand thissues it has presented. For very few of these program stardards can it reasonably be argued that uniformity impose,by federal law was "absolutely essential" (the Committee'criterion). Most were enacted, not becatise uniformity wanecessary, but simply to supersede certain state provisionCongress considered either too harsh in their impact oclaimants or too lenient. The latest standards were also thproduCts of two developments: inclusion of the unemplo)ment trust fund in the federal budget; and the financial criscof the 1970s and early 1980s. The first made UI a potentiEtarget for federal budget cutting efforts. The second proviced the motive for actual federal and state cost reductioenactments.

Standards that Protect Claimants

Protection of Interstate Claimants

One of the perplexing problems faced by the Committeon Economic Security was that posed by workers who MON

from. state to state. Under a strictly national system, aworkers could be treated the same; but under, a system ifvolving largely autonomous state programs, the interstalworker could be left* without protection. Soon after tisystem began, the states developed a plan under which eacstate would act as the agent for other states which were liabfor benefits claimed by workers based on employment anearnings in the liable state but who moved to the agent stab

Page 79: DOCUMENT RESUME - ERIC · 2014. 3. 30. · of unremitting controversy, primarily between those anxious to ensure a high level of adequacy of protection and those for whom program

Federal Program Standards 71

The agent state took the claims of such workers for the liablestate. All states participated in this plan. Other interstateplans allowed a worker to combine wages earned in two ormore states if the wages earned in any one state were not suf-ficient to. qualify the claimant for benefits or if combiningwould result in higher benefits. Not all states participated inthe combined wage plans. The result was 91at interstate.claimants were treated differently in different states.

In 1970, federal law was amended to require that all states"shall participate". in a plan which combines the wages andemployment of an individual who worked in more than onestate so that eligibility for and amount, of benefits could bebased on the combined wages and work when applying theprovisions of a single state.' This standard did not produceissues of conformity with any state, but it did generate anumber of technical issues. One question, for example, con-cerned liability for benefit charges to an employer's ex-perience rating account when a claimant's wage credits earn-ed with_ that employer are transferred to another state forcombining purposes but are insufficient alone to qualify thatclaimant in the transferring state.2

A second standard affecting interstate claimants was alsoadopted in' 1970.3 It too resulted from. the failure of somestates to treat claimants equitably. In 1963 Ohio and Wyo-ming provided that an interstate claimant filing against thesestates may not qualify for a Maximum higher than thatpayable in the agent state where they file their claim. Alaska,as early as 1955, provided a maximum of $45 to claimantsfiling within the state but a maximum of $25 to claimantswho filed claims against Alaska from outside the' state.Dependents' allowances were payable only for dependentsresiding in Alaska.

These discriminatory provisions were characterized by aCongressional Committee as:

Page 80: DOCUMENT RESUME - ERIC · 2014. 3. 30. · of unremitting controversy, primarily between those anxious to ensure a high level of adequacy of protection and those for whom program

72 Federal Program Standards

. . . -ot only inequitable to the individual- claimantand injurious to cithe proper functioning of theunemiloyment insurance system butinhibit among

1workers a very desirable mobility which is impor--tarn-to-our economy."

The enacted \I'ederal standard bars states from denyingreducing bene s to an individual solely because the claimfiled from another state (or Canada) or because ofla charin residence to nother state (or Canada) where the clairr

_ filed.' ,Ironicall,-the--onl vyker-xion to this federal bandiscrimination a ainst interstate claimants is another fedeprovision enacte ten years later. That provision amencthe extended benefits program -by prohibiting paymentmore than two wee s of extended benefits if the claimanted from a state wh re an extended benefit period was noteffect.6

It may be argued that (he failure Of some states to pticipate in combined wage plans and the enactment by othof discriminatory pr visions made' federalevitable. It is posilbl that, as -their economies declinmore and more states ould-have followed Alaska's exaple. Representatives of 'that state argue that individuals IAwork in Alaska, often in seasonal jobs, and then move soirepresent a drain on the state's economy. Their unempl

1 ment benefit checks reklect high seasonal wages andeconomy with a high cost pf living. When they move to lc»cost states, there may be Ilittle incentive to.work for wathat .compare unfavorably with their unemploym

-benefits. There may also be less incentive for an agent stto test the availability or develop job openings for anterstate claimant than- for \an intrastate claimant drawbenefits from the agent state's fund.i.

The foregoing maybe true in some situations, but the rtern is not characteristic of interstate claimants. There

1

Page 81: DOCUMENT RESUME - ERIC · 2014. 3. 30. · of unremitting controversy, primarily between those anxious to ensure a high level of adequacy of protection and those for whom program

Federal Program Standards 73

sound reasons'IVEleach year thousands of workers movefrom .one state to another. In any event, the remedy toabuses of the system by interstate claimants would seem tolie in improved administration of the interstate program.This is also the remedy for the unequal treatment interstateclaimants continue to receive despite the federal standards.As noted in chapter 2, their claiffs are processed and paidmore slowly than intrastate claims, and. their appeals alsotake longer to complete. The delays are partly the result ofthe additional processing necessary for an interstate claim,

1 but most of the unequal treatment is attributable to failureof the federal partner consistently to insist upon promptnessas well as equal administration of these claims.

Among all the standards intended to protect claimantsagainst unfair disqualification, a strong case; can be madethat those relating to interstate claimants provide a, neededuniform protection. It may be, however, that even thosestandards would not have been necessary, given reasonableinterpretations of the original Social Security Act. For exam-ple, if the "withdrawal-of-funds standard" can be inter-preted as barring payment or denial of benefits on the basisof need, presumably it could also have been interpreted asbarring discrimination against interstate claimants. Thesame reasoning would seem to apply: under both situations,benefits would be paid or denied on a basis other than theclaimant's unemployment due to lack of work. It wouldseem feasible also that the "methods of administration ". re-_quirement in the original Act could have been interpreted asrequiring all states to participate in a uniform combinedwage plan. In any event, the results would have been thesame. The only point is that they (and perhaps better results)could have been achieved earlier through interpretation thanby enactment of new standards.'

%a`

Page 82: DOCUMENT RESUME - ERIC · 2014. 3. 30. · of unremitting controversy, primarily between those anxious to ensure a high level of adequacy of protection and those for whom program

74 Federal Program Standards,'

Protection of thaimants Taking Training

The Department of Labor had long encouraged states to,provide training and retraining for 'claimants who wouldbenefit from new skills. The experience, rating standard wasinterpreted to permit states to relieve employers of chargesfor benefits paid claimants/engaged in approved training.Benefits paid a clai'm'ant taking training were consideredbenefits paid for unemployment even though the claimantmight be unavailable for work by reason of the training, andeven though he may refuse a suitable job because it in-terfered with his training. Not all states subscribed to thisposition. Several disqualified claiMants in training for refus-ing work and some held them. unavailable if the training,preCluded an active search for work.

The federalstandard adopted by Congress in 1970 bars thestates from disqualifying claimants in'approved training onthe grounds that they are unavailable, are not making an ac-tive search for work, or have refused an offer 'of suitable,work.' According to the Senate Finance Committee Report'on the 1970 amendments, these provisions "shopld not beUsed to discourage claimants from entering framing which';has been approved by the state agenciei.° In commenting onthe new requirement, DOL recommended that states developregulations to ass re that before .approval, it is establishedthat the training will enhance the claimant's employability. Itadvised, however, thatiunder the requirement, "each state isfree to determine what training is appropriate for a claimant,what criteria are established for approval of training for anindividual, and what safeguards are established to assurethat/the claimant for whom the training has been approved isactually attending such training."9

Few issues have been presented by this federal 'standardbecause not all states actually developed criteria for approv-ing an individual for training, and not many unemployment

82

Page 83: DOCUMENT RESUME - ERIC · 2014. 3. 30. · of unremitting controversy, primarily between those anxious to ensure a high level of adequacy of protection and those for whom program

ff

Federal Program Standards : 75

insurance claimants are .involved in training or retraininganyway. The federal requirerrq,mt may-b ; circurnvente4 easi-ly by a state either refusing to appNyrie training for anyclaimant, or setting prOhibitive condiliDns on the approvalof training.

I

i

A potential issue wa! .ptesented by a number of state lawswhich deny benefits to claima:tts taking. any training, pro-viding cash or other aclOWance5 Since an indWidual takingComprehensive EmpkItnent areal Training Act (CETA)training (which usually pOd allowances) had approval of thestate employment -Security/agency, it was argued within DOLthat the state laws &f lying benefits to claimants taking,allowance - paying trainingwere inconsistent with the UItraining standard. HowewT, the issue was never raised.

Protection Against Excessi)t Peagakies

Another standard, ainrA,1:6,. at protecting claimants fromunreasonabi9)enalties Nvw; a reaction to a trend toward in-creasingly severe .disquPF.t%cations,, For many years, IDOLfought a losing., battle in this area, trying to persuade thestates of the advantages. of limiting disqualifications to apoStponementof henefits fer about shcweeks (the nationalaverage duration of a "ilia of unemployment). In 1944 the.experience rating standard was interpreted to permit states tononcharge employers for benefits paid following a dis-gualification. It was hoped that this would help ease thepressure for harsher disqualifications.'°

The standard enacted in 1970 prohibits states fromcancelling the wage credits (earnings on which benefits arebased) or completely eliminating the benefit rights of any in-dividual disqualified for any cause except discharge formisconduct connected with the work, fraud in connectionwith a Claiin, Or eceipt of disqualifying income." Accodingto the Senate Fi ance Committee Report,

Page 84: DOCUMENT RESUME - ERIC · 2014. 3. 30. · of unremitting controversy, primarily between those anxious to ensure a high level of adequacy of protection and those for whom program

76 Federal rrogram Standards

This prOposal is directed solely to the 'preservation,in all but, the excepted 'cases, of some portion of anindividual's monetary entitlemnt for his benefityear, the "bank account" of\ benefits againstwhich, .if \Otherwise eligible, he can draw. The re-

-' quirementl would affect ,only those few State laws'which cancel wage credits or totally reducebenefits.' 2

Although, the standard caused a few states \to amend theirlaws, it actually represents( a very modest restraint on states.The provision 4 no way'J-estricts states in establishing anyconditions it sees fit as eligibility requirements for benefits.It does not prevent any state from increasing the number Or

type of infractiOns for which a disqualification, may be ap-plied. It does not really inhibit, in any significant way, a statefrom imposing as severe a disqualification as 'it wishes forany cause. The pi.ovision does not preclude a disqualificationfor the duration of the claimant's unemployment and untilthe claimant obtains another job, works least a prescribedminimum periocli; earns at least a specified minimum amount's,and is then separated from the job fc nondisqualifyingreasons. This is permitted under the standartd, even thoughfailure to obtaiii another job is tantamount to completedenial of benefits. Most states now apply such a disqualifica-tion for one, or all of the major causes of disqualification.

The standard! prohibits any cancellation of wage credit's(except in the three specified situations). This means the statemay not cancel' for benefit purposes wages earned from, anemployer from whom the claimant separated under disquali-fying conditions. The standard bars only "total" reductionof benelfit rights. Fiancellation of wage credits may not be assevere penalty as reduction of benefit rights, pakticularly

1

for clai ants with more than one' base-peri.7 employer. Forexampl , a state may be consistent with the standard if, inthe cas of a claimant otherwise entitled to 26 weeks of

f

Page 85: DOCUMENT RESUME - ERIC · 2014. 3. 30. · of unremitting controversy, primarily between those anxious to ensure a high level of adequacy of protection and those for whom program

Federal Program Standards 77,

benefits, it disqualifies the claimant for. weeks, with anequal 'reduction in benefits. Since this leaves the claimantwith one week of benefits, and thus preserves "some portionof an individual's monetary entitlement," it satisfies thestandard. The impact of such a disqualification is denial ofall but one week of benefits for a year, not only six months.This is because every claimant must wait a year, beginningwhen his first claim is filed, before new benefit rights can beaccumuirlled based on fresh wage credits."

. At lest one state" actually provides precisely for wipingout all but one week of a claimant's benefit entitlement if theclaimant left work voluntarily or refused an offer of work.This clearly was not the result Congress had hoped to ac-complish:

Severe disqualifications, particularly those whichcancel (as opposed to postpone) earned monetaryentitlement, are not in harmony with the basic pur-poses of an unemployment insurance system. Mostdisqualifications under State law provisions are ap-plied for voluntary terminations without goodcause (frequently cause must be attributable to anemployer), or for refusals of suitable work. Such asituation may represent an error in judgment on thepart of the worker, or be the result of cir-cumstances over which he had no control. The,penalty for a disqualifying act should not be out ofproportion to the disqualifying act."

The National Commission on Unemployment COmpensa7tion made only one recommendation to Congress in he areaof disqi alifications. It went beyond the standard d scribedabove rid recommended that Congress prohibit of onlytotal re uction of benefit rights, but any reduction or benefitrights, xcept for fraud or receipt of disqualifying income."As of e riy 1983, a dozen states provided.for some reduction

Page 86: DOCUMENT RESUME - ERIC · 2014. 3. 30. · of unremitting controversy, primarily between those anxious to ensure a high level of adequacy of protection and those for whom program

78 Federal Program Standards

of benefit rights as the penalty for voluntarily quitting workwithout good cause and 15 reduced benefit rights ofclaimants disqualified for refusing suitable work.'7

Protection Against AutomaticDisqualification for Pregnancy

A third standard intended to protect claimants fromunreasonable penalties sought elimination of the provisions,of .19 states,as of the mid-1970s,

. . . which, in effect, deny benefits because ofpregnancy. They vary from State to State, but theyare all inequitable in that they deny benefitswithout regard to the woman's ability to work,availability for work, or efforts to find work.Under eligibility provisions, applicable to allclaimants, including pregnant women, anyone whois physically unable to work or who is unavailablefor work is ineligible for benefits. These determina-tions are made on the basis of the facts of each in-dividual case and make discriminatory disqualifica-tions because of pregnancy unnecessary.'"

The standard, enacted in 1976, prohibits benefit denial solelyon the basis of pregnancy or termination of pregnancy.

Prc visions of the 19 states concerning pregnant womenvstied considerably in application and severity, ranging fromDelaware's disqualification only for any week the individualwas actually unable to work because of pregnancy, to Utah'sautomatic- denialt benefits for 12 weeks before the date ofchildbirth and 6 weeks following' childbirth. Ironically, someof the state provisions may have been based on'the followingSocial Security, Board's 1942 suggestion for state legislation:

Provided further, however, th4t a woman shall beconsidered unable to work foi the period withintwo weeks before the anticipated date of childbirth

Page 87: DOCUMENT RESUME - ERIC · 2014. 3. 30. · of unremitting controversy, primarily between those anxious to ensure a high level of adequacy of protection and those for whom program

Jera1 Program Standards 79

and four weeks after ..firth unless it is shownby facts such as a docka's or midwife's certificateor by her work record during previous periods ofpregnancy that she is able to work during suchperiod."

By the, time the 1976 standard was enacted, the Utahpregnancy provision had been declared unconstitutional bythe U.S. Supreme Court. The Court had ruled, that:

. the Utah unemployment compensationstatute's incorporation of a conclusive presumptionof incapacity during so long a period before andafter childbirth is constitutionally invalid. . . .20

The adoption of the federal standard, which categoricallyprohibits denial of benefits solely on the basis of pregnancyor termination of pregnancy, settled any questions that mayhave remained even after this decision, including thelegitimacy of pregnancy provisions that contained reuut-table, rather than conclusive, presumptions of unavailabilityor inability to work.

In any event, no special provisions dealing with pregnancynow exist in state UI laws. The standard, however, coversonly'one aspect of sex discrimination-found in these laws,. Anumber of states still provide special disqualifications forclaimants unemployed because they left work to marry, toaccompany their spouses to a new location, or to meetdomestic obligations. In most cases, the individual is dis-qualified., for benefits until another job is found, a specifiedminimum amount is earned, and the individual is thenseparated for no disqualifying reasons. Almost invariablywomen are the vi tims of these disqualifications.

IDependents' a lowance provisions az; d practices in thedozen or so states that provide these supplements aie anotherexample. Such allowances are often. granted to maleclaimants more readily than to female claimants. The latter

Page 88: DOCUMENT RESUME - ERIC · 2014. 3. 30. · of unremitting controversy, primarily between those anxious to ensure a high level of adequacy of protection and those for whom program

80 Federal Program Standards

must usually make a greater effort to prove her children areher dependents.

Women are also disproportionately represented amongclaimants subject to certain voluntary quit provisions. Moststates do-not exempt from disqualification claimants whohad good personal cause for leaving work. Unless the in-dividual had good cause "attributable to the employer," thedisqualification is imposed. This limitation on good causeresults in benefit denial for any individual who must leavework to meet a domestic emergency (e.g., to care for a sickchild or spouse, to accompany a spouse to another-job) -orfor other compelling personal. reasons. The usual reasoningfor so limiting good cause to that connected with the work orthe employer is that it is not reasonable to expect theemployer to bear the costs of unemployment he did not.cause. This assumes a necessary linkage between benefit andfinancing provisions, which experience rating encourages. Inany event, for those concerned with eliminatingdiscriminatory provisions, the prohibition of disqualifica-tion on the grounds of pregnemey represented a gain, but didnot go far enough.21

Proposed Benefit Standards

No discussion of fedeno standards.aimes1 at pro-:-.:irtuants would be cotaglete without mention of ro-

p1 ,=;10e,ti b.etlefit standards which, though never enacted, haveponeratcl more controversy than any other.22 he controver-sy 4 i,lcauseistandards affecting weekly benefit amountsand tht duraticin of benefits payable 'pose a greater costpotential than any /other type of requirement. Proposedbenefit standards sometimes have also covered qualifying re-quirements and disiqualification rules. Four national ad-ministrations ha ye fought for benefit standards without suc-cess. The states co-,tinue to exercise Complete authority overthese areas, the rr45-N'.f important aspects of unemployment in-

8s

Page 89: DOCUMENT RESUME - ERIC · 2014. 3. 30. · of unremitting controversy, primarily between those anxious to ensure a high level of adequacy of protection and those for whom program

Federal Program Standards 81

surance. In 1950, President Truman proposed comprehen-sive UI changes, including minimum benefit standards, aspart of a special message to Congress. The bill incorporatingthe proposed standards did,not survive the House Ways andMeans Committee. President Eisenhower did not proposebenefit standards, but recommended instead that the statesseek on their own to meet appropriate benefit adequacygoals. In 1959, a benefit standards bill failed by one vote toclear the Ways and Means Committee. The Kennedy andJohnson Administrations included benefit standards in theirUI legislative proposals. The 1965 bills (S. 1991 and H.R.8282) included the following requirements for states:

(a) a weekly benefit amount equal to at least 50 percentof the claimant's average weekly wage;

(b) a maximum weekly benefit amount equal to at least66-2/3 of the statewide average weekly wage, to bephased in by July 1, 1971;

(c) a qualifying requirement of not more than 20 weeksof wort; or the equivalent in earnings during the priorbase period;

(d) a maximum of at least 26 weeks duration of weeklybenefits payable for claimants meeting such require-ment;

(e) a maximum of six weeks suspension of benefits fordisqualification ft most causes, with no reduction orcancellation of be::elit rights.

No state law met all of tl-, 4e proposed requirements and fewmet any //of therm at that time. Following hearings in 1966,most of these standards passed the Senate, failed the House,and could n t be agreed upon in the House-Senate con-ference. No I legislation was adopted because of the im-pasSe.

The Nixon Administration's 1975 UI proposals included aweekly and maximum benefit amount standard similar to (a),

.0

Page 90: DOCUMENT RESUME - ERIC · 2014. 3. 30. · of unremitting controversy, primarily between those anxious to ensure a high level of adequacy of protection and those for whom program

X82 Federal Program Standards

and (b) above. The proposed standards were defeated sound-ly on the House floor.

In July 1975, a majority of the state agency administratorscomprising the Interstate Conference of Employment Securi-ty Agencies supported the same kind of federal benefitamount standard. Four years later, the same organizationoverwhelmingly reversed its positiori. In 1980, by a 7 to 5vote, the National Commission on Unemplo5rufterit Compen-sation endorsed substantially the same standard, to be phas-ed in gradually by 1986.

Cost is probably the major reason weekly benefit amountstandards have regularly been defeated. The Commissionestimated that the increase in costs. in 1980 of setting benefitceilings to at least 55 percent of average wages would beabout 15 percent overall; ranging from no increase in statesthat already provide a maximum at least that high,, to over100 percent increase in Alaska. If maximums were raised to60 percent, the national cost would rise by about 19 percent;and at 66-2/3 percent, it would rise by about 25 percentabove 1979 levels."

A second, less significant, reason for opposition to weeklybenefit amount standards is apprehension that they will leadto additional standards and ultimately to federalization ofthe program. To prevent states from compensating for theincrease in costs caused by higher weekly benefits by tighten-ing qualifying, duration and disqualification provisions,Congres may cons'der standardizing all benefit provisions,

illthereliy finally re oving all remaining vestiges of stateantono y. As a f rther calamity, it is argued that at the

I \same,,time Congress elirriinates state authority over substan-tive program matters, it is likely to saddle the states withresponsibility for rising the taxes needed to meet the in-creased costs.

Page 91: DOCUMENT RESUME - ERIC · 2014. 3. 30. · of unremitting controversy, primarily between those anxious to ensure a high level of adequacy of protection and those for whom program

Federal Program Standards 83

Most opponents of a weekly benefit amount standard donot contest the need to maintain adequate benefit levels.Most even agree with the minimum 50 percent weekly wagereplacement goal. The sticking points are the level of themaximum weekly benefit amounts and, equally important,whether it should be the subject of a federal standard."

Standards that Restrict Payment

If Congress determined at certain times that the stateswere too harsh on claimants, at other times it focused onstate provisions and practices it considered too lenient. In.re-cent years, financial crises and the desire to find ways ofreducing costs have produced additional, motivations forrestrictive federal standards. Whether protective or restric-tive, the results of imposing federal standards were the same:a , further diniinution of st to authority; the removal of anissue from the arena of de ate; and inequities that invariablyfollow dec" without adequate consideration. Invery few c ,ses has a program standard adopted by CongreSsbeen based on careful consideration of available experienceat the state level. This is ironic since the federal-state systemprovides the opportunity for individual states to serve as ex-perimental laboratories. Indeed, the Committee onEconomic Security believed that the lack of experience in thiscountry with unemployment insurance,

. . clearly suggests the desir bility of permittingconsiderable variation, so t we may learnthrotigh demonstration what Iis best..25

The failure to base standards ore on state experiencemay simply reflect the fact that individuals with differentvalues assess experience differently. What is the "best"qualifying requirement from, .the standpoint of low-wageworkers, for example, may be the least desirable from abudget cutter's erspective. This does not detract from the

Page 92: DOCUMENT RESUME - ERIC · 2014. 3. 30. · of unremitting controversy, primarily between those anxious to ensure a high level of adequacy of protection and those for whom program

84 Federal Program Standards

advantages of having individual laboratories or the value ofindividual state experience to other states, if not to Congressfor standard setting purposes. Many program improvementsnow in most states' laws originated first in single states on anexperimental basis.

"Double Dip" Restriction

In 1970 Congress reacted to an apparent loophole in somestate benefit formulas that made it possible for claimants toqualify for two successive rounds of benefits without in-tervening employment. The so-called "double dip" waspossible because in many states there is a substantial gap intime between an individual's base period and his benefit year(see footnote 13). In some states, when 'an individual firstfiles a claim for benefits, he automatically establishes a four-quarter base period in the recent past for the purpose ofmeasuring his work experience. The amount of work per-formed and the wages paid during the base period determineif he qualifies for benefits and, if so, the weekly benefitamount and the number of weeks of benefits payable. Thefiling of the claim establishes also the individual's benefityear. This is a one-year period, usually beginning with thedate of the first claim, during which he may draw his benefitentitlement.

In most states, the base period is defined as the first four. of the last five completed calendar quarters immediately!preceding. th first claim. These states usu ly maintainrecords for very worker showing the w ges paid, asreported by e ployers on a quarterly basis. T e gap betweenthe claimant's base period and ben fit year eases administra-tion by making it likely that co plete information on theclaimant's wages is available for t e first four of the last fivecompleted calendar quarters. Th fifth quarter, or the mostrecent completed quarter, is call d a "lag" quarter. Wagecredits earned during the lag q arter and in the following

,

Page 93: DOCUMENT RESUME - ERIC · 2014. 3. 30. · of unremitting controversy, primarily between those anxious to ensure a high level of adequacy of protection and those for whom program

Federal Program Standards - 85

quarter will not be available for benefit purposes until afterthe claimant finishes his benefit year, files another firstclaim, and establish6 a new benefit year and base period.

For example, a claimant who first filed any time betweenApril 1 and June 30, 1982, would have the four quarters ofcalendar year 1981 as a base period. The wages earned dur-ing the first and second quarters of 1982 would not becounted. However, those "lag" wages would be inthe claimant's next base period if he filed a new claim andestablished a new benefit year before July 1, 1983.

The "double dip" occurred because some stases did notrequire earnings in more than one quarter, or in much morethan one quarter, in order to qualify for benefits. In thosestates the individual in the example could collect benefits in asecond benefit year solely on the basis of those first and sec-ond quarter 1982 lag-period wages that were not used before,without having been employed since the.beginning of his firstbenefit year.

The claimant would have to be unemployed in order toestablish a new entitlement and meet all the eligibility condi-tions of the law. Collecting benefits solely on the basissif hislag-period wages could reasonably be considered aabuse onthe claimant's apart. However, it did constitute an ad-ministrative loophole in that it provided more than was-probably intended.in 1970 the "double dip" was possible in15 states. Other states either required substantially morethan one quarter of wages to qu4lify or some employmentsubsequent to the start of the first benefit year, or operatedwithout a base period-benefit year lag by requesting recentinformation on each claimant from -mployer when' theclaim was first filed.'

The federal standard requires, as a condition for taxcredit, that a state law provide,

o

Page 94: DOCUMENT RESUME - ERIC · 2014. 3. 30. · of unremitting controversy, primarily between those anxious to ensure a high level of adequacy of protection and those for whom program

. . an individtial,Who has received compensatiolnduring his benefit year is required to have had worksince the beginning of such year in ()icier to qualifyfor compensation in his next benefit year.26

,

Prior to 'adopting the standard, no effort was made toevaluate the experience of states where the "double dip" waspossiblein terms' of the work experience of individuals whoqualified for it, cost to the state, or any other criteria. It is

not clear why this issue was considered sufficiently serious tc,warrant a federal standard prohibiting anyone from qualify-ing twice without intervening workbut not serious enoughfor Congress to bother prescribing precisely how much workshould be required.. That was left to the states. DOL recom-mended not more than three weeks of work or the-eqUivalentin wages (e.g., six times the weekly benefit amount),. but itprovided no reason for choosing this amount." As of 1983,state requirements ranged,from amounts equal to from threeto ten times the claimant's weekly benefit amount."

Restriction of Benefitsto Certain Aliens

A second restrictive standard vas adopted in 1976 as part`of a comprehensive unemployment insurance bill. The stan-dard was provoked by the belief of its sponsor, CongressmanSisk of California, that despite illegal aliens being ineligiblefor UI (because they are not genuinely available far work inthis country), many are nevertheless drawing benefits. Thestandard appears to have been a to abuses of the 'UIsystem alleged in a television program. t represented a reac-tion also to a recent California, agency decision to stop ask-ing claimants whether they are citizens or pens.

The standard requires states to prohibit benefits based onservices performed by an alien nless he was lawfully presentin the United States either for the purpose of performing

Page 95: DOCUMENT RESUME - ERIC · 2014. 3. 30. · of unremitting controversy, primarily between those anxious to ensure a high level of adequacy of protection and those for whom program

Federal Program Standards 87.

such services, or was admitted for permanent residence, orwas residing in the U:S-. under color of law at the time theservices were performed." In discussion of how the stanrdard, which provides no specific penalties, wo k d prevent il-legal aliens fiom drawing benefits, Congressman Sisk advis-

. ed that,

. . . really when we get down to it, on the basis thata..person_might-swear-to-anything-in-order to-getsome money if he wants to do it, this statelment

---- really becomes a sense-of-Congress statement thatwe do not believe illegal aliens should drawunemployment compensation.3°_

During the House floor discussion on the standard, no factsand no estimates were offered concerning the number of il-legal aliens collecting unemployment benefits.

_

The standard did generatwncern that itOight lead to ad-ministrative harassment of minority ethnid groups, whetheror not they were citizens or otherwiseeligible for benefits.This and other concerns were reflected in discussion ofamendments to the standard aimed at ensuring that benefitsare denied only to aliens not lawfully admitted,. withoutpenalizing either citizens or lawfully adinitted aliens. Under

; the amendnfents; any informaticin required by a state agencyto determine aitlaimant's alien status shall be uniformly re-quired of all applicants for benefits-, and plat no determina-tion denying benefits under the standard shall be made ex-cept on a preponderance of the eviidence.i,

In conforming their unemployMent-insurance laws witht e standard, a amended, most state 'used -.the same

. 1 nguage as the standard.\The unemployment Insurance service (UIS) issued in-

s ructions advising the states that all claimants should bet

a ked the same" basic questions on claims forms asfollows:

v

Page 96: DOCUMENT RESUME - ERIC · 2014. 3. 30. · of unremitting controversy, primarily between those anxious to ensure a high level of adequacy of protection and those for whom program

88 Federal Program Standards

`Are you a citizen of the U.S:?'`If "no," when you were working in the U.S., wereyou,issued an Alien Registration Card, Form 1-151,commonly called a "green card"?'`If "no," when you were working in the U.S., whatdocument or form number were, you issued?'

.1 T6 guide staff with regard to the last two questions, the UR----------issued-almostO-Vages-of-instructions-destriblifgdiffeiEri

Categories of aliens and the various documents issued tcthem identifying their status and whether or not they ar per.nutted to work." This was followed by a substantial n_ mb-eiof detailed procedural instructions, Neither the Depar enof Laboi nor the staY,. keeps recerds showing how ma y, isany, individuals at* denied enefits on the basis of the requirements of the standarl.

The National CommissiOnfOn Unemployment Compensation recommended unanim'airsly that the entire standard b4eliminated as it was inefNative, unnecessary, and Mapproptiate as a federal' .standard. It concluded that the stall.dard would not deter a determined alien from filing for UIthat there is no record Of a single individual being denied b3reason of the standard, that aliens not legally in the U.S, areineligible anyway for benefits, and that the provision has un, st--necesnly burdened the administration of the program ancdelayed payment of benefits to aliens who are eligible."

R_ estriction of Benefitsto Professional /Athletes

IAnot%er restrictive federal rogram standard enacted it

1976 sought to curtail anothe 'alleged abuse of the system.As with the standard on alien , this one was apparently alsoa reaction to abuses alleged in a television rogram which incTuded an,interview with "a professional golfer who collect;unemplOyment benefits." It was discovered that not on13

Page 97: DOCUMENT RESUME - ERIC · 2014. 3. 30. · of unremitting controversy, primarily between those anxious to ensure a high level of adequacy of protection and those for whom program

Federal Program Standards 89

golfers, but also professional ball players apparently wereeligible for benefits. According to Congressman Sisk,

. . . it is a matter of record that regulations of someStates make professional athletes eligible forunemployment compensation. It was reported lastMarch, for example, that the president of theMilwaukee Brewers confirmed that some membersof the team have been drawing jobless paymentsfor a number of years."

In the House :ioor discussion of the standard, no facts werepresented and no estimates given of the number of profes-sional athletes _collecting benefits and the circumstancesunder which such benefits were paid.

The standard requires states to deny benefits based on anyservices,

. . . substantially all of which consist of par-ticipating in sports or athletic events or training orpreparing to so participate, for any week whichcommences during the period between two suc-

,cessive sport seasons (or similar periods) and thereis a reasonable assurance that such individual willperform such service in the later of such seasons (orsimilar periods)."

The National Commission on Unemployment Compensa-tion unanimously recommended that the standard beeliminated, as °unnecessary, discriminatory and difficult toadminister. It was unnecessary , because athletes on a12-month contract would not be considered unemployedduring the off season. In no state would benefits be permit-ted if the athlete limits his availability during the off seasonto partieipation in his sport. It was discriminatory b&ause itwould automatically deny benefits to athletes during the offseason (if they have a reasonable assurance of resuming the

Page 98: DOCUMENT RESUME - ERIC · 2014. 3. 30. · of unremitting controversy, primarily between those anxious to ensure a high level of adequacy of protection and those for whom program

90 Federal Program Standards

sport the next season), regardless of whether or not they areavailable for other kinds of work during the off season.

The standard is difficult to administer because it requiresthe following special determinations:

1. If "substantially all" the individual's services duringthe base period were in sports or athletic events;

2. Of the beginning and ending of a "sport seascii" and _the length of the period between successive seasons (whichvary among differeht sports and individuals);

3. If the individuals who performed services as profes-sional athletes in the last season have a reasonableassurance that they will do so in the next season;

4. If the individual performing the services' was self-employed or an employer.36

As in the case with the standard concerning aliens, there is norecord of how many individuals have been denied benefits'under the terms of the standard.

The standard restricting the eligibility of athletes, like thestandard discussed belOw prohibiting benefits to schoolemployees between terms, represents an attempt to deal withprominent aspects othe general issue of seasonal unemploy-ment. This issue was first identified by the Committee onEconomic Security in reporting that English experiencedemonstrated that seasonal industries would cause a heavydrain on unemployment funds "unless the benefits toseasonal worker's are limited to unemployment occurringwithin the usual season for that particular industry.""However, most states that applied special seasonal-restric-tions for certain industries or operations or workers en-countered administrative problems as difficult as thosedescribed above. Moreover, it was never demonstrated thatbenefits to seasonal workers constituted substantial drainson state UI funds. As of early 1983, fewer' than a dozen

Page 99: DOCUMENT RESUME - ERIC · 2014. 3. 30. · of unremitting controversy, primarily between those anxious to ensure a high level of adequacy of protection and those for whom program

Federal Program Standards 91

states` had special seasonarprovisions, and some of these arerarely applied or applied only with respect to a few specificindustries.",.In most states no distinction is made 'betweenseasonal W and nonseasonal work or wages in crediting aworker's employment toward meeting the qualifying require-ment. Adequate minimum wage and work qualifying re-quirements have succeeded in automatically screening out in-dividual claimants whose only or primary employment hasbeen in limited seasonal work. Moreover, most states ques-tion carefully the availability for work of UI claimants whoearned a large part of their base-period wages in ,,seasonalemployment, particularly if they are filing for benefits dur-ing the off season of the industry in which the wages wereearned."

Deduction of RetirementIncome from Benefits

There has been less agreement on the queStion of whetheror not retirement income should be deducted from benefitsthan on most issues.4° Those who favor reducing aclaimant's weekly benefit amount by the prorated weeklyamount of his pension argue that no individual shouldreceive duplicate payments for not working. Moreover, if theindividual is already receiving a pension, he, is not in need ofunemployment benefits. They contend that eligibility andreceipt of a pension are proof of the recipient's withdrawalfrom the labor force. They claim also that it is unfair to ex-pect any employer to finance a former worker's pension aswell as his unemployment benefits.

Those who oppose deducting pensions from unemploy-ment benefits counter these arguments on the grounds thatretirement benefits and unemployment benefits are notduplicate payments, since they are paid for different con-tingencies. They 'argue that any presumption that a pensionrecipient has withdrawn from the labor force should be

9J

Page 100: DOCUMENT RESUME - ERIC · 2014. 3. 30. · of unremitting controversy, primarily between those anxious to ensure a high level of adequacy of protection and those for whom program

92 Federal Program Standards

rebuttable, not conclusive. Moreover, it can be tested by ap-plying regular availability and work search requirements. Itmay be true that a pension recipient may be in less need thanother claimants for unemployment benefits, but the samereasoning could apply to others with nonwage sources of in-comevuch as rents or interest. In any event, need is not sup-posed to be a consideration in determining eligibility. As forthe unfair double burden that may fall on employers, theypoint out that this can apply only to a claimant's base-periodemployers since only they would be financing bothunemployment and pension payments.

Prior to adoption of a federal program standard, the lackof consensus on the desirability and manner of pensiondeduction was reflected in the variety of state provisions onthe issue. Most states provided for reduction of benefits bypension income, but only pensions financed in whole or inlarger part by ,base-period employers. Some deducted allpension income but Social Security, and several provided forno deduction at all. There were variations of each of theseprovisions.

In 1976 the Senate Finance Committee,. in reporting out abill containing comprehensive unemployment insuranceamendments, included a pension deduction standard. Thestandard would have disqualified from unemployment in-surance completely any individual receiving any retirementincome regardless of the amount. This severe proposal wasamended in its final form, as enacted in 1976, to require eachstate to simply reduce a claimant's weekly unemploymentbenefit by the prorated weekly amount of any pension orretirement benefit he receives. Even this standard was morestringent than any existing state provision. Perhaps for thatreason, the standard's effective date was postponed to 1979,

. . . thereby permitting the National Commission onUnemployment Compensation an opportunity for

Page 101: DOCUMENT RESUME - ERIC · 2014. 3. 30. · of unremitting controversy, primarily between those anxious to ensure a high level of adequacy of protection and those for whom program

Federal Program Standards 93

a thorough study .,of this issue and the Congress toact in light of its findings and recommendations."

In its first interim report issued November 1978, the Com-mission recommended unanimously that the pension deduc-tion standard be eliminated. This recommendation wasrepeated in its July, 1980 Final Report with an additionalrecommendation that, failing' repeal of the standard, Con-gress move to reduce its severity.

By the time the NCUC Final Report was issued, Congresshad already acted, not to abolish the standard, but at least tomodify it.42 The resulting federal standard on pension deduc-tion represents a minimum requirement. States may enactprovisions that are more severe, but they may not enact lessrestrictive pension deductions. As amended, the standard re-quires states to deduct from the UI benefit the employer-financed portion of a pension contributed to by a UI base-period employer if that employer's contribution affected theclaimant's eligibility for or increased the amount of the pen-sion. Social Security Act or Railroad Retirement Act pen-sions are deductible regardless of the effect of the base-period employer's contribution. The state may, but is not re-quired to, adjust the amount of the pension deduction aftertaking into account any' contributions to the pension madeby the employee.43

In considering the latter provision, the Senate rejected anamendment proposed by Senator- Javits of New York thatwould require, rather than permit, a state to take into ac-count any and all contributions the individual made to hispension. The amendment was vigorously' opposed by themanager of the bill,. Senator Boren of Oklahoma, whodeclared that the Javits amendment was not "based upon acorrect observation of what the unemployment insurancesystem is meant to do." The amendment, he said,

Page 102: DOCUMENT RESUME - ERIC · 2014. 3. 30. · of unremitting controversy, primarily between those anxious to ensure a high level of adequacy of protection and those for whom program

94 Federal Program Standards

. . . would allow an abuse of the system by peoplewho are not in the work force, who are retired, whohave decided to retire and draw a pension andsimply are looking to gain additional unemploy-ment benefits on the side when they are no longerpart of, the work force."

After being advised by Senator. Bellman that the Javitsamendment would add between $5 and $10 million to thefiscal year 1980 cost of the unemployment insurance system,and being urged by that senator to reject the amendment onthose grounds, the Senate voted down the Javits amendment69 to 23.45

The National Commission on Unemployment Compensa-tion considered any federal standard in this area wholly inap-propriate, presumptuous and unnecessary in light of the fun-damental disagreements among states as to the,desirability ofdeducting retirement pay from UI and even, greater dif-ferences concerning the extent to which. deduCtions shouldapply.

The standard was clearly not an area where uniformitywas 4.bsolutely essential. It was not based on any significantevaluation of state experience with pension deduc Ion provi-sions. It had little or no support or input from. state. Agencies.It reflected three factors that have increasingly influencedfederal decisions on unemployment insurance matters: asuspicion of unemployed workers who apply for benefits; askepticism of the ability of the system to correct abuses; anoverriding concern with the cost implications of programproposals.

Standards With Both Protectiveand Restrictive Features

Two important standards, coverage and extended benefitstandards, cannot be classified solely as either protective or

Page 103: DOCUMENT RESUME - ERIC · 2014. 3. 30. · of unremitting controversy, primarily between those anxious to ensure a high level of adequacy of protection and those for whom program

Federal Program Standards 95

restrictive. Each is a conglomerate of several related re-quirements, not all adopted at the same time, and not allreflecting the same motivation.

Coverage Standard

Universal coverage of wage and salary employment hasbeen an unemployment insurance objective since the begin-ning of the program. Coverage extension has been a gradualprocess over the years, with some states pioneering in thisarea .but with major advances coming from federal legisla-tion.tion. The latter extensions (employment in small firms,agricultural, and domestic household service) have been ac-complished by broadening the applicability of the federalunemployment tax. This was done either liy, redefining sub-ject "employment" or "employer" to include the newgroups, or simply by eliniinating prior exclusions. State UIcoverage followed, since without coverage by state law andapplication of the state UI tax, the employers in questionwould not qualify for credit against the federal tax and theiremployees would not be protected by unemployment in-surance.

Nonprofit and Public Employment

Unlike all other coverage extensions, most, mployment innonprofit organizations and in state and local governmentswas brought into the system by the 1970 and 1976 FUTAamendments making state coverage of these groups a federalstandard." Failure of,a state to cover a political subdivisionor a nonprofit hospital, for example, would threaten thedenial of tax credit for all covered and taxable employers inthe state. Coverage of these categories was accomplished thisway to avoid making nonprofit organizations subject to thefederal tax-'7' and to avoid the constitutional prohibition"against imposing a federal tax on states or theirsubdivisions.48

Page 104: DOCUMENT RESUME - ERIC · 2014. 3. 30. · of unremitting controversy, primarily between those anxious to ensure a high level of adequacy of protection and those for whom program

96 Federal Program Standards

State coverage of nonprofit organizations with four ormore employees was mandated by the 1970 amendments tothe FUTA. It extended the UI umbrella to about two millionnonprofit jobs." The 1970 amendments also extendedcoverage to some state jobs (those in state hospitals and in-stitutions of higher education) but the bulk of state and localgovernment employment was brought into the system as aresult of the comprehensive 1976 amendments to the FUTA.'By that time, 29 states had already extended coverage tomost .state government Workers without any federal incen-tive, but only eight states had covered local government .employees on a mandatory basis (some allowed voluntarycoverage). The 1976 amendments brought approximately600,000 jobs in state government and some 7.7 million job'sin local government into the program. There seems littlequestion that coverage of these groups would not have beenaccomplished to any comparable extent by the states acting

.valone; in the absence of the 1970 and 1976 federal amend-, merit's.

Adoption of the coverage standard for these categorieSraised two types of issues. The first included broad questionssuch as the following:

Does the standard require unqualified state coverage ofevery category of public employment, or was it enoughif a state covered only substantially all employment in acategory, such as only those subject to the state meritsystem?Does mandatory state coverage of state and localgovernment workers as a condition for tax credit for -other covered employers so intrude the federal govern-ment into state budgeting and personnel matters as toviolate the Tenth Amendment to the Constitution?Does mandated coverage of employment in primary andsecondary schools extend to church-related schools, or

Page 105: DOCUMENT RESUME - ERIC · 2014. 3. 30. · of unremitting controversy, primarily between those anxious to ensure a high level of adequacy of protection and those for whom program

Federal Program Standards 97

do the latter continue to be exempt by reason of certainremaining FUTA exclusions of religious organizations?

These questions were resolved only after conformity hear-ings or/ Supreme Court decisions. They are discussed inchapte 5.

T11 second category of issues related to interpretations ofspecific exclusions from the otherwise required coverage.

'hese exclusions include services performed in.the employ of7a church or an organization operated primarily for religious

purposes; services performed by a minister or by members ofa religious order in the exercise of religious duties; and ser= Ivices performed, for a nonprofit organization with fewerthan four employees. Permitted exclusions to state and localgovernment coverage, as well as nonprofit organizations, in-clude services performed by employees in the exercise oftheir duties as elected officials; members of legislativebodies or the judiciary; members of the State NationalGuard or the Air National Guard; employees hired for theduration of such emergencies as fire, storm, snow, earth-quake, flood; participants in sheltered workshops; inmatesof a custodial or penal .institution;" participants in publiclyfinanced unemployment work-relief or 'work-training pro-grams; and employees in major nontenured policymaking oradvisory positions, or in policymaking or advisory positionsrequiring eight or fewer hours of work per week."

In addition, services already excluded from the federal actcould continue to be excluded even if performed for a non-profit organization or state or local government. These \in-cluded service performed by a student for a school in whichhe is enrolled, service not in the course of the employer'sbusiness for which remuneration is less than $50, service fora foreign government or international organization, serviceperformed in the delivery of newspapers by an individualunder 18, and others."

Page 106: DOCUMENT RESUME - ERIC · 2014. 3. 30. · of unremitting controversy, primarily between those anxious to ensure a high level of adequacy of protection and those for whom program

98 Fedb rat P rogram Standardi

Within a short period, issues concerning,the scope of thepermitted 'exemptions were resolved. They included, for ex,ample, a Kentucky provision excluding temporary employeesof the state legislature; refusal by the Idaho legislature td--ex-tend coverage to the Boise Symphony Orchestra; an Ohioprovision excluding state employees paid on a commissionbasis; and a proposal at the federal level in 1977" to addsubstitute teachers to the list of exclusions. In each case, thestate exemptions were found inconsistent with the federalstandard and eventually disapproved. The federal proposalwas not enacted.

Questions :concerning services already excluded from thefederal act focused on the scope of the exclusion of servicesperformed in the employ of .a school by a student enrolledand regularly attending classes at the school, and servicesperformed by individuals under the age of 22 who are enroll-ed in work study programs. Issues arose over the phrase"regularly attending" and its application to doctoral can--didates, and proposals to apply the work-study exemption toindividuals older than 22. In, each case, the UnemploymentInsurance Service (UIS) offered interpretations which resolv-ed these and a host of other issues. The UIS issued an. 85page Draft Bill providing draft statutory language for stateconsideration in implementing. the 1976 amendments, com-mentary ,and explanatory material and five lengthy anddetailed supplements covering a wide range of questions,many of which related to the coverage standard and its im-plications."

Reimbursement Financing

A significant part of the conglomerate coverage standardconcerns the financing of benefits paid to employees of, non-profit organizations and state and local governments. For anumbE6f reasons, these groups of employers were given aspecial advantage in the form of a financing option other

Page 107: DOCUMENT RESUME - ERIC · 2014. 3. 30. · of unremitting controversy, primarily between those anxious to ensure a high level of adequacy of protection and those for whom program

srt?Ii

Federal Program Standards 99

than taxes and experience rating. For many years, the mostimportant obstacle to extending .coverage to nonprofitorganizations was 'recognition that since many had very tightbudg0 and depended on voluntary contributions for finan-cing, they `.`should not be required to share in the costs ofproviding benefits to workers in profit-makingenterprises."" In other words, they should not be forced tofinance benefits through taxes which cover not only theirown costs but pooled costs as well, including benefit costscharged to but not financed by the employer who is alreadyat the maximum tax rate, costs..attributable :to employerswho go out of business, and noncharged benefit costs.

States that had taken the -initiative and already coveredtheir own employees were never forced to be subject to theexperience rating standard. That standard required only thatreduced rates to "persons" be based on their experience, asmeasured by the state's system of experience rating. Govern-ments are not "persons" for this purpose.

Accordingly, Congress directed the following preferredtreatment for nonprofit organizations and state and localgovernments:

. . . the State law shall provide that a governmental,entity or any other organization (or group ofgovernmental entities or other organizations)which, but for the requirements of this paragraph,would be liable for contributions with respect toservice to which paragraph (1) applies may elect,for such minimum period an at such time as maybe provided by State law, to pay (in lieu of such -

contributions) into the State unemployment fundamounts, equal to the amounts of compensation at-tributable under the State law to such service. TheState law may provide safeguards' to ensure thatgovernmental entities or other organizations so

Page 108: DOCUMENT RESUME - ERIC · 2014. 3. 30. · of unremitting controversy, primarily between those anxious to ensure a high level of adequacy of protection and those for whom program

Federal Program Standards

electing will make 'the payments required undersuch elections." , f

The .reqtiiremait, that states offer governmental entitiesand nonprofit organizations the reimbursement option,generated more issues than did the piovisions requiringcoverage of these employers. Since they, paid no federal tax,the administrative costs attributable to their workers (andthe federal share of e4tended benefits pa0 to their formeremployees in the case of nonprofit organizations) are ab-sorbed by private sector employers. The major issue was ,theextent, .if any, states could shift still other costs to the privatesector by not charging reimbursing employers for' certainbenefits. This issue was the subject of a conformity hearingand is treated in chapter 5.

Most other reimbursement issues were,resolved soon after

proposed amendment in one state to set the of ;ctive periodissuance of Department guidelines. Early issu s arose over a

for an election to reimburse or contribute at no less than tenyears; another, state . proposal to require any \employerWishing to elect the reimbursement method to post,a bondequal to $50,000; a propos.ed amendment to limit the reim-bursement option only to the state as a whole and not to itscomponent, units; a proposed state regulation requiringdeposit of reimbursements in special state, funds; a bill to

'allow employers with a positive experience rating balance toapply that -balance to offset future liability incurred- as areimburser; and another to prohibit employers whose ex-perience rating accounts showed that their, benefit chargesexceeded their contributions from electing the reimburse-ment option. All these provisions were reviewed by DOL andconsidered inconsistent with the reinibursement standard.

.The reimbursement option is likely to continue to be asource of friction}, particularly dUring.rhigh cost and high taxperiods. Yet; this sole departure from experience ratiog in 35years helped make possible the coverage, of nonprofit

Page 109: DOCUMENT RESUME - ERIC · 2014. 3. 30. · of unremitting controversy, primarily between those anxious to ensure a high level of adequacy of protection and those for whom program

Federal Program Standards 101

organizations and governmental entities by overcomingarguments that coverage would be inequitable since the taxescollected would far exceed the benefit costs of these tradi-

__Lionally.low_turnover_employing. units.

Equal Treatment Requirement.

In extending coverage to jobs in nonprofit organizationsand state and local government, Congress apparently an-ticipated that states might adopt measures to cut costs thatwould undermine the intent of extending prOtection toworkers in these jobs on the same basis as others. For exam-ple, states conceivably could establish special qualifying re-quirements, a separate benefit structure, or sepa rate eligibili-ty conditions applicable only to public a.l.d nonprofitemployees. For a number of reasons, states might be morelikely to single out public employees for restrictive treatmentthan other workers. Each state is directly liable for financingthe_ benefit costs of its own employees, and it might be sub-ject to substantial pressure from political subdivisions forrelief from benefit costs they incur. Pressure for cuttingpublic employee benefit costs might also ensue from tax-payer gioups as well as competing interests for public fundg.In the case of nonprofit organizations, their employeesmight be the subject of- special treatment as a reaction totheir employers' immunity from federal tax and the advan-tage they enjoy of electing to finance benefit costs oma reim-bursement-instead of a state tax basis.

Some ev nce existed 'that states might discriminateagainst c twin employees. A 1960 federal amendment"allowed st tes to extend coverage to services performed onAmerican ips under certain conditions. Although the lawprovided t,. at these maritime employees be treated the sameas other workers, no penalty for' violation was included.Ohio enacted special restrictive requirements relating toGreat Lakes seamen. Consequently, the 1970 federal law

Page 110: DOCUMENT RESUME - ERIC · 2014. 3. 30. · of unremitting controversy, primarily between those anxious to ensure a high level of adequacy of protection and those for whom program

102 Federal Program Standards

amendments included a special provision denying maritimeemployers credit against the federal tax if a 'state does nottreat their employees on an equal basiS with other workers."

---R egard less ---o f -whether-of "notprehe ns ions either existed (relevant Congressional reportsprovide no explanation) or were realistic, the result wasenactment of an "equal treatment" standard requiring allstates to provide compensation to employees of nonprofitorganizations and state and local government employees,

. . . in the same amount, on the same terms, andsubject to the same conditions as compen-sation . . . payable on the basis of other servicesubject to the State Law."

School Employees: Between-TermsDenial Requirements

The extension of coverage to nonprofit organizations andstate and local government, workers in 1970 and 1976 was notan unqualified blanket protection of all such workers. Mostschool employees did not perform services for the schoolduring the break between terms. They were not consideredby Congress to be "unemployed" then, within the meaningof unemployment insurance, particularly if they wereassured of reemployment with the school the second termand certainly if they were employed under 12-month con-tracts. It is not clear how this categOry of workers isdistinguishable from other groups of workers similarly cir-cumstanted. Automobile workers are regularly laid off on atemporary basis during recurring model change-overperiods. Longshoremen, fisherven, farm workers and manyother occupations are no less seasonal than schoolemployees.

School workers are large in numbers, often well organiz-ed, relatively well paid and usually regularly employed. But

Page 111: DOCUMENT RESUME - ERIC · 2014. 3. 30. · of unremitting controversy, primarily between those anxious to ensure a high level of adequacy of protection and those for whom program

Federal Program Standards 103

the main distinguishing feature is that most are publicemployees, subject to public criticism and tight budgetaryrestraints. Most, particularly teachers, were, generally con-

.:_sidered.. fortunate to enjoy a lengthy "vacation" each yearand indeed this was probably a strong motivation of somefor entering the profession. The prospect of paying benefitsto these workers during school breaks was considered neitherconsistent with unemployment insurance objectives nordesirable from the standpoint of fund solvency. Congresswas skeptical that the states' availability and work search re-quirements could limit benefits to the few teachers genuinelyready, willing and able to work during the school break.Evidently, Congress was distrustful even of the states' will-ingness or ability to enact appropriate restrictions'.

The special protection afforded nonprofit and publicemployees by reason of the equal treatment requirementwas, therefore, counterbalanced by a standard providing aspecial disqualification applicable to school employees:

. . . with respect to services in an instructional,research, or principal administrative capacity foran educational institution . , compensationshall not be payable based on such services for anyweek commencing during the period between twosuccessive academic years or terms (or, when anagreement provides instead for a similar period be-tween two regular but not successive terms, duringsuch period) to any individual if such individualperforms such services in the first of such academicyears (or terms) and- if there is a contract orreasonable assurance that such individual will per-form services in any such capacity for any educa-tional institution in the second of such academicyears or terms."

The above paragraph requires the denial of benefits to"professional" employees of schools (instructors, research-

Page 112: DOCUMENT RESUME - ERIC · 2014. 3. 30. · of unremitting controversy, primarily between those anxious to ensure a high level of adequacy of protection and those for whom program

104 Federal Program Standards

ers, principal administrators) during the periods betweenschool terms if they worked for the school during the firstterm and have a contract or a reasonable assurance of workfor the school during the next term in the same or anotherprofessional capacity. States were given the option to extendthe betweeh-terms denial to nonprofessional employees(e.g., bus drivers, cafeteria workers, school crossing guards)of schools below the college level, butnot to nonprofessionalemployees of colleges and universities. Apparently the latterwere not made subject to any between-terms requirementbecause the thinking in 1970 (when they were first covered)was that they were less likely than professionals to have12-month contracts, and in addition their jobs were not real-ly different from their counterparts in private industry. Theyremained untouched by extension of the restrictive provi-sions in 1976, apparently on the grounds that once the condi-tions of their coverage had been established, it would be un-fair to subject them to new restrictions. This anomalousresult was corrected in 1982 by an amendment requiringstates that choose the option to deny benefits to nonprofes-tonal employees of primary and secondary schools to in-clude in the denial nonprofessional employees of collegesand universities. In other words, nonprofessional employeesof all educational institutions in a state must now be treatedalike.6°

Most states had adopted the option relating to nonprofes-__sional employees of primary and high schools. Subsequentlegislation enacted in .1977 permitted states to extend theblanket denial not only during periods between school termsbut also during established vacation or holiday periods_ oc-curring within terms." Over half the states have adopted thisoption. Further permission was given, also in 1977, to statesto apply the between-terms denial provisions not only toschool employees, but also to employees of educational ser-vice agencies, defined as governmental agencies or entitiesestablished and operated exclusively to provide services for

112

Page 113: DOCUMENT RESUME - ERIC · 2014. 3. 30. · of unremitting controversy, primarily between those anxious to ensure a high level of adequacy of protection and those for whom program

Federal Program Standards 105

schools." Few states adopted this option. This is the only ex-tension of the denial provisions, to individuals other thanschool employees.

The between-terms denial requirements have generatedmore controversy than most standards. They havenecessitated a large variety of federal interpretations, in-cluding definitions of "educational institutions,""reasonable assurance," "principal administrativecapacity," and "term." For example, they presented suchquestions as: Whether the denial applies to a school principalwho has reasonable assurance only for a teacher's job for thecoming term; if the denial applies when reasonable assuranceof reemployment is conditioned upon community approvalof a budget; if the denial applies if, reasonable assurance isgiven but the individual's union has not yet signed a con-tract; if reasonable assurance is valid when it is provided 200former employeeslmt budget cuts permit only 150 jobs to befilled during the next term; what assurance of reemploymentis appropriate in the case of substitute teachers who workedless than full time the preceding term; if the between-terni'srequirement is satisfied if an individual, provided reasonableassurance, finds that there is actually no job available duringthe succeeding term and is then paid benefits retroactivelyfor the summer; if the between-terms denial may apply toschool crossing guards employed by governmental entitiesother than schools. The last two questions were the subjectsof conformity hearings, discussed in chapter 5. The questionconcerning retroactive payment for the summer was finallyresolved by a 1982 amendment requiring that nonprofes-sionals denied benefits between terms and not offered a jobfor the second term shall be entitled to a retroactive pay-ment, provided they had continued to file claims during thebetween-terms period.63

The National Commission on Unemployment Compensa-tion found the between-terms denial requirement not an ap-

Page 114: DOCUMENT RESUME - ERIC · 2014. 3. 30. · of unremitting controversy, primarily between those anxious to ensure a high level of adequacy of protection and those for whom program

106 Federal Program Standards

propriate federal standard. According to the Commission, itreflects a wholly unwarranted- Congressional apprehensionthat, absent the standard, the states would otherwise paybenefits during the summer indiscriminately to schoolemployees who do not really want jobs. However, the actionof the great majority of states, in adopting the option to ex-tend the denial to nonprofessional employees of primary andsecondary schools, demonstrates that states will indeed act toprevent benefit payments to school employees during schoolbreaks. A divided Commission (8-4) recommended removingall federal between-terms denial requirements, limiting theequal treatment requirement to periods other than schoolbreaks, and thus allowing the states to handle between-termsissues as they see fit under the state law."

Extended Benefit .Standard

One of the most significant federal program standards wasfirst enacted in 1970.65 It requires states to provide additionalweeks of benefits during heavy periods of unempldyment forindividuals who exhausted their regular entitlement.Unemployment insurance was intended to tide workers overa temporary period of unemployment. Over the years thisobjective was translated to mean that enough 'weeks ofbenefits should be provided to see the great majority ofbeneficiaries through their entire spell of unemployment.The average potential duration provided by the states ofabout 24 weeks seemed adequate in good times when, na-tionally, only about 20 percent of those filing first claims ex-hausted their benefits (i.e., drew all their entitlement beforefinding a job). It was not adequate during recessions, whenthe exhaustion rate rose to 30 percent or more. Such were thecircumstances in the late 1950s by which time most stateduration provisions allowed benefits up to a maximum of 26weeks.

11.E

Page 115: DOCUMENT RESUME - ERIC · 2014. 3. 30. · of unremitting controversy, primarily between those anxious to ensure a high level of adequacy of protection and those for whom program

Federal Program Standards 107

A number of states tried to resolve the issue by raisingtheir regular duration maximum beyond the usual 26 weeks.Other states adopted provisions for temporary extensions ofbenefits, triggered on only during periods of high unemploy-ment. The federal government approached the problem inthe recessions of 1958 and 1961 by enacting temporary pro-grams of extended benefits. The first, the .TemporaryUnemployment Compensation Act (TUC), provided forvoluntary participation by the states and was financed atfirst by U.S. Treasury advances eventually repaid by statefunds. The second, the Temporary Extended UnemploymentCompensation Act (TEUC), was financed by FUTArevenues with mandatory participation by all states. Bothprograms extended benefit duration by 50 percent with anoverall maximum of 39 weeks in the second program.66

Enactment of a permanent program of extended benefitsin 1970 reflected a Congressional conclusion that unemploy-ment during recessions was a joint federal-state responsibili-ty, to be met by state standby programs of extended benefitspayable during high unemployment periods and financed ona 50-50 federal-state basis. The extended benefit (EB) pro-gram answered long-standing questions of how much of anincrease in benefit duration should be provided (an overalllimit of 39 weeks was adopted for regular and extendedbenefits); whether the same number of weeks of EB shouldbe paid to all claimants, or whether EB entitlement shouldrelate directly to regular benefit entitlement (the latter coursewas chosen); at what level of unemployment EB shouldbecome payable (state and national triggering indicators bas-ed on insured unemployment rates were specified); whetherEB should be voluntary or mandatory (it is mandatory);whether EB claimants should be subject to additionaleligibility requirements beyond those required of regularbenefit claimants (no added requirement was specified in the1970 law).

11.

Page 116: DOCUMENT RESUME - ERIC · 2014. 3. 30. · of unremitting controversy, primarily between those anxious to ensure a high level of adequacy of protection and those for whom program

108 Federal Program Standards

As demonstrated by the 1971 and 1974-76 recession ex-periences, EB did not, obviate the occasional resort to. addi-tional federally mandated emergency benefits." The 1970EB law ,dict, however, effectively relieve the states of any fur-ther pressures to provide their own protection beyond the26th week of unemployment,' at least under recession condi-tions.

Enactment of the EB program represented a major federalintrusion into a substantive program area (duration ofbenefits) that had (with the brief exceptions of TUC and

..TEUC) long been the exclusive jurisdiction .of the states.However, the extended benefits program was not entirelydominated by the federal partner. Generally, the sameeligibility ,and disqualification provisions that applied toregular claimants applied also to EB claimants. Qualifyingrequirements and weekly benefit 'amounts were determinedby applying state regular benefit provisions. States thus re-tained control of these aspects of extended benefits.

Beginning in 1980, however, federal authority expandedeven more OVer-the extended benefits area. In the process ofdeveloping the fiscit198tand subsequent federal budgets,the Administration and Cohgress sought ways to reduce119,idefense spending. In the UI area.these-proposals took theforin of restrictions on the extended benefits program-There.have always been of such restrictions in anycase. The budget imperatives of this period helped increasethese numbers.

Beginning with the recession of the mid-1970s, the federal'and many state unemployment insurance funds were.in dif-ficulty. After 1978, liabilities mounted year by year becauseof unremittingly heavy unemployment. By early 1983 over 20states had outstanding loans from the federal loan fundamounting to more than $10 billion. More states were ex-pected to borrow in 1983. These deficits provided a negative'climate at both state and federal levels for any amendments

Page 117: DOCUMENT RESUME - ERIC · 2014. 3. 30. · of unremitting controversy, primarily between those anxious to ensure a high level of adequacy of protection and those for whom program

Federal Program Standards 109

that would result in increased costs, and an ideal climate forvirtually any cost-cutting measure. Pressure to cut benefitcosts increased at the state level as 'unemployment rates con-tinued to climb, deficits increased, and federal amendmentswere adopted to require interest on moneys borrowed bystates from the loan fund.

Most of the restrictive amendments, to the EB provisionsof the federal UI statute were included in the OmnibusBudget Reconciliation Acts of 1980.and 1981. The first threeof those summarized below were estimated to reduce federalprogram costs in fiscal year 1981 by about $150 million."

Waiting Week

Three of the amendments to extended,benefit provisionsrepresented reversals of long-standing federalzpolicy express-ed. in DOL policy statements and recommendations to thestates. The first was intended to provide an incentive for allstates to require that claimants serve an uncompensatedweek of unemployment before they may become eligible forbenefits. It provides for elimination of the federal 50 percentmatching share for the first week of extended benefits in anystate which does not have a waiting period for regularbenefits. This applies to states with no waiting week provi-,sions (11 as of October_1981);_to states which have a waitingWeek for which the individual is later reimbursed if stilluriemplOyed after a specified period (7); to states whose laws,authorize the suspension of the waiting week under emergen-cy conditions--(4);--and even-to states that waive a waitingweek requirement if it would interrupt a continuous period'of unemployment (5), The amendment affected 24 states inall.

Since 1950, DOL had recommended that states considereliminating their waiting week requirement.69 It no longerserves an administrative need, the chief original argumentfor a waiting period, and it causes a serious delay in pro-

Page 118: DOCUMENT RESUME - ERIC · 2014. 3. 30. · of unremitting controversy, primarily between those anxious to ensure a high level of adequacy of protection and those for whom program

.110 Federal Program Standards

viding claimants (many of whom delay filing claims to beginwith) with needed income in the early stages of theirunemployment. Even in a state meeting the prompt paymentstandards, payment of the first benefit check will occur noearlier than three full weeks following the first claim, and itwill represent compensation for no more than one week .ofunemployment. Elimination of the waiting week does notshorten the time it takes to process a claim, but the firstcheck covers two weeks of unemployment.

The main argument to eliminate the federal 50 percentmatching share for the first week of EB in any state that hasno waiting week for regular benefits was that it would savean estimated $25 million in federal costs in fiscal year .1981.The cost savings argument is the most perSuasive. There is noquestion that elimination of the waiting week is a relativelyeXpensive step. In addition, a waiting week requirementrepresents less, of a burden on claimants than most alter-native means of cutting comparable amounts of benefitcosts. Most unemployed workers have enough resources .toget by a payless week t the outset of their unemployment.Moreover, if a claims t remains unemployed and exhaustshis benefirentitlement, will have collected his full entitle-ment regardless of.the waiting week.

A less persuasive argument advanced by supporterS of theamendment, is that restoration of the, waiting week would in-duce unemployed workers to look for mirk rather than"beat a hasty track to the government office":

. ...If the State wants to go ahead and do away with the1-week period, if they want to follow the policy. ofsaying that a person has 'no, responsibility to eventry to seek employnient before drawing thebenefits, that would be left to the States. But theFederal taXpayers, including the taxpayers of thoseStatei which have already put their own houses inorder, should not be asked to fund such aprogram.

Page 119: DOCUMENT RESUME - ERIC · 2014. 3. 30. · of unremitting controversy, primarily between those anxious to ensure a high level of adequacy of protection and those for whom program

Federal Program Standards 111

Mr. President, I would suggest that it is certainlynot too fnuch to ask that a person try to find Workfor just 1 week before he turns to the Governmentand asks for unemployment benefits.7°

It is not clear how the waiting period would Cause-unemployed workers to forego filing claims temporarily andbegin earnest work searches, since with or without a waitingperiod, a deray In filing a claim means a delay in benefits. Asone Senator observed:

There is no evidence that a 1-week' waiting periodprovides any incentive to find work, rather it onlycreates an additional hardship for a worker whohas lost a job.7'

Unless he has first filed a claim and thereafter certifies,with respect to such week, that he was able and available forwork and seeking work; no individual can receive credit foreither a waiting week or 'a compensable week of unemploy-ment. This is one reason why DOL has consistently recom-mended that individuals file claims as soon as they are ,

, separated. The other reason is tQ ensure that individuals haveexposure as soon as possible to job finding, training, andother assistance available through the employment service.

Disqualification for Durationof the Unemployment

The second amendment that reversed a prior federal posi-tion requires all states to provide that extended benefitclaimants who were disqualified from regular benefits for avoluntary quit, discharge for misconduct, or refusal ofsuitable work, meet a subsequent work requirement beforethey can qualify for extended benefits. Most states havemoved to thistype of disqualification over the years but'some still apply a specific period of benefit suspension afterwhich regular benefits can be paid. This rework or duration

1E)

Page 120: DOCUMENT RESUME - ERIC · 2014. 3. 30. · of unremitting controversy, primarily between those anxious to ensure a high level of adequacy of protection and those for whom program

112 Federal Program Standards

type of disqualification is particularly harsh as an extendedbenefit requirement since it is during periods when EB ispayable that jobs. are likely to be particularly scarce. It hadbeen consistently opposed for state provisions in the past bythe _Department ..of Lab or,.The. disqualification. also_creates r.inequities. Clainiants whose skills are in demand will be ableto meet the requalifying requirement easier than others.Moreover, the disqualification is harder on claimants seek-ing permanent, full-time Work than on claimants looking on-ly for temporary jobs..

The most serious inequity will occur in those states which. -prescribe a voluntary quit and misconduct disqualification

for regular benefits which is different from the disqualifica-tion imposed for extended benefits. Claimants who havealready satisfied a suspension disqualificatiOn may findthemselves ineligible for EB because of the same separationthat provoked the 'first disqualification. Fort this reason, andbee-ause of the administrative burden of,determining if all EBclaimants have had some work since any disqualifyingseparation, some states with a suspension disqualificationfor regular benefits have subsequently enacted the moresevere duration of the unemployment type of disqualifica-.tion for regular benefits simply to-provide uniform treatmentand avoid administrative difficulties. The trend was in thatdirection before; the new requirementlhas accelerated it.

Suitable Work and Work Search

The third amendment that reverses federal policy requiredall states to add special suitable'work and work search provi-sions applicable to extended benefit claimants. Except for in-dividuals whose prospects for work in their usual occupationwithin a reasonably short period are good, suitable work foran extended benefit claimant is defined as any work withinthe individual's capabilities that pays at least the higher ofthe minimum wage or the individual's average weekly benefit

12.

Page 121: DOCUMENT RESUME - ERIC · 2014. 3. 30. · of unremitting controversy, primarily between those anxious to ensure a high level of adequacy of protection and those for whom program

Federal Program Standards 1.13,

amount, and is otherwise suitable within the meaning ofstate law, disregarding state criteria concerning consistencywith the, individual's prior training, education, work ex-perience and wage level. All extended benefit claimants must

_engage in a. systematic.and sustained effort .to, obtain workand must provide tangible evidence of that effort. Claimantswho fail to meet these requirements must be disqualified forthe duration of their unemployment and may become eligibleonly if they have been subsequently employed for at leastfour weeks after the disqualification and earned wages equalto at least four times their weekly benefit amount.

This suitable work definition'differs substantially from thedefinition first recommended by the Social Security Board .

and later in DOL draft bills:

In determining whether or not any work is suitablefor an individual, the (State) Commission shouldconsider the degree of risk involved to his .health,safety, and morals, -his physical fitness and priortraining and experience, his length of unemploy-ment and prospects for securing work in hiscustomary occupation and the distance of theavailable work from his residence."

This definition reflects the premise that suitable work shouldvary with the circumstances of each claimant, and theassumption that if a skilled worker is required to accept a jobfar below his level of skills, the individual is not likely to bethere long and, meanwhile, the job is closed to those forwhom' it really is suitable ,work. All states, already requireclaimants to lower their sights in terms of the kind of workand level of wages they will accept, as the period of theirunemployment lengthens. The new suitable work re-quirements applicable for EB limit the flexibility of bothclaimants and state agencies by requiring' that the claimant'sprior experience and wage levels be eliminated from con-

Page 122: DOCUMENT RESUME - ERIC · 2014. 3. 30. · of unremitting controversy, primarily between those anxious to ensure a high level of adequacy of protection and those for whom program

114 Federal Program Standafds

sideration in determining if a given job offer constitutessuitable wor for Ell claimants.

Confoil ity with the new provisions would oblige moststates lo,"have one definition of suitable work for regular .

claim ntsTandonot her for ..EBAs_observed. one.Senator:

Many States may prefer to avoid that confusion,and if the Congress enacts this provision; the, onlyroute open to them would. be apply this unfairFederal rule to the regular State program as -well.,,.

As for requiring "tangible evidence" of .4) claimant's of -'fork to obtain work, DOL recommended against such a pro-vision in the past:

Proof that a claimant has actively sought work maybe an empty gesture, demoralizing to the claimtintand a nuisance to employers when no wink isavailable in an area. Such proof should not be re-quired of all claimants by ,statute. While claimantsshould be active candidates for jobs as a conditionfor receiving benefit, he test of,tivailability,shonldbe realistic, taking ) consideration 'such factorsas business .concl'.. the penetration of theeMployment service, 'n *Airing methods inthedustry in which the claimant is seeking work, andthe claimant's individual. circumstances."

In advocating the new suitable work provisions for E13,. no. attempt was made to distinguish between them and the con-

proviSions of most state laws which were patternedafter the DOL draft bill iecommendation.

Since the suitable work requirementi for ER were madeconditions for credit against the federal tax, at stake for astate considering not to adopt the requirements was notsimply denial of the 50 percent federal share of LB butforfeiture also of tax credit for all the state's employers andof all administrative grants,

Page 123: DOCUMENT RESUME - ERIC · 2014. 3. 30. · of unremitting controversy, primarily between those anxious to ensure a high level of adequacy of protection and those for whom program

Federal Program Standards 115

These three requirements were estimated to reduce federalprogram costs by $25 million, $32 million and $94 million,respectively, in fiscal year 1981. The appeal for their enact-ment was made largely, but not only, on that basis. Theargument that the 'claimants affected were- long termunempl-oyed and, therefore, lacking in initiative, and the factthat federal funds are used' to finance 50 percent of extendedbenefits were added as justification, for the amendments.

Triggers

In 1981 Congress adopted additional restrictive amend -ments to the EB program. Three involved the criteria fortriggering on and off the availability of extended benefits ina state., The first amendment eliminated the national trigger.Prior to the amendment, extended benefits in a state couldbe made available either by high levels of insured unemploy-pent in the state activating a state-trigger, or by a nationalseasonally adjusted insured unemployment rate of 4.5 per-cent or moreover a13-week period. The objective of the na-tional triggering- of ER was to help limit the impact of a na-tionwide business downturn. Another argument was that EBMeets the needs of the long term unemployed in states withlow insured unemployment rates.

In urging elimination of the national trigger, the Ad-' ministration advanced two arguments: first, that the result

would be to target extended benefits only to those stateswhose workers genuinely need such extra help and therebysave money; and second,

In addition, I submit that the present system worksas a disincentive, for the unemployed to becomequickly reemployed in those States with lowunemployment when the national trigger is on."

The second 1981 trigger amendment, incteaSed the level ofinsurecyMemployment necessary to activate the state trigger.

Page 124: DOCUMENT RESUME - ERIC · 2014. 3. 30. · of unremitting controversy, primarily between those anxious to ensure a high level of adequacy of protection and those for whom program

116 Federal Program Standards

Prior to the amendment, extended benefits became payablewhen a state's insured unemployment rate' (IUR) averaged 4percent or more for 13 weeks and was at least 120 percent ofthe average IUR for the corresponding 13-week periods inthe two preceding years. A state could opt to disregard the120 percent requirement and trigger on if its current 13-week*rate was as much as 5 percent. The 1981 amendments in-creased from 4 percent to 5 percent the required state IURtrigger level and from 5 percent to 6 percent the optional trig-ger level for states choosing to waiv.:. the 120 percent require-ment.

In recommending adoption of the higher trigger points,the Administration argued that "structural changes in thelabor force have contributed to a generally higher level ofnormal unemployment, " and that

The new' laws for extended benefits will better -reflect these changes and provide- these additionalbenefits where they are truly needed.76

The third 1981 trigger_ change altered the method ofcalculating the insured unemployment rate (IUR). Prior to -the change, the IUR calculation included individuals filingclaims for extended benefits as well asregular benefitclainiants: The amendment eliminated' extended benefitclaimants from the count. The Administration's explanationfor the change was, in part, that the prior method was"technically flawed and produces several anomalies.""

Qualifying Requirement

The final EB standard adopted in 1981 prohibited statesfrom granting federally shared extended benefits to anyclaimant with fewer than 20 weeks of work, or an equivalentearnings pattern, in his base period. In states that do not useweeks of work as the qualifying requirement, the equivalentto 20 weeks would be total base-period earnings of one and

1 .2

Page 125: DOCUMENT RESUME - ERIC · 2014. 3. 30. · of unremitting controversy, primarily between those anxious to ensure a high level of adequacy of protection and those for whom program

Federal Program Standards 117

one-half times the claimant's highest quarter of wages, or 40times the claimant's weekly benefit amount. This amend-ment was consistent with the 1980 pattern of using EBamendments as leverage for accomplishing changes in states'regular benefit programs. Of course, the .amendment alsohelped cut costs since some claimants did qualify for regularbenefits in many states with limited employment or earnings.

According to the Administration, the advantage of theamendment was that it would prevent EB being paid toworkers who were employed for less than 20 weeks in thebase period.

Extended unemployment benefits are paid general-ly from the 27th up to the 39th week of unemploy-ment. Such long-term benefits should not be paidto workers who were employed for less than 20weeks in the base period. . . .78

Actually, extended benefits may be paid to some claimantsfor weeks of unemployment coming much earlieres soonas the fourth or fifth week in a few casessince EB ispayable to claimants after they exhaust their regular benefitentitlement which could be much less than 26 weeks. Inmany states, claimants with less than 39 weeks of ,base-period work would qualify for fewer than 26 weeks ofbenefits, and those who worked less than 20 weeks wouldusually be eligible for less than 15 weeks of regular benefitsplus only a few weeks of EB.

The impact of the 1981 EB changes on unemployedworkers was substantial, mostly because of changes affectingthe triggers. These changes resulted in the payment of ex-tended benefits in many states and in much lower EB outlaysoverall during the recession year of 1982. On the basis ofDOL estimates, outlays for extended benefits that were ex-pected to amount to $4.9 billion in fiscal 1983 under the oldlaw were cut to $1.2 billion as a result of the changes. In

125

Page 126: DOCUMENT RESUME - ERIC · 2014. 3. 30. · of unremitting controversy, primarily between those anxious to ensure a high level of adequacy of protection and those for whom program

T8 Federal Program Standards

fiscal 1984, EB outlays had been estimated at $3.3 billion,but the changes reduced that total to $302 million.

Put another way, 3.3 million people who wouldhave beeii eligible for the 13-week extended benefitsin fiscal 1983 will not be eligible. Another 2.6

--million will be excluded in fisca1.1984 and about600,botrinJiscal '1985.79 .

Despite the restrictions;--the severe unemployment prob-lems of the 1982 recession nevertheless resulted in the

,

establishment of'another temporary post-EB-program, as oc-curred in the mid-1970s, although more limited.-Congressenacted, with Reagan Administration agreement, a special --6-month program of emergency benefits, wholly federallyfinanced out of general revenue, to become available fromSeptember 12, 1982 through March 31, 1983. An individualina state already tiiggered on could qualify for a maximumof 10 weeks of "federal supplemental compensation." Eightweeks were Navailable in states not triggered on, but withIURs of at leist-3.5.\percent. Up to six weeks were availablein all other states, regardless of the level of unemployment."The program was expected to cost about $2:1 billion andhelp about two millidn workers, thereby temporarily restor-ing part but not all 'of the reductions made by the 1981amendments." The 1981 amendments remained untouched.

Aside from the pressures of an election year, it is not clearhow the 1982 ratio re for making emergency extendedbenefits available in tates with IURs of less than 5 percentcould be reconciled ith the 1981 decision to eliminate thefederal trigger in the regular EB Program and to raise thestate "on" triggers fr m 4 to 5 percent. As it turns out, theonly advantage that s ems to have resulted from the EB trig -ger

\

ger changes with resp ct to the 1982-1983 period has been a.financial one from th point of view of state UI funds andemployers, in that federal general revenues replaced UI tax

Page 127: DOCUMENT RESUME - ERIC · 2014. 3. 30. · of unremitting controversy, primarily between those anxious to ensure a high level of adequacy of protection and those for whom program

Federal Program Standards 119

financing for some of the long term benefit protection pro-vided.

Rounding

One additional EB standard was enacted in 1982." It pro-vides a condition (in addition to the waiting week require-ment) of state entitlement to the federal 50 percent share ofEB costs: if a state does not provide for a benefit formulaunder which regular benefits are rounded down to the nextlower multiple of one dollar, the state will not be entitled tothe fekral 50 percent matching share on the amount bywhich extended benefits exceed the amount that would haveresulted from such rounding down. The rounding applies toweekly regular benefits, weekly extended benefits, stateminimum and maximum weekly benefit amounts, partialbenefit payments, amounts payable after deduction for pen-sions or after any other deductions.

Most states (if not, all) currently round uneven benefitamounts to the next higher whole dollar. Although theamendment was expected to save $10 million and $19 millionin fiscal years-1984 and 1985, respectively, it is not clear howthe excess resulting from current practices will be calculatedor how the standard will be enforced in states that do notadopt this requirement." As of early 1983, fewer than adozen' states had adopted the rounding-down requirement.

The extended, benefit standards of 1980, 1981 and 1982were adopted despite the objections of those who questionedthe wisdom of making permanent substantive changesid. . on a piecemeal basis prompted by a sudden fever tocut the budget." Nor were arguments effective that appeal-ed against the provisions from the perspective of theunemployed: -

This is an attempt to Change the system which aidsthe unfortunate, and once again, it is the unfor-

12

Page 128: DOCUMENT RESUME - ERIC · 2014. 3. 30. · of unremitting controversy, primarily between those anxious to ensure a high level of adequacy of protection and those for whom program

120 Federal Program Standards

tunate without jobs who will suffer.' When jobprospects are so poor, why are we trying to lessenthe support of the unemployed? We are doing thisas a cost saving measure, but indirectly we are ask-,ing those who can least afford it to pay."

The issue of federal-state relations was raised only briefly:

. . these amendments allow increased Federal en-croachment into a program functioning quite wellat the State level."

without effect.These standards are clearly not absolutely essential to the

program. They are not based on states' experience or anyparticular problem then confronting the system. They reflectnot only the overriding motivation to cut costs but also thesame distrust of the unemployed and skepticism of thesystem's ability to prevent abuses that are characteristic ofmost recent federal program standards.

The extended benefit standards are highly-significant for ,several reasons. They preempt: the issue of long term -,

unemployment for federal determination. They affect moreworkers than any of the other standards. By adopting,-amendments that, reversed long tirpe federal recommenda-tions, almost solely on cost savings grounds; Congress brokeprecedent with a 45-year practice Of enacting legislation atleast intended to enhance the progrAm's objectives and effec-tiveness. Through this legislation, Congress seemed to com-municate four messageS to the states. First, federal respon-sibility for maintaining a strong and balaneed federal-statepartnership is secondary to bulet considerations. Second,as long as "federal funds" are in olved, Congress is justifiedin imposing its will, notwithstandihg traditional state areasof authority. Third, past federal recommendations in the,program area are not to be considered immutable. Fourth, --additional federal standards are likely to 'follow unless more

12.S

Page 129: DOCUMENT RESUME - ERIC · 2014. 3. 30. · of unremitting controversy, primarily between those anxious to ensure a high level of adequacy of protection and those for whom program

Federal Program Standards 121

states take steps to "improve" their programs to reflectprevailing federal attitudes toward workers who file forunemployment insurance.

NOTES

1. Section 3304(a)(9)(B), FUTA.2. U.S. Department of Labor, Manpower Administration, FieldMemorandum No. 165-72, Proposals for Amendments to StateUnemployment Insurance Laws or for Regulations to Implement ThoseLaws, April 20, 1972.

3. Section 3304(a)(9)(A), FUTA.4. Employment Security Amendments of 1969, Report No. 91-612,Committee on Ways and Means, House of `Representatives, 91st Con-gress, 1 st, Sess. (November 10, 1969), p. 17.

5. The U.S. and Canada have reciprocal agreements to handle UI claims.Canada serves as agent for individuals who earned their wage credits in astate and file in Canada. Individual states serve as agents for. Canada inthe case of workers,who were employed in Canada and file in a state.

6. P.L. 96-364.7. Section 3304(a)(8), FUTA.8. Employment Security Amendments of 1970, Report No. 91-752,Committee on Finance, United States Senate, 91st Congress, 2d Sess.(March 26, 1970), p. 22.9. U.S: DepartMent of Labor, Manpower Administration, DraftLegislation to Implement ,the Employment SecurityMmendments of1970 H.R. 14705 (1970), p. 62.10. U.S. Department of Labor, Bureau of Employment Security,Unemployment Compensation Program Letter, No. 78, December 29,,,1944.

11. Section 3304(a)(10), FUTA.12. Employment Security Amendments of 1970, op. cit., p. 23.

Page 130: DOCUMENT RESUME - ERIC · 2014. 3. 30. · of unremitting controversy, primarily between those anxious to ensure a high level of adequacy of protection and those for whom program

122 Federal PrograniStandards

.13. Under all state laws a claimant is assigned a 12-month benefit yearwithin which he may draw his' entitlement based on his preceding .

12-month base period. If he exhausts his entitlement before 12 months,he must wait until the expiration of the benefit year, then he may set up anew base period' and benefit year, if he has enough qualifying wagecredits in the new base period. .

14. Colorado. See U.S. Department of Labor, Manpower Administra-tion, Comparison of State Unemployment Insurance Laws (Washington,DC),. Table 401.

15. Employment Security Amendments of 1970, op. cit., p. 24.16. Unemployment Compensation: Final Report (National Commissionon Unemployment.Compensation, July 1980), p. 48.17. Comparison of State Unemployment . Insurance Laws, op. cit.,Tables 401 and 404.

18. Unemployment Compensation Amendments of 1975, Report No.94755, Committee on 'Ways and Means, House of Representatives, 94thCongress 1st Sess. (December 16, 1975), p. 50.

19. Federal Security-Agency, Social Security Board, Bureau of Employ-ment Security, Manual of State Employment Security Legislation,Employment Security Memorandum No. 13 (Revised November 1942),P. 403.20. Mary Ann Turner v. Department of Employment Security and Boardof Review of the Industrial 'Commission of Utah, No. 74-1312(November 17, 1975).

21. Unemployment Compensation: Final Report, op. cit., pp. 1744177.22. See discussion of proposals made up to 1965 in William Haber andMerrill G. Murray, Unemployment Insurance in the American Economy(Homewood, IL: Richaid D. Irwin, Inc., 1966), pp. 441-443; later pro-posals discussed in/Unemployment Compensation: Final Report, op.cit., pp. 39-40.

23. Unemployment Compensation: Final Repot, op. cit., pp. 40, 41.24. Ibid., p..191.25.' Committee on Econbmic Security, op. cit., p. 15.26. Section 3304(a)(7), FUTA.

27. U.S. Department of Labor, *Manpower Administration, DraftLegislation to Implement the Employment Security Amendments of1970H.R. 14705, pp. 48-49.

Page 131: DOCUMENT RESUME - ERIC · 2014. 3. 30. · of unremitting controversy, primarily between those anxious to ensure a high level of adequacy of protection and those for whom program

Federal Program Standards 123

28. Comparison of State Unemployment Insurance Laws, op. cit..302.

29. Section 3304(a)(14), FUTA..

30. Congressional. Record, July 20, 1976, p: H 7422.

31. Congressional Record, September 29, 1976, p. S 17025.32. U.S. Department of Labor, Employment and Training Administra-tion, Draft Language and Commentary to Implement the Unemploy-ment Compensation Amendments of 1976 P.L. 94-566 (Supplement#3, Questions and Answeis, May 6, 1977).

33. Unemployment Compensation: Final Report, op. cit., p. 33.

34. Congressional Record, July 20, 1976, p. H 7421.35. Section 3304(a)(13), FtJTA.

36. Unemployment Compensation: Final Report, op, cit., p. 30.37. Committee on Economic Security, op. cit., p. 21.38. Comparison of State Unemployment Insurance Laws, op. cit., p.3-17.

39. See Merrill G. Murray, The Treatment of Seasonal UnemploymentUnder Unemployment Insurance (Kalamazoo, MI: W. E. Upjohn In-stitute for Employment Research, April 1972).

40. However,- in contrast to the lack of information available in connec-tion with the standards concerning aliens an professional athletes, somestudies were available concerning the extent of the alleged problemsrepresented by Ur claimants who are drawing pensions. See, for exam-ple, Merrill G. Murray, Should Pensioners Receive UneMployment,Compensation? (Kalamazoo, MI: W. E. Upjohn Institute for Employ-ment Research, August 1967). ,.

41. Conference Report (To Accompany H.R. 10210) The Unemploy-ment Compensation Amendments of 1976, Report No. 94-1745, 94thCongress 2d Sess. (October 1, 1976), p. 16.

42. Public Law 96-364, approved September 26, 1980.

43. Section 3304(a)(15), FUTA.'

44. Congressional Record (March 4, 1980), pp. S 2104-2105.

45. Ibid.46. Section 3304(a)(6)(A), FUTA.

47; Employment Security Amendments of 1969, op. cit., p. 11. Congresswas reluctant to extend the federal tax to nonprofit organizations which

13

Page 132: DOCUMENT RESUME - ERIC · 2014. 3. 30. · of unremitting controversy, primarily between those anxious to ensure a high level of adequacy of protection and those for whom program

124 Federal Program Standards

must frequently rely on donations and charitable contributions to sur-vive.48. Unemployment Compensation Ameniments of 1975, op. cit., p. 42.

49. Employment Security Amendments of 1969, op. cit., p. 13.

50. Section 3309(b) and (c); FUTA.

51. Section 3306(c), FUTA.52. H.R. 25620. The bill would have prohibited the payment of benefitsat any time based on service as a substitute teacher if the individual waspaid on a per diem basis and was employed fewer than 45 days in the baseperiod.53. U.S. Department of Labor, Employment and Training Administra-tion, Draft Language and Commentary to Implement the Unemploy-ment Compensation Amendments of 1976-P.L. 94-566.54. Employment Security Amendments of 1970, op. cit., p. 14.

55. SectiOn 3309(a)(2), FUTA.

56. P.L. 86 -778.-

57. P.L. 91-373..58. Section 3304(a)(6)(A), FUTA.

59. Ibid.60. P.L. 97-248.61. P.L. 95-19.62. P . L. 95-171.

63, P.L. 97-248.64. Unemployment Compensation: Final Report, op. cit., pp. 32, 33.

65. Federal-State Extended Unemployment Compensation Act of 1970.

66. For a discUssion of these and the subsequent extended benefits pro-,gram, see Unemployment Compensation: Final Report, op. cit.,. pp.58-69.

67. Ibid. In 1971 Congress enacted p`.L. 92-224, the EmergencyUnemployment Compensation Act .of 1971 which provided claimantswho exhausted regular and extended benefits up to 13 weeks of fedetallyfinanced-temporary compensation making.a possible total of 52 weeks.These benefits, payable from January 1972 througharch 1973, wereavailable only in states that triggered "on" under speial triggers. InDecember 1974, Congress enacted the Emergency Unemployment Com-pensation Act of 1974 (13.L. 93-572). As amended, this program provid-

. 4,

Page 133: DOCUMENT RESUME - ERIC · 2014. 3. 30. · of unremitting controversy, primarily between those anxious to ensure a high level of adequacy of protection and those for whom program

Federal Program Standards 125

ed Federal Supplemental Benefits (FSB) up to 13 weeks initially, up to 26weeks (making a possible total benefit payment of 65 weeks) for theperiod March '1975 through December 1975. Beginning January 1976through March 1977 FSB paid up to 13 weeks in states with at least 5 per-cent but less than 6 percent insured unemployment rates'(IUR) and up to26 weeks when the IUR was at least 6 percent. Program was extendedthrough January 1978, but the maximum FSB was reduced from 26 to 13:weeks beginning May 1977. More recently, Congress established aFederal Supplemental Compensation Program (P.C. 97-248) to provideup to 6, 8, or 10 weeks of additional benefits from September 1982through March 1983. An additional 2 to 6 weeks were added (dependingon state IUR) by legislation adopted December 1982 without extending

' the March 1983 cut-off date. At this.writirig, it seems likely the date willbe-extended by Congress.

68. Congressional Record, June 30, 1980, Summary of Finance'Commit-tee Recommendation, p. S 891,6.

69. U.S. Department of Labor, Bureau of EmplOyment Security,Manual of State Employment Security Legislation (Washington, DC,revised September 1950), p. C-22.

70. Congressional Record (March 4, 1980), Senator Boren, p. S 2094.

71. Ibid., (Senator Levin), p. S 2109.

72. Manual of State Employment Security Legislation, op. cit., p. C-64.

73. Congressional Record (June 30, 1980), Senator Williams, p. S 8940.

74. U.S. Department of Labor, Bureau of Employment Security,Unemployment Insurance Legislative Policy,. Recommendations for'State Legislation 1962, BES No. U-212A, October 1962.75. Statement of Lawrence E. Weatherford, Acting Deputy Assistant forEmployment and Training, U.S. Department of Labor; before the Sub-committee on Public Assistance and Unemployment Compensation,Committee on Ways and Means, U.S. House of Representatives, March12, 1981.

76. Ibid.77. Ibid.

78. Ibid.79. Spencer Rich, "Jobless Aid Fraying as a Safety Net," WashingtonPost, November 6, 1982, pp. 1, 10.

80. P.L. 97-248. See footnote 67.

Page 134: DOCUMENT RESUME - ERIC · 2014. 3. 30. · of unremitting controversy, primarily between those anxious to ensure a high level of adequacy of protection and those for whom program

126 Federal Program Standardsd.,

81 Congressional Record, August 17, 1982, "Budget Impact of the Pro-vi ions to Lower Unemployment Compensation Tax Thresholds and to

rovide Federal Supplemental Benefits," Table 4, p. H 6292.,

82. P.L. 97-248.

83. Congressional Record, August 17, 1982, "Budget Impact of EachProvision Within the Conference Agreement," Table 3, p. H 6291.84. Congressional Record, March 4, 1980 (Senator Javits), p. S 2099.85. Ibid. (Senator Moynihan), p. S 2098.86. Ibid.

C.

.

Page 135: DOCUMENT RESUME - ERIC · 2014. 3. 30. · of unremitting controversy, primarily between those anxious to ensure a high level of adequacy of protection and those for whom program

Chapter 4Administration of Federal Standards:Direct Federal -State Confrontation

1'3

Federal statutory enactments are of no consequence at allunless implemented by state legislation. No change of anykind will affect a single worker, claimant or employer unlessand until the state UI law is amended to reflect that change.'In converting Congressional mandate to actual practice,fitderal-sta e confrontation occurs directly and frequently.How that onfrontation arises and is resolved, the parties ormachine involved at the state and federal levels, and trendsin experi ce over the years constitute the subject matter ofthis chap er.

State Legislation

The v lume of proposed unemployment insurance legisla-tion in all states averages about 2,000 bills a year. Thenumber varies widely year to year, particularly in relation tothe, vol me of federal UI amendments and the consequentneed fo implementing state legislation; In most states, whenconfor ing legislation is needed, the state agency responsi-ble for administering the law takes the initiative for develop-ing- a UI legislative- program. This unit is the mostkhowledgeable About the subject matter and usually the onlystate organization in communication with a federal DOL

,regional UI office about issues or problems presented byfederal requirements. The state Administration usually has

Page 136: DOCUMENT RESUME - ERIC · 2014. 3. 30. · of unremitting controversy, primarily between those anxious to ensure a high level of adequacy of protection and those for whom program

128 Administration of Federtl Standards

the bill introduced in the legislature and providesbackground and support during the legislative proceedings.

fhis pattern is less likely to be the approach taken in thecase of sutiatantive program legislation not involving newfederal requirements. In some states, a three or moremember advisory council, appointed for staggered\ terms andrepresentative of labor, management and the public, playsan active (and in some states a dominating) tole in thedevelopment of UI legislative programs. In such 'cases, the

:state agency provides, technical advice to the council, par-,ticularly on conformity matters. In a few states, legislativecommittees assume a: leadership role in formulating UIlegislative programs.

In all states, interest groups attempt to influence the fateof bills that may affect them. Their efforts are reflected inthe advisory council and ,in appropriate legislative commit-tees. As in other areas, their success in, UI varies greatlydepending,on their expertise, popularity, organizational arid,financial strengths, with the. most important determinant,usually being the quality of opposing interest groups, if any..Management groups are usually more effective than labor in.UI. Theyrhave a concrete objective (lOwering costs) that sus-tains an interest in all aspects of UI. State-10°r organiza-tions seem.,usually Jess interested in UI than worker's' com-pensation, and theirs has often beerra single issue (e.g., max-imum weekly benefit amount) focus. This may be becausethey usually have less staff and fewer resources for lobbyingefforts than their management counterparts. Nor is there thesame close consensus among labor representatiVes on suchissues as disqualification penalties as exists among businessgroups.

In some states,. the fate of UI legislation is often greatly in-fluenced by the dominant personalities of a few persons oreven a single individual. It may be a state agency represen\

Page 137: DOCUMENT RESUME - ERIC · 2014. 3. 30. · of unremitting controversy, primarily between those anxious to ensure a high level of adequacy of protection and those for whom program

Administration of Federal Standards 129

tative, an employer, an employers' group representative, or,less frequently, a representative of a labor group.Characteristically,. these individuals have long experience,.great expertise, and command wide confidence and in-.fluence.

Theft are, of course, many variations of these patterns,even within a single state at different times. There are con-siderable variations also in the quality of legislative draftingamong the states. A number of factors are responsible.Laror states with legislatyres regularly in session often havemore specialized committees, more skilled staff continuityand, accordingly, more knowledge and experience in boththe subject matter and legislative drafting. But even in largerstates, regularly occurring changes in the political climatedetermine the composition of the legislature, its committeesand staff, as well as the executive branch and agency of-ficials. Given the program's complexity, frequent change ofkey legislative and executive personnel makes difficult theaccumulation of the knowledge and understanding necessaryto produce sound laws.

In any event, a relatively large number of bills are poorlydrafted. They may .be incomplete or simply too ambiguousto accomplish the framer's intent. One of-the_mostcornMonproblems is for the author of an amendment to a state lawprovision to neglect to take account of its implications forother elements of the law. The various components ofbenefit formulas, particularly, are interdependent andchanges in one aspect may have an automatic and.sometimesundesirable impact on other aspects. A simple increase in astate's maximum weekly benefit amount may affect qualify-ing requirements, benefit duration, partial benefits, and dis-qualification provisions. With a qualifying requirement, forexample, expressed as a multiple of the weekly benefitamount (as in almost one-third of the states), an increase inthe maximum will result automatically in an increase in the

137

Page 138: DOCUMENT RESUME - ERIC · 2014. 3. 30. · of unremitting controversy, primarily between those anxious to ensure a high level of adequacy of protection and those for whom program

130 Aciministration of Federal St,Indards

qualifying wages for the maximum. In'most states where thenumber of weeks benefits are payable is determined bydividing' the total amount of entitlement (set as a specifiedproportion, usually one-third, of total base-period earnings)by the weekly benefit amount, an increase in weekly amountsmay translate into fewer weeks or payments for manyclaimants. An increase in the maximum weekly benefit willhave implications in states where partial earnings limits anddisqualifications are expressed as multiples of theindividual's weekly benefit amount.

Although the secondary impacts are often anticipated, thisis notalways true; and the results are not always desirable, aswhen, for example, an increase in the minimum weeklybenefit results in substantial numbers of unemployedworkers failing to meet the minimum qualifying require-ment, or when an increase in the maximum weekly benefitresults in individuals with substantial high quarter earningsfailing to qualify for any benefits.2

Federal Review of ProposedState Legislation

As of 1983, a staff of two or three skilled legislative f

In -'surance Service reviews proposed state UI legislation forconformity with federal law:The bills come directly from thestate UI agency to the UIS pursuant to the Secretary ofLabor's responsibility for certifying each state's law for taxcredit or administrative grants. A second source of U1 bills is ,Commerce Clearing House, and a third source is DOL' sregional offices. The review is not confined to conformity.The staff comments on the technical adeqiiacy of a bill. Atleast until 1982, when it seems that the practice was suspend-ed, they also made recommendations with respect to the billfrom a policy standpoint. The responsibilities of this unit ex-

Page 139: DOCUMENT RESUME - ERIC · 2014. 3. 30. · of unremitting controversy, primarily between those anxious to ensure a high level of adequacy of protection and those for whom program

Administration of Federal Standards 131

tend to negotiating the resolution of issues if a problem bill isactually enacted. Finally, if it comes to that, they are respon-sible for developing support for DOL's position in a hearingon state legislation containing conformity issues. This activi-ty of the UIS is described in some detail because it is a criticalfactor in maintaining a viable federal-state partnership.

The UIS staff works closely with the one or two attorneysfrom DOL's Solicitor's Office assigned to unemployment in-surance. Earlier in its history, Solicitor's Office staff assign-ed this responsibility was much larger and played a signifi-cant role in the review process. All communications by UISto the states directly or through the regional offices were re-quired to be "cleared" with the Solicitor's Office beforerelease. The resulting delays and internal disputes weretolerable when issues were relatively few and generally con-fined to technical experience rating proposals. The pro-cedure was abandoned when the volume of federal UIlegislation and subsequent issues increased significantly as aresult of the 1970 and 1976 amendments. By 1980, the UIS-Solicitor's Office relationship became more analogous to aconventional lawyer-client arrangement, with clearancegenerally confined only to maturing conformity issues, andwith the UIS selecting the issues on which it seeks advice orinterpretation:"

DOL regional office staff dealing with UI matters alsoparticipate in the legislative review process, but the extent oftheir involvement varies substantially among regions. Itdepends on their interest, their skill in this area, the pressureof other business, and their relations with their "client" stateagencies. Some regional offices operate only as transmissionbelts, forwarding bills and whatever relevant information isavailable to the National Office and transmitting NationalOffice reactions to the state agencies. Others play an activerole not only in the review process (adding often valuableobservations to other information about bills they send to

Page 140: DOCUMENT RESUME - ERIC · 2014. 3. 30. · of unremitting controversy, primarily between those anxious to ensure a high level of adequacy of protection and those for whom program

132 Administration of Federal Standards

the National Office) but also in the promotion of needed ordesirable -legislation, and in "translating" National Officecomments, to the state agencies, not to change the substanceof the communication, but either to personalize the response ta

. or to add or soften emphasis where appropriate from theirstandpoint.

SOme regional offices have acquired a paternal, protectiverelationship with their state agencies. Others share their state 'agencies' negative__ attitudes toward National Office com-munications. Both types tend a to defend state actions,diminish the significance of nonconfOrmity issues, and seekcompiomise favorable to the states in the resolution of con-flicts. Most regional offices, _however, inva_riablyclopt_Na,__,_tional Office positions as their own, and some are vigorousand highly skilled proponents of DOL positions on specificstate bills. No regional office presumes to act independentlyof the National Office on state legislation except in the caseof familiar, routine bills which have been the subject ofprevious correspondence. On the other hand, no regional of-fice welcomes direct state agency-National Office com-munications except in occasional situations where contactneeds to be quick and the subject is highly technical or com-plicated.

The regional offices thatareknowle geable in thelegisTalive,area provide a valuable service in helping the Na-tional Office assess the prospects of conflict-producinglegislation. They are often aware of the motivation of thebill's sponsor, the political climate in the state legislature andthe Governor's position on the bill. Not the least of theircontributions is information they provide about the intent ofbills that may be so ambiguous or obscure as to defyanalysis. Some state agencies provide. a thorough analysis ofunemployment insurance bills for the benefit of their ad-ministrations or advisory councils and these are usually for-warded to the National 'Office.

Page 141: DOCUMENT RESUME - ERIC · 2014. 3. 30. · of unremitting controversy, primarily between those anxious to ensure a high level of adequacy of protection and those for whom program

. Administration of Federal Standards 133

Review Priorities

The small percentage of the thousands of UI amendmentsintroduced each year that actually are reviewed carefully bythe UIS legislative analysts are the bills that state agencies orregional offices indicate will receive serious consideration bythe states' legislatures. These include state administration-backed (particularly those designed to implementf a law requirements), bills introduced by influentiallegislators or on behalf of established interest groups, andbills supported the state's advisory council on unemploy-ment insurance. Bills not identified as likely to receiveserious consideration are not usually analyzed unless theycontain obvious or serious conformity issues or unless theybegin to receive favorable action. State agencies' indicationsof probable legislative activity are only preliminaryestimates. The analysts' priorities may change as bills beginto move through the legislative process. Each action takenon a bill, as well as copies of each introduced bill and itsamendments are communicated on a reasonably currentbasis to the UIS by Commerce Clearing House (CCH); aprivate organization headquartered in Chicago. This is a ser-vice subscribed to by the UIS and funded from the DOLbudget.

Since bills may sometimes move quickly through alegislature, the CCH "action sheets" showing the status of abill will reveal what new bills will need review and also dic-tate the analysts' priorities and the means they use for com-municating comments on issues. A matter involvingtechnical Corrections of a bill will be shelved temporarily totreat a bill with provisions that are undesirable from a policystandpoint. These bills will in turn be sidetracked in order togive priority to a bill that has strong support, particularly ifcomments were specifically requested- by the state agency.This 'priority will yield to a bill containing a conformityissue, and all other actions will be suspended, if necessary, to

Page 142: DOCUMENT RESUME - ERIC · 2014. 3. 30. · of unremitting controversy, primarily between those anxious to ensure a high level of adequacy of protection and those for whom program

134 Administration of Federal Standards

handle a potential conformity issue in a_ bill that has beenreported favorably by a committee or already passed oneHouse of' the state legislature. As each of the more demand-ing priorities is satisfied, attention reverts to the less urgent.matters.

Technical Adequacy.

The review of state legislation is not easy. Unemploymentinsurance is a very complicated program, with 53 variationsof each major ingredient. Nearly. fifty years of precedentdecisions, recent comprehensive changes in federal laws, in-numerable interpretations and policy positions take time toabsorb. Another skill, that of applying 'federal requirementsto proposed state legislation, takes long experience. Theability to communicate opinions, either orally or in writing,clearly and succinctly takes time to develop. It is usually 'aminimum of two years before a UIS analyst can handle evenroutine reviews and correspondence without close supervi-sion.

Many state legislative proposals are technically- inade-quate. Ambiguous language, misplaced' punctuation, miss-

ing sentences, inappropriate positioning, erroneous cita-tions, are not uncommon. These are in addition to the mostcommon failing, already mentioned, of neglecting to take ac-count of the implications of .'a proposed amendment onother, interrelated elements of the program.

Legislative drafting skills are certainly not confined to_ federal officials, but DOL technicians have an advantageover most of their state counterparts simply because they arecontinuously engaged in reviewing and commenting on pro-posed and enacted UI legislation from 53 jurisdictions. Theadvantage is most obvious when enactment of new statelegislation is necessary to implement federal law re-quirements. FolloWing adoption of any changes in federal

Page 143: DOCUMENT RESUME - ERIC · 2014. 3. 30. · of unremitting controversy, primarily between those anxious to ensure a high level of adequacy of protection and those for whom program

Administration of Federal Standards 135

law requirements or definitions, DOL develops suggesteddraft language for states that will conform with the newamendments. Federal technicians will thus have already con-sidered the disadvantages of deviations from the recom-mended language. Moreover, they are more likely to have abetter understanding of precisely what is required, since thenew federal requirements may well have been drafted bythem originally, and in any event, they will usually have hadmore direct knowledge than state officials of the relevantlegislative history. Accordingly, it is common for states toadopt suggested DOL draft language either verbatim or withno more changes than the minor adjustments necessary totailor the, language to the peculiarities of each state law.

In matters solely within the scope of state jurisdiction,federal recommendations on program policy may go unheed-ed, but DOL advice on technical adequacy is usuallywelcome and followed. If a proposed state amendment willconflict with federal requirements, federal techniciani mayoffer alternative language that will serve the intent of thesponsor, consistent with federal law, even if DOL considersthe result undesirable from a program standpoint.

Program Policy

The same degree of state acceptance of DOL technical sug-gestions does not extend to recommendations for programimprovements. In many, if not most, states, qualifying re ='quirements, eligibility conditions, disqualifications, benefitduration, and benefit formulas are more often the result oflabor-management negotiations and compromises thancareful evaluation of the merits. A common compromise,for example, involves trading an increase in the maximumweekly benefit amount in return for a tightening of theeligibility or disqualification requirements. Benefit increasesare often simply not possible without concomitant actions tominimize costs.

143

Page 144: DOCUMENT RESUME - ERIC · 2014. 3. 30. · of unremitting controversy, primarily between those anxious to ensure a high level of adequacy of protection and those for whom program

136 Administration of Federal Standards

Undeterred by the usually cool reception it receives to itsprogram recommendations, DOL has in the past continuedto urge states to adopt its recommendations for a sound pro-gram. They range from key program elements (e.g., max-imum weekly benefit should equal two-thirds of thestatewide average weekly wage) to highly technical matters(e.g., for qualifying requirements, the specified minimum re-quired high-quarter wake should not exceed one-fourth of-the minimum base-period wage required, so that no claimantwho meets the latter requirement will_be_denied benefits sole-ly because his base-period earnings were distributed evenlyamong the four quarters of the base period).3

The latest comprehensive compilation of DOL. policyrecommendations, issued in 1962,4 still constitutes DOLpolicy on benefit formulas and other 'matters not subse-quently affected by federak legislation. Until the late 1970s,DOL vigorously advanced policy recommendations, in react-ing to specific, individual state legislative proposals, andthrough general legislative planning sessions. Following the1970 and 1976 federal amendments, for example, DOL ex-ploited the opportunity to capitalize on states' interest in thenew legislation by conducting nationwide seminars for stateagency- officials and not only explaining new conformityconditions but also advocating improvements in programareas untouched by Congress. Some state agencies thatagreed with DOL were successful in getting improvementsenacted, perhaps because of the heavy volume of necessarylegislation and the confusion that regularly exists betweenamendments required for conformity and those advancedonly on a policy basis.

Since the 1976 seminars, there has been a hiatus in DOL'sactive advocacy of program policy recommendations. The197476 recession and the consequent depletion of funds inseveral states produced an inhospitable climate for DOL'sbenefit duration and disqualification recommendations.

14

Page 145: DOCUMENT RESUME - ERIC · 2014. 3. 30. · of unremitting controversy, primarily between those anxious to ensure a high level of adequacy of protection and those for whom program

Administration of Federal Standards 137

Many otherwise sympathetic state agencies were apprehen-sive that any attempt to amend the state UI law would serveonly to provide an opportunity for the introduction ofrestrictive legislation. In addition, DOL was somewhat com-mitted to delaying any major recommendations, pending theFinal Report of the National Commission on UnemploymentCompensation (NCUC).

Diminished DOL policy pushing was also due to the 1970and 1976 federal amendments. Creation in 1970 of the per-manent Program of extended benefits left states little incen-tive to extend regular duration beyond 26 weeks, or even toliberalize their duration formulas. Extensions of coveragemandated by the federal amendments. left relatively few jobs

-4stillunprotected; thereby iethicing- the needtopressthestates to expand coverage on their own. The three remainingmajor program policy areas, benefit adequacy, fund solven-,cy, and disqualification severity, not yet preempted by'federal amendments, offered little promise. Most states hadalready adopted the recommended "escalator" concept oftying the maximum weekly benefit amount directly tochanges in the statewide average weekly wage so that achange, in the latter automatically produces a change in theformer. By 1978, about aodozen states had established themaximum as an amount equal to' as much as two-thirds ofthe statewide wage, the recommended level. But any furtherimprovements in benefit amount and duration seemedunlikely, at least °until many states' programs were on afirmer financial footing.

States have also been reluctant to adopt DOL recommen-dations on tax and financing, provisions. This advice general-ly concentrated on the need for each state to establish an ade-

, quate reserve, and offered as a guideline a measure based'on -

the state's past experience. Such a reserve, it was suggested;taken as a percent of total payrolls hi the state, should equalat least one and one-half times the highest benefit cost rate

1 4 5

Page 146: DOCUMENT RESUME - ERIC · 2014. 3. 30. · of unremitting controversy, primarily between those anxious to ensure a high level of adequacy of protection and those for whom program

138 Administration of Federal Standards

ktotal benefit outlays as a percent of payrolls) in any12-month period during, the preceding ten or more. years.While proportionately more states adhering to the guidelineavoided the. need to borrow than thosewith reserve levelsbelow this minimum, not all states that followed theguidelines succeeded in remaining solvent.

Federal financing recommendations also,stressed methodsfor predetermining annual tax yields, having higher or lowertax rate schedules take effect in response to realistic .fund

' level measures (e.g., reserves as ratios ottotaLpayrolls ratherthan as fixed dollar amounts made obsolete by inflation), en-suring adequate financing of pooled costs. (nonchargedbenefits and benefits ineffectively 'charged to employersalready at the maximum rate) through=7-areasdiable-----minimum or surtax rate.

In recent years, financing recommendations have beenaimed largely at assisting debtor states to evaluate the op-tions available in repaying loans, regaining solvency asquickly as possible, and maintaining adequate reserves on along term basis. Of course, the expansion of federal loanrepayment requirements has moved the federal-statedialogue in regard to financing beyond the advisory level.

Even in good times, DOL was never successful in per-suading states to adopt its recommendations on disqualifica-tions. DOL had always urged that a disqualification forvoluntary quit, discharge for misconduct, or refusal ofsuitable work should result in denial of benefits only for theperiod of unemployment presumed attributed to the claim-ant's own action, Or about six weeks, The length of theaverage spell of unemployment. After that period, the in-dividual's continued unemployment could reasonably beconsidered due to economic conditions and, therefore, com-'pensable. Most states' consistently rejected this concept,preferring instead 'to consider a disqualification as punish-ment for irresponsible action.

Page 147: DOCUMENT RESUME - ERIC · 2014. 3. 30. · of unremitting controversy, primarily between those anxious to ensure a high level of adequacy of protection and those for whom program

Administration of Federal Standards 139

The cessation of DOL policy recommendations was also, attributable to personnel changes within the Labor Depart-

ment. UIS staff had been steadily reduced over the years.The number of analysts responsible for reviewing and_com-menting on state legislation was cut from eight to four. Thenumber of attorneys in the Solicitor's Office solely, responsi-ble for unemployment insurance matters was reduced fromsix to one. Corresponding reductions were made in theresearch staff. UIS 'library facilities were eliminated entirely.Perhaps most significant, virtually, every UIS staff memberwith- long experience in the program, some dating back to its

\origin (and usually with a correspondingly firm commitmento its original principles' and orientation), was gone by 1980.

Beginning-that-year, the UIS was headed for the first time byan dividual-with no prior UI background, operating undera hierarchy of officials for whom the unemployment in-\surance\Program was clearly not a high priority. During thisperiod, the UIS and even DOL became considerably less in-fluential than the Office of Management and Budget, for ex-ample in determining imeinployment insurance policy.

the making of policy recommendationsby staff on P:<,:ation seems to have been discontinued.This includes even recommendations which simply followestablished policy as\contained in the draft bills or the com-prehensive DOL policy statement issued in 1962.

Conformity

Only once has a state been assessed any penalty for non-conformity with FUTA proVisions. Only twice have ad-ministrative grants been withheld for violations of SocialSecUrity Act provisions, and then\only for brief periods. It israre for an issue even to go to a hearing, as evidenced by a'history of only about a dozen conformity hearings since1937.

. \

Page 148: DOCUMENT RESUME - ERIC · 2014. 3. 30. · of unremitting controversy, primarily between those anxious to ensure a high level of adequacy of protection and those for whom program

140 Administration of Federal Standards

The infrequency of hearings is certainly not due, to the lackof serious issues. Each year there may be as many as 50potential conformity issues presented by proposed orenacted state legislation and a residue of 15 to 20 actualissues requiring negotiation. The small number of hearings isdue primarily to the mutual interest of both levels of govern-ment to avoid, formal confrontations that could producedisadvantages for both. For the, state, an adverse Secretary's'decision means either sanctions or, if they are to be avoided,capitulaticin and a change in law or practive which the statedoes not really want. At stake for DOL is the potential, exer-cised on a few past occasions, of Congressional intervention,possibly with a consequent diminution of the Secretary'sauthority.'

To keep the number of serious ,confrontations to aminimum, it is not enough for the two levels of governmentsimply to share an interest in this Objective. Other factorsmust also be present, including a federal staff skilled indetecting issues, communicating opinions and reasons, andinitiating and negotiating solutions. Nor is it /always enoughthat issues are settled. Resolution of an issue 'on thegroundi of political expediency, or intimidation, or on anyother basis than the best available judgment of what the'federal law requires 'and the most practical means of achiev-niCeo`ifoliTaY2-1roillyrternp-biafy-attlement.---"--7---

Identifying Issues

It is very unusual for an issue to be overlooked, althoughthe likelihood increases as federal review staff_and-resourcesare reduced. A major incentive:to be-thOrough is the knowndifficulty and embarrassment involved in trying to persuadea state legislature to remove a conflicting provision from itslaw when no indication had been made of the existence of anissue at the time the bill was still pending and there, was op-portunity to defeat or amend it.. Be-cause of, its staff's

Page 149: DOCUMENT RESUME - ERIC · 2014. 3. 30. · of unremitting controversy, primarily between those anxious to ensure a high level of adequacy of protection and those for whom program

Administration of Federal Standards 141-

familiarity with the federal law, it is also very unusual fOrDOL to be successfully challenged on an allegation of non-conformity. Conformity issues are not raised lightly. byanalysts; issues are always raised with the recognition that itmay be necessary to defend their position at a hearing. If,theanalysts are not confident of their position, they will advisethe state that the possibility of a conformity issueis being ex-plored and hope that because of the doubt raised, the bill willnot survive.

A typical-memorandum will pinpoint the language of thebill that raises an issue, describei DOL's understanding ofthe language and ifs intelt; cite applicable federal law provi-sions and their inferpretations; and describe as clearly aspossible the basis for the opinion that if the provision is

7enacted, the state law, as so amended, will not meet federallaw requirements. The DOL analysis is always expressed'asan opinion, since only the Secretary can decide' that a provi-sion is out of conformity, and then only after he has notifiedthe Governor, extended to the agency an opportunity forhearing, conducted a hearing, if one is desired, and submit-ted his findings to the state. If there does not appear to betime for a written communication, the UIS may wire its opi-nion directly to the state agency, or it may telephone stateagency officials either directly or in concert with the regionaloffice. If a bill with a serious issue is enacted, the UIS mayrequest the Governor to veto it. All communications' willcontain full explanations° of the reason for DOL's opinion.

Reactions by state agency officials to DOL comments con-cerning the conformity of pending state legislation rangefrom relief to hostility. Experienced state officials areseldom surprised by a DOL position. In many cases they willhave been alerted to the possibility of an issue being raised bythe regional. office on an informal basis, usually after a quickconsultation with Nationals_ Office staff. Often, the stateagency officials will request an opinion on the conformity of

Page 150: DOCUMENT RESUME - ERIC · 2014. 3. 30. · of unremitting controversy, primarily between those anxious to ensure a high level of adequacy of protection and those for whom program

142 Administration of.Federal Standards

a question1tble bill. State officials have a cohsiderable incen-tive in making sure the state legislature knows at an earlystage about any potential conformity issues associated with abill. It is very awkward for state officials who have not giventheir legislature the DOL warning at the earliest\opportunityto advise against enactment of a problem bill that hasalready gained momentum.

Most bills containing conformity issues are '\ not ad-ministration bills or even supported by the state administra-tion. Often they would create serious administrative prob-lems for the agency if they were enacted, or otherwise clisruptestablished practices or principles. It is not uncommon forstate agency officials informally to express the hope\ thatfederal analysts will somehow find a conformity issue in thebill so that DOL, rather than state agency officials, will bearresponsibility for its defeat. For example, from time to timeseveral states have sought to combine in one, organizationalstructure all state administrative adjudicatory functions andstaff, including unemployment insurance referees as well ashearings officers in workers' compensation and other state .

programs. DOL has recommended strongly against this ap-proach as inimical to both the quality and the promptness ofUI hearings. But to the disappointment of state agency of-ficials, DOL as found no basis for challenging the confor-mity of such a practice, provided federal performance stan-dards are met and granted, funds are used only to meet UIresponsibilities.

A hostile reaction to a negative DOL opinion on the con-formity of a provision sometimes occurs but is unusual evenamong state agency officials who disag ee with the federalposition. When such a 'reaction has oc urred, it has oftenbeen a manifestation of an underlying' a mosity toward allfederal intervention in state affairs. Generally, an indicationfrom DOL that enaCtment of a pending bill would present aquestion of conformity with fTderal law is recognized as

1 Jt

Page 151: DOCUMENT RESUME - ERIC · 2014. 3. 30. · of unremitting controversy, primarily between those anxious to ensure a high level of adequacy of protection and those for whom program

Administration of Federal Standards 143 1

reflecting the DOL analysts' best judgment. It is accepted ifthe reason for the opinion seems persuasive, and it is usuallyenough to deter enactment of the vast majority of problembills.

Avoiding Confrontation

If it appears that a bill posing a conformity issue will beenacted despite DOL recommendations. that it be defeated,withdrawn or amended, the state is usually urged to adopt a"savings clause" along with the bill. The one recommendedby DOL provides that the provision in question will not takeeffeCt unless and until the Secretary of Labor finds that it isconsistent with federal law requireinents. Adoption of thistype of savings clause gives the Secretary ample time to actand avoids the necessity of a conformity hearing. AlthoughDOL is often successful in persuading a state to adopt a sav-ings clause, usually the clause provides that the challengedprovision will become effective unless and until the Secretaryfinds the provision inconsistent with federal law re-quirementsrather than DOL's version.

The advantage of any savings clause is that it permits aprovision to become null and void without further action bythe legislature. This can be important to a state confrontedwith an adverse decision by the Secretary issued during aperiod when the state legislature is not in session. It is alsoadvantageous to DOL since it obviates the possibility of asanction, and it usually, ends the issue without judicialreview. A number of states have rejected adoption of anykind of a savings clause on the grounds that by allowing thefate of an amendment 'to be determined by the Secretary ofLabor, -it constit tes an unconstitutional delegation oflegislative authorit

Once a bill containing a conformity issue is enacted. DOLwill usually request an opinion from the state agency- or the

Page 152: DOCUMENT RESUME - ERIC · 2014. 3. 30. · of unremitting controversy, primarily between those anxious to ensure a high level of adequacy of protection and those for whom program

144 Administration of Federal Standards

state's attorney general as to how it will be interpreted; DOLwill advise the state if there is a possible interpretation of thelaw or the provision that will avoid the issue. For example, asindicated in the preceding chapter, some states amendedtheir definition of suitable work to include any job payingthe higher of the minimum wage or the claimant's weekly'benefit. However, both federal and state laws prohibit dis-qualification of a claimant for refusing a job paying less thanthe prevailing wage for such jobs. To -avoid an issue thatcould be raised if an individual were disqualified for turningdown a job that paid the minimum wage but not the prevail-ing wage, DOL recommended that the states interpret theirlaws as requiring disqualification for refusal of a minimumwage job only if that wage was also the prevailing wage forthat type of work. / .

A more common attempt to avoid a conformity issue byinterpretation concerns the so-called automatic coverage

----provisions in most state laws which /require that any employ-ment that is-either subject to the FUTA or required by theFUTA to be covered under state law as a condition for taxcredit shall be considered covered under state law. Uponenactment by the state of a bill excluding services that are re-quired by federal law to be covered, DOL will ask if the statelaw will be interpreted to. make the automatic coverage re-quirement controlling. t

Less dependable a basis for avoiding a conformity issueare general savings clauses in some state laws that providefor the' utomati:d nullifidption

withany provision found by the

rySecreta to be4nconsisteht with federal requirements for taxcredit or administrative grantsl On the few occasions when itwould have been helpful, DOL has not succeeded in per-suading states to apply thi provision. On the other hand,there have been occasions hen a flexible attorney generalhas found an interpretation ver contemplated by DOL. Inone instance, a Problem pro sion as interpreted to have a

Page 153: DOCUMENT RESUME - ERIC · 2014. 3. 30. · of unremitting controversy, primarily between those anxious to ensure a high level of adequacy of protection and those for whom program

Administration of Federal Standards 145

meaning opposite from that suggested by its crystal clearlanguage, on the grounds that the state legislature wouldnever knowingly have enacted a bill that would jeopardizeemployers' tax credits.

Infrequently, DOL will 4ede from a position by chang-ing its interpretation of the federal law. For example, a posi-tion held for many years that federal law bars states fromrelieving employers of benefit charges to their accounts(which could affect their tax rates) for unemployment causedby so-called "Acts of God." DOL had argued that naturalcalamities such as earthquakes and storms were part of therisk of doing business. The fact that such unemployment wasbeyond an employer's control was' not persuasive, since mostunemployment is regarded as beyond an employer's control.In 1972 a severe flood caused considerable disruption andjob dislocations in Pennsylvania and other states. DOL waspersuaded to adjust its position at least to the extent of per-mitting noncharging of benefits paid for unemployment ifcaused by a natural disaster declared as, such by the Presidentpursuant to the terms of the Disaster Relief Act

- Even more infrequently, DOL will agree not to pursue anissue of nonconformity. This occurs usually only when theoffending provision has limited, temporary application. Forexample, in 1973, New York laW\was amended to permitnoncharging to reimbursing employers of benefits paid overa one -year period to former employees unemployed becauseof flood. Up to that time DOL interpreted federal law asprohibiting any noncharging of employers financing benefitsgin reimbursable basis. However, since the noncharging inthe New York case was a one-time situation, and since theDepartment itself then intended to seek a change in federal

/ law permitting the practice, the issue was not pursued. Occa-sionally, a state court will decide a case on the basis of an in-

/ terpretation of the.state UI law that will present a conformityissue. DOL will sometimes not pursue the issue if the state

Page 154: DOCUMENT RESUME - ERIC · 2014. 3. 30. · of unremitting controversy, primarily between those anxious to ensure a high level of adequacy of protection and those for whom program

146 Administration of Federal Standards

agency can convince the Department that the court's deci-sion has no applicability other than to the instant case, thatthe state will continue to adhere to a conforming interpreta-tion and that it will appeal the court's ruling, if possible.

Resolution of Issues

With these few exceptions, conformity issues that are onceraised with a state are pursued until they are resolved. Thereis no single approach to resolution. One determining factor_will be the seriousness of the issue, as indicated by factorssuch as the number of individuals affected, the impact .onclaimants or employers, and the potential consequences tothe program. For example, the South Dakota issue describedbelow satisfied all criteria. So did the failure of some statesto extend coverage to church-supported schools, as required-by the 1976 federal law amendments, according to DOL in-__terpretation. These are usually the most difficult to settle.The South Dakota issue, for example, took two and one-halfyears to resolve. Even more time can be expected if a stateseeks judicial review of a Secretary's adverse determinationi-as in the case of the church schools issue. In light of-thesedelays, if DOL fails to achieve at least a temporary suspen-sion of ,a serious nonconforming provision, it will quicklybegin the procedures that culminate in a hearing.

The pattern followed is different in the case of less seriousmatters which constitute the large majority of issues.Insteadof moving directly toward a formal confrontation, DOL willfollow a variety of alternate roads to eventual settleiiientwhich will avoid the burden and risks involved in a hearing.The most common approach is to determine if the state agen-cy and presumably the state administration Will introduceand support a bill next year that will correct the problem. Ifthe agency agrees, and concurrence is reached on thelanguage of the corrective legislation, DOL will hold theissue in abeyance until next year's state legislature has had an

154

Page 155: DOCUMENT RESUME - ERIC · 2014. 3. 30. · of unremitting controversy, primarily between those anxious to ensure a high level of adequacy of protection and those for whom program

Administration of Federal Standards 147

opportunity to act on the bill. Failure of the legislature tocorrect the issue will usually set in'rnotion the procedures fora hearing.

Thelaw requires that the Secretary of Labor certify to theSecretary of the Treasury on October 31 of each year allstates who'se laws have been approved so that employers mayreceive credit against the federal tax. The Secretary of Laborcannot deny certifying a state law for tax offset credit andcannot withhold administrative funds until the state agencyhas had an opportunity for hearing. There are built-in timeconstraints in the federal laws for each step between notifica -.tion to the Governor- of the issue, notice of hearing, schedul-ing the hearing, exchange of briefs, mailing of proposeddecisions, issuance of the administrative law judge's recom-mended decision, Secretary's decision, and opportunity forjudicial review. The result is that unless the initial steps aretaken by early summer, the state's law must be certified onOctober 31 and the issue moves over to the following year.Usually, the state legislature will then have another oppor-tunity to correct the problem. If it does so within areasonable time, the issue will be resolved. Although the Oc-tober 31 deadline does not apply to issues involving thepossible denial of granted administrative funds, there arestill substantial delays between notification of an issue andthe application of that sanction.

The issues that linger the longest are often relatively minorproblems that could be corrected by a change in state agencyregulations or procedures. If the state agency is not really in-terested in making the necessary change, and DOL is reluc-tant to go to a hearing because the issue is not importantenough to warrant the time and work, the conformingchanges can be delayed almost indefinitely. Resolution ofsuch an issue may well await the eventual appointment ofnew, more amenable state agency leadership. One of thelongest continuing issues involves a state's regulations which

15,3

Page 156: DOCUMENT RESUME - ERIC · 2014. 3. 30. · of unremitting controversy, primarily between those anxious to ensure a high level of adequacy of protection and those for whom program

148 Administration of Federal Standards

apply different filing and reporting requirements to partiallyunemployed claimants (claimants entitled to a reduced orpartial unemployment benefit for a week in which somewages were earned but less than a specified amount) thanthose prescribed in the federal Employment SecurityManual. This document contains interpretations of federallaw requirements and spells out acceptable state practice invarious administrative situations. Before a nonconformityhearing on the state's regulations can even be scheduled, theManual prescribes a-procedure requiring federal evaluation--of whether the state provisions, while differing from the sug-gested. Manual provisions, could nevertheless still be con-sidered consistent with federal law. The evaluation must bemade in concert with state' authorities. This particular- issuehas remained unresolved for almost a decade, although therehave been several exchanges of proposed regulations andcomments over the years.

A number of personal factors also influence success- inresolving issues short of a hearing. Mutual respect betweenfederal staff (regional and national) and state agency of-ficials as well as competence in the art of negotiation can becritical.' Conversely, heavy pressure ordinarily has negativeresults.' The application of pressure on a Secretary by thestate's legislative delegation, for example, usually has no ef-fect. But this is not invariable. There have been instanceswhere a change in federal position appears to have been in-fluenced by political pressure.

The traditional pattern of resolving most issues prior to ahearing may be altered in the future. First,, the federal stall.--dards enacted in 1980 as well as additional amendmentsenacted in 1981 are viewed by many states as serious andthreatening intrusions into state authority. Unlike the com-prehensive amendments enacted in 1970 and 1976, there wasneither opportunity nor effort ma-de in 1980 to obtain andconsider reactions from, the states either individually or

Page 157: DOCUMENT RESUME - ERIC · 2014. 3. 30. · of unremitting controversy, primarily between those anxious to ensure a high level of adequacy of protection and those for whom program

Administration of Federal Standards 149

through the Interstate Conference of Employment SecurityAgencies (ICESA). Moreover, some states consideredunreasonable the short deadlines imposed for implementa-tion of the amendments (matter of a few months in somecases), in contrast to the two-year period that is'usually per-mitted. Second, since 1970 states have had the opportunityfor judicial review of an adverse' determination by 'theSecretary. Only a few states have exercised that right, but inthe one instance to date in which the courts ruled against thestate in 1980, the consequences were far less severe than thepotential penalty.6 Armed with this precedent, states cannow consider contesting a decision with less fear that the fullsanctions will be imposed. Finally, the UIS has lost substan-tial credibility in recent years. its advice is increasinglydisregarded. This is due in part to the loss of ,effective, ex-perienced and authoritative personnel and the consequentdeterioration of performance; the relinquishment of leader-ship to agencies other than DOL, and the consequent rever-sal of many long-standing policies; and the increasingly fre-quent pattern of failing to follow up warnings of sanctionsor even to pursue issues at all. In any event, the increased fre-quency of hearings suggests that apprehensions concerningthe prospect of a conformity hearing are disappearing.

Many of the elements involved in a conformity case can beillustrated best by examining one in detail. The issue describ-ed in the appendix to this chapter is one of the most significant to confront the system. It arose over a proposal foramendment to the South Dakota law which the state agencysubmitted on June 22, 1962, to the DOL regional office inKansas City for comment. The issue was resolved December11, 1964.

The chronology of the South Dakota issue documentssome of the common approaches toward resolution of anissue prior to a hearing, including informal attempts of eachparty to persuade the other, consideration of alternative pro-

15 7

Page 158: DOCUMENT RESUME - ERIC · 2014. 3. 30. · of unremitting controversy, primarily between those anxious to ensure a high level of adequacy of protection and those for whom program

150 Administration of Federal Standards

visions, and adoption of a savings ck'use that appeared to in-vite a deterniinative DOL decision on the basis of an infor-mal hearing.'

The chronology also shows the development of strategy byeach party, including the utilization of interest groups, con-gressmen and other state agencies. None of these efforts wassuccessful in heading off a hearing. Why did resolutidn ofthis issue (and only about a dozen others) require a hearing,while many hundreds of other issues have been resolved in-

______formally,inchiding almost identical issues in other states atother times? Certainly the following factors contributed:_theGovernor's support of the questioned amendment; poten-tially significant savings in benefit costs, and consequentstrong support by business groups; strong' convictions con-cerning federal versus state authority by proponents and op-ponents of the amendment; and the existence of more thanone contentious issue. .

Whatever disadvantage the state incurred because thehearing was conducted in. Washington, by a federal ad-ministrative law judge, on the basis of which the decision asto the state's conformity with federal law is made by the U.S.Secretary of Labor, was eliminated six years after the South,Dakota hearing by amendment of the federal law (PublicLaw 91-373) under which a state may seek judicial review-ofan adverse Secretary's decision.

Page 159: DOCUMENT RESUME - ERIC · 2014. 3. 30. · of unremitting controversy, primarily between those anxious to ensure a high level of adequacy of protection and those for whom program

Administration of Federal Standards 151

Appendix to Chapter 4Chronology. and Anatomy of a Conformity Case

6-22-62 P.J. Maloney, Commissioner and Counsel of theSouth Dakota Employment Security Department, submitteda legislative proposal to the Kansas City Regional Ad-ministrator of DOL's Bureau of Employment Security,' forcomment. The proposed 'amendment would e'ffectively denypayment of unemployment insurance to claimants bylengthening the waiting period from 1 week to 7 to 13 weeks,depending on the amount of the claimant's base-period earn-ings. Only those who. earned $6,000 or more would be sub-ject to the. proposed benefit postponement schedule:

Amount of base-period Number of weeksearnings of benefit delay

$6,000 - 6,999.99 7 s

"7,000 - 7,999.99 98,000 - 8,999.99 11

9,000.- over 13

6-29-62 The Regional Administrator's response advisedMaloney. that the proposed amendment would raise ques-tions of conformity. The amendment injects a considerationof "need" as a condition of eligibility for benefits. Underthe proposal;benefits would not be paid solely with respectto unemployment, as required by federal law.

The regional office mailed a memorandum to Robert C.Goodwin, Administrator, Bureau of Employment Security,attaching copies of the agency's letter and the Regional Ad-ministrator's response.

,7-20-62 Memorandum from William Norwood, National UIOffice, Director, UIS, to the Regional Director advised thatthe National Office concurs with the June 29, 1962 regionaloffice letter to the state and provided further comment in

Page 160: DOCUMENT RESUME - ERIC · 2014. 3. 30. · of unremitting controversy, primarily between those anxious to ensure a high level of adequacy of protection and those for whom program

152 Administration of Federal Standards

support of the position along the followirig lines: The pro-hibition against a needs test as a condition for the paymentof compensation is implicit in the FUTA definition of "com-pensation." Sections 303(a)(5) of the Social Security Act and3304(a)(4) of the FUTA require, as a condition for the cer-tification of state unemployment insurance laws, that suchlaws provide for the use of all 'Moneys withdrawn from thestate unemployment funds solely) in the payment ofunemployment compensation,' with certain excelitions notrelevant to the present problem. "Compensation" as definedin Section 3306(h), FUTA, means"cash benefits payable toindividuals with respect to their unemployment." Thislimitation on the expenditure of moneys withdrawn. fromunemployment , compensation funds, negates, by necessaryimplication, the disbursement of such moneys on a needsbasis.

7-25-62 Letter from Regional Administrator to Maloneytransmitted the National Office comments and reassertedthat the proposed legislation would raise a question of con-formity.

7-31-62 Agency response from J.V. Yaukey, South DakotaChief of Benefits, to Regional Administrator advised thatthe proposed amendment had the support of several largeand influential employers in the state who are trying to solvethe problem of paying benefits in the winter months everyyear to claimants who consistently earn high wages plusovertime about nine months of the year and then drawunemployment benefits for the remaining three months,even though they had already put in 'a full year's quota ofhours worked. The agency requesteda counter-suggestion asto how to solve this problem.

8-3-62 Charles Wilkins, UIS Regional Director in Ci-ty, transmitted agency letter to. UIS, National Office (Nor-wood) with a request for assistance.

Page 161: DOCUMENT RESUME - ERIC · 2014. 3. 30. · of unremitting controversy, primarily between those anxious to ensure a high level of adequacy of protection and those for whom program

Administration of Federal Standards 153

8-24-62 Norwood's response reiterated the position that theproposal to increase the waiting period for claimants whosebase-period earnings exceed $6,000 would introduce the con-cept of "need" as a condition of eligibility and would pre-sent a question of conformity with federal law. Thememorandum advised that although the Bureau was reluc-tant to recommend seasonality provisions because of the dif-ficulty of administering them equitably and effectively, itwas submitting a draft seasonality provisiOn for the agency'sconsideration that would provide a better solution to thestate's problem than the proposed amendment.

9-4-62 Letter from Wilkins transmitted to Maloney the Na-tional Office comments and the suggested seasonality provi-sion.

9-10-62 Letter, Yaukey to Regional Administrator, arguedthat the Bureau is looking at the "needs" test concept toonarrowly. It rejected the seasonality, provision because itwould be "devastating in its effect on low income people"while the additional waiting period proposal- "would prob-ably not affect more than 100 or 150 claimants."

. 9-18-62 Wilkins' letter to Maloney advised that the NationalOffice was preparing comments and attached a copy of anearlier Bureau paper entitled "Entitlement to Unemploy-ment Benefits Based on Consideration Involving Need: Con-formity with Requirements of Federal Law." Thismonograph was lrepared by DOL National Office staff anddistiibutdd at a legislative meeting held in Kansas City in1961.

9-19-62 Wilkins transmitted to Norwood copies of the latestcorrespondence as well as a report of a discussion with stateagency officials indicating the agency's belief that'dependents' allowances added by some states to_weeklybenefits are based- as much on need as the proposed amend-ment, and yet they are not held out of conformity.

1 6i

Page 162: DOCUMENT RESUME - ERIC · 2014. 3. 30. · of unremitting controversy, primarily between those anxious to ensure a high level of adequacy of protection and those for whom program

154 Administration of Federal StandardsP

10-8-62 National Office (Norwood) memorandum to theregional office (Wilkins) referred to the article, "The MeansTest and Dependents' Allowances" in the July 1961 issue ofthe Employment Security Review, a monthly publication ofthe Department of 'Labor, reiterated, the Bureau's positionand explained again why it believes the proposal in questiondOes not meet the requirements of federal law. Theme orandum pointed out that the position taken is consis-tent with prior advice given other states and disagreed thatthe suggested seasonality provision would unjustly denybenefits to low-income workers.

10-24-62 Letter to state agency from regional office discuss-ed desirable legislation for the 1963 legislative session andrecommended against adoption of the increased waitingweek proposal.

11-16-62 Memorandum to Norwood from Wilkins transmit-ted a savings clause that the agency wished to add to the pro-;posed amendment. It provided that the provision would beinoperative if on or before January 2; 1964, the Secretary/OfLabor found it inconsistent with federal law. ,

12-10-62 Wilkins-informed Norwood that the State AdvisoryCouncil approved the proposal on NoVember 28, 1962. Healso forwarded a copy of an agency study indicating that in a

q) nine-month period, about 4 percent of claimants would beaffected and in a 12-month period, there wouklbe a reduc-

.bon of $45,000 in benefits paid. The regional office alsotransmitted copies of a letter to the agency, from, an7attorneyfor the Greater South Dakota Association, an organizationof- businessmen, supporting the proposal. Wilkins advisedthat' the proposal probably would be enacted during the1963legislative session.

12-21-62 National Office telephone call to Wilkins advisedthat suggested language for a savings clause wonla-be mailedwithin a few days. This, followed a December 17, 1963

1 62

Page 163: DOCUMENT RESUME - ERIC · 2014. 3. 30. · of unremitting controversy, primarily between those anxious to ensure a high level of adequacy of protection and those for whom program

Administration of Federal Standards 155

memorandum to the Bureau from the Solicitor's Office sug-gesting revisions in the Bureau's proposed language.

12-16-62 Memorandum from Bureau Director (Goodwinadvised Norwood (Director, UIS), of a call from AssistantDirector of the Social Security Department of the AFL-CIO,Ray Munts, concerning the state proposal and requesting in-formation about the issue.

. 1227-62 National Office (UIS) memorandum to regional Of-fice suggested a savings clause under which the operation ofthe amendment would be made conditional upon theSecretary's finding that the amendment was consistent withfederal requirements..The memorandum advised that if theagency continued to support the savings clause it had pro-posed, at least 'reference to a specific date in the clauseshould be omitted.

1-1-63 Wilkins advised the National Office by phone that theagency had rejected the DOL-suggested savings clause andsupported a clause providing that the proposal wouldbecome effective January 1, 1964, unless, prior to January 2,1964, the Secietary found that the proposal failed to meetfederal law. requirements.

1-4-63 Wilkins transmitted to Norwood the South Dakotalegislative proposal together with other bills that had been in-troduced.

1-28-63 Memorandum from Bureau Director Goodwin toSecretary of Labor Willard, Wirtz informed him "of thebackground and present status of an issue which may even-tually present a question for your determination concerningthe conformity of the South Dakota Employment Security'Law, as it is expected to be amended, with requirements ofthe Internal Revenue Code and the Social Security Act."

2-5-63 National Office memorandum informed Wilkins thatCommerce Clearing House (CCH) reported that the pro-

Page 164: DOCUMENT RESUME - ERIC · 2014. 3. 30. · of unremitting controversy, primarily between those anxious to ensure a high level of adequacy of protection and those for whom program

156 Administration of Federal Standards

posal had been introduced as Senate Bill 89, and that theCCH version of the bill contained erroneous citations, to thefederal provisions.

3-7-63 Wilkins informed Norwood that Senate Bill 89 hadpassed both Houses of the state legislature and that Gover-nor Archie Gubbrud was expected to apprOve it.

3-25-63 Regional office forwarded certification, madeMarch 14, 1963, by the South Dakota Secretary of State,that the attached docuinent was a true, correct and examined'copy of Senate Bill 89, as approved by the Governor, March13, 1963. The bill as enacted included a savings.clause whichprovided that the amendment would become effective onJanuary 15, 1964, unless the United States Secretary ofLabor, prior to January 8, 1964, found that it failed to meetthe requirements of federal law.

4-29-63 Submittal prepared for Secretary of Labor, with theSolicitor's Office participation, included summations ofboth state and Bureau arguments, a chronology of develop-Lmerit, and a proposed letter to the Governor.

6-13-63 Letter from Goodwin to Maloney advised that theBureau's recommendations were being prepared for the'Secretary's consideration and that a copy . of the statementwould be furnished the agency July 1, 1963. The letter re-quested the, agency to furnish a statement of its position byJuly 22 so that an informal hearing could be scheduled dur-ing the week of July 29.

6-26-63 Yaukey letter to Wilkins described the Governor'srecent speech at a state meeting of the American Legion inwhich he used as his principal theme federal encroachmenton states' rights. Almost 10 minutes of the 25-minute talkwas devoted to the conflict over Senate.Bill 89. The letter at-tached an article from a Huron, South Dakota newspaperdescribing the provision and the issue.

Page 165: DOCUMENT RESUME - ERIC · 2014. 3. 30. · of unremitting controversy, primarily between those anxious to ensure a high level of adequacy of protection and those for whom program

\Administration of Federal Standards \ 157

7-1-63 Letter from Goodwin to South Dakota GovernorGubbrud advised that an informal hearing would be schedul-ed during theweek of July 29. The letter enclosed a copy ofthe Bureau recommendation to the Secretary, "for your in-formation."

7-12-63 Letter from Governor Gubbrud to Secretary Wirtztransmitted a brief on the state's position and requested ad-vice on the date of the hearing.

7-26-63 Letter to Secretary of Labor Wirtz from Cliff W.Shrader, President, South Dakota State Federation ofLabor, submitted a brief urging a finding of nonconformity.

7-29-63 Letter to Secretary from U.S. Senator GeorgeMcGovern of South bakota indicated receipt of StateFederation of Labor brief, urged that-it be given full con-sideration, and requested to be informed of the deterrnina-don.

8-1-63 "Informal" hearing in Washington between DOL'sAdministrative Assistant Secretary, Leo R. Werts, as theSecretary's representative and South Dakota agency of-ficials. ,

8-7-63 Goodwin letter to President. Shrader, South DakotaState Federation of Labor, acknowledged receipt of brief.

8-9-63 Letter from Secretary to Senator McGovern indicatedthat all expressions of opinion' would be taken into con-sideration, including the State Federation of Labor's brief.

8-13-63 Letter from Goodwin to Ben H. Radcliffe, Presi-dent, South Dakota Farmers Union, responded to 7-31-63inquiry and advised that Secretary would , consider viewsfrom all interested parties:

9-3-63 Letter to Secretary Wirtz fror Nelson H.Cruikshank, Director, Department of Soci :city, AFL-

\

Page 166: DOCUMENT RESUME - ERIC · 2014. 3. 30. · of unremitting controversy, primarily between those anxious to ensure a high level of adequacy of protection and those for whom program

158 Administration of Federal Standards

CIO, transmitted the AFL-CIO's detailed views on the issue,urging a finding of norcomformity.

9-11-63 Secretary's letter to U.S. Senator Karl R. Mundt ofSouth Dakota responded to the Senator's letter of August29, 1963,' which. questioned the propriety of DOL's con-sideration of the state law's conformity with federal law re-quirements. The Secretar§:s response described the savingsclause which prompted the state agency to request a findingfrom the Secretary.

9-11-63 Letter, Jeremiah D. Murphy to Leo Wells,' submit-ted a brief on behalf of the Greater South Dakota /Associa-tion in support of the position taken by the state. Itter con-tained the assumption that formal hearings on' he onformi-ty issue would be held if Werts found that the provision wasinconsistent with federal law.

9-25-63 Maloney to WertJ transmitted final summary of the/

state's arguments.

10-8-63 Letter, Werts to lrurphy, advised that tthe certifica-tion of the state law for tax credit and admints rative grantswas not at issue since Senate Bill 89 provid d that if theSecretary found that the provision did not me t federal lawrequirements, the provision would become in perative andnot.part of the state law. §lince state law certifi ation was notat issue, there was no proyision in federal law or a hearing,although the state had already been given a fu 1 opportunityto present its views. Accordingly, no further earing wouldbe held.

1-3-64 Letter from Secretary Wirtz to Govern r Gubbrudadvised that "After careful consideration, r hav concludedthat Senate Bill 89 is not consistent with the rev ements ofthe Social Security Act and the Federal Unemplo ment TaxAct." The basis for the! conclusion included gigativehistor4j showing that Congress intended unemploy ent, not

I 6.6

Page 167: DOCUMENT RESUME - ERIC · 2014. 3. 30. · of unremitting controversy, primarily between those anxious to ensure a high level of adequacy of protection and those for whom program

Administration of Federal Standards 159

need or lack of need, be the test of a worker's eligibilityfor benefits; that altho h details such as the length ofwaiting periods were to be left to the states, they must beconsistent with "the fundamental concepts of unemploy-ment insurance and in the context of the cooperative

---Federal-Statesystem." It argued that the state provisionconstituted a needs test and that'other states' provisions forweighted benefit schedules and dependents' allowances weredistinguishable from the South Dakota bill.

1-6-64 A summary of the Secretary's decision was mailed toall UIS Regional Directors.

1 -17 -64 Memorandum from Ralph Altman, Director, UISOffiCe of Program Policies and Legislation, to Norwoodreported on telephone conversations with Wilkins ondevelopments in South Dakota. Wilkins advised Altman thatthe State Attorney General was considering a memorandumopinion that Senate Bill 89 was not inoperative because theSecretary had not provided a hearing to South Dakota.Wilkins had advised Yaukey that the state law had alreadybeen certified for 1963 tax credits but that the next ad-ministrative grant could be affected. The Secretary couldeither proceed to the grants question alone (which then re-quired no hearing) or proceed to the FUTA question whichdid require a hearing.

1-20-64 Memorandum, Wilkins to Miller, Deputy Directorof the UnemplOyment Insurance Service, summarizeddevelopments in the state following issuance of Secretary's1-3-64 decision and identified parties interested in pursuingthe issue and those ready to accept the Secretary's decision.

1 -17 -64 Senator Mundt advised Secretary Wirtz of being informed by Mr. Goodwin that the 8-1-63 meeting betweenLeo Werts and the South-Dakota agency officials was not ahearing of record; but rather a preliminary hearing, and that

Ino finding by the Secretary would be forthcoming before a

Page 168: DOCUMENT RESUME - ERIC · 2014. 3. 30. · of unremitting controversy, primarily between those anxious to ensure a high level of adequacy of protection and those for whom program

160 Administration of Federal Standards\

hearing of record. He questioned why a finding of noncon-formity had been issued without -adherence to the statutoryprovision calling for a formal hearing and why a promisefrom Mr. Goodwin, that,there would be a hearing of recordbefore any final action was taken, had been violated.

1-22-64 Letter from Senator Mundt to. the Secretaryacknowledged receipt of Secretary's January 17 notificationto him of the nonconformity of the South Dakota provisionwith federal law. He reiterated his understanding, from talk-ing with Mr. Goodwin, that the August 1 meeting was onlyinformal.

.1 -28 -64 Memorandum to the Secretary from CharlesDonahue, Solicitor of Labor, concluded (1) that the South-Dakota "savings clause" is not an unconstitutional' delega-tion of legislative power to the Secretary; and (2) that. SouthDakota could not complain Of the lack of notice and hearingprovided for in the FUTA since the state had declared-a clearlegislative intent to establish a streamlined procedure to takeplace prior to and outside the procedures prescribed-in-thefederal statute.

1-28-64 Letter, Goodwin to the Secretary, advised that a bill(Senate Bill 179) pending,,in the state legislature would makeinoperative the provisions of Senate Bill 89 until June 30,1964, and operative thereafter unless the Governor certifiesotherwise:

WHEREAS, in order to' demonstrate the goodfaith of the people of the Sovereign State of SouthDakota, it is hereby declared the policy of thelegislature of the State of South Dakota to makethe provisions of Chapter 125 of the Session Lawsof 1963 inoperative for a limited period of. time inorder to give, the Secretary of Labor an opportunityto follow the applicable federal statutes relating tothe conformity of State acts, thereby preserving

Page 169: DOCUMENT RESUME - ERIC · 2014. 3. 30. · of unremitting controversy, primarily between those anxious to ensure a high level of adequacy of protection and those for whom program

Administration of Federal Standards 161

comity between the Sovereign State of SouthDakota and the United States Government.

1-30-64 Wilkins called and reported to Norwood that theSouth Dakota Attorney General had ruled against theSecretary's decision because a hearing was not held.

2-3-64 Memorandum from Wilkins to Miller forwardedcopies of Senate Bills 179 and 180 (a seasonality provision) aswell as other bills and a news item which described State At-torney General's opinion that Secretary's "finding" was notvalid since no notice was given and no hearing held. Thelegislature was authorized to last 30 legislative days begin-ning 1-7-64. More than 20 days had elapsed.

2-4-64 Altman reported to Norwood that the Regional officeindicated that Senate Bills. 179 and 180 had passed the StateSenate, were reported favorably by the. House Committee,and were expected to pass February 6. Senate Bill 180 wasthe, seasonality provision, which provided that benefitswould be paid a claimant in a calendar quarter only to the ex-tent they could be based on the claimant's employment in thecorresponding quarter of the base period. There would be nobenefits paid to a claimant in the first quarter of 1964, forexample, if the claimant had not worked in the first quarterof 1963. The bill would allegedly adversely affect over 40percent of the claimants. The legislature was expected to ad-journ in a few 'days.

2-13-64 Governor approved Senate Bill 179 providing thatpreviously enacted Senate Bill 89, at issue, would become in-operative throUgh June 30, 1964, but would becomeoperative on and after July 1', 1964,

. . . unless the Governor of the State of SouthDakota on or before December 31, 1964, declaresthe same to be inoperative by certifying suchdeclaration to the Secretary of State and the Com-missioner and Counsel of Employme\lt Security.'

1 65

Page 170: DOCUMENT RESUME - ERIC · 2014. 3. 30. · of unremitting controversy, primarily between those anxious to ensure a high level of adequacy of protection and those for whom program

162 Administration of Federal Standards

[Available record not clear as to the action. at, this time onSenate Bill 180. It appears, on the basis of subsequentevents, that the bill was indeed enacted but never became ef-fective because of labor's successful referendum drive andthe bill's subsequent defeat at the polls, as noted in entry for

11-4-64.]3-10-64 Governor requested Secretary, at his early conve-nience, to afford the state reasonable notice and opportunityto be heard, as provided in federal law.

3-30-64 Memorandum to the Secretary from CharlesDonahue and Robert C. Goodwin advised that althoughconformity proceedings could begin before July 1, 1964 nofinding could be made unless and until Senate Bill 89 shouldbecome operative. Until then the Secretary could not legallyfind that the state has amended' its law so that it no longercontains the provisions required by the FUTA.

3-30-64 Separate letter from Goodwin to Secretary pointedout that Goodwin accepted the judgment of the Solicitor's.Office that a finding could not be made prior to July 1. Heindicated, however, that he was hopeful of at least a hearingbefore then since the Governor clearly is seeking early ac-tion; delay could cause the hearing and decision to occurduring state and national political party conventions and thefinding could become a campaign issue; it will be difficult tohold a hearing after July T and issue a decision prior to Oc-tober 1, which would be necessary in Order for' to becomeeffective December 31, as required by the FUTA:

4-7-64 Memorandum from Wilkins to Miller attached copyof letter dated 4-6-64 from Yaukey to Wilkins which advisedthat the state law permits new laws passed by the statelegislature to be considered by the, voters at the election, pro-vided appropriate petitidns are filed by May 15. Letter in-cluded article from the. Aberdeen Ainerican News whichquoted Cliff Shrader, President of the South' Dakota Federa-

Page 171: DOCUMENT RESUME - ERIC · 2014. 3. 30. · of unremitting controversy, primarily between those anxious to ensure a high level of adequacy of protection and those for whom program

Administration of Federal Standards 163

tion of Labor, as saying that petitions to get Senate Bill 180(seasonality provision) referred in the general election inNovember would be circulated throughout South Dakota.

4-29-64 Letter from the Secretary to the Governor pointedout that under federal law it would be premature to proceedwith the conformity matter prior to July 1. However, as apreliminary step to a hearing, and as required by the FUTA,he notified the Governor that he had reason to believe thatthe state may not be certifiable for taxable year 1964.

5-12-64 Memo from Wilkins to Miller advised that the SouthDakota State Federation of Labor, AFL-CIO, 'succeeded ingetting 19,701 names on petitions although only 12,500minimum were needed. Accordingly, Senate Bill 180 will notgo into effect after June 30, irrespective of any action takenby the Governor on Senate'Bill 179. The fate of Senate Bill180 would be decided by the voters in November.

5-22-64 Internal UIS staff memo indicated it would require aminimum of 650 man-hours to research the following itemsin DOL files: conformity, dependents' allowances, seasonalemployment, waiting period, legislation, rules and regula-tions.

6-9-64 Secretary letters to Governor and Maloney enclosed anotice of hearing for 10:00 a.m,. on July 7, 1964 in the mainlabor building in Washington. Clifford P. Grant, a hearingexaminer, was designated to preside over the hearing.

6-11-64 Letters from Goodviin to' Congressmen Reifel andBerry of South Dakota and Senators Mundt and McGovernadvised them of the notice of hearing.

6-12-64 Letter from Norwood to Maloney° requested infor-mation on the number of covered workers who earned$6,000 or more over a recent 12-month period broken downby major industry groupings.

6-13-64 Notice of hearing published in the Federal Register.

Page 172: DOCUMENT RESUME - ERIC · 2014. 3. 30. · of unremitting controversy, primarily between those anxious to ensure a high level of adequacy of protection and those for whom program

164 AZninistration of Federal Standards

7-6-64 Memorandum from Norwood to Goodwin advisedthat Georgia, Texas and Virginia had indicated their inten-tion to send representatives to appear at the hearing, thatJeremiah Murphy will appear on behalf of the Greater SouthDakota Employers' Association and that there will be aspokesman for the AFL-CIO as well as the South DakotaFederation of Labor.

7-7-64' 14,,morandum, Miller to all Regional Directors,enclosed .summary of the arguments presented at the hear-ing.

The Department argued:

(1) The provision would deny benefits on a basis otherthan claimants' unemployment.(2) The basis for the denial. is an income test, similar tothose used in programs for the needy.(3) Dependents' allowances do not involve a means testsince they do not condition paymeht on base-periodearnings, nor is dependency the basis for qualifying.(4) The average claimant who earned over $6,000 wouldnot have received any benefits for his first spell ofunemployment since the disqualification period (7-13weeks) is longer than the average spell of unemploy-ment.(5) As the claimant's earnings increased from $6,000 to$9,000 or more the disqualification would increase from7 to 13 weeks and wipe out many compensated weeks inlater spells of unemployment.(6) A South Dakota agency study made in June 1964 atDOL's request shows that 81,560 workers would, havemet the qualifying wage requirements of the state law.The new amendment could have adversely affected thebenefit rights of 16,800 or 21 percent of these workerssince their earnings were $6,000 or more.

Page 173: DOCUMENT RESUME - ERIC · 2014. 3. 30. · of unremitting controversy, primarily between those anxious to ensure a high level of adequacy of protection and those for whom program

Administration of Federal Standards .165

South Dakota argued:

(1) Since the Secretary had already issued an adversefinding, they did not really expect the Hearing Examinerto reverse the Secretary's findings.(2) The state has a right to impose a delay period uponclaimants following their separation from employment.States have wide latitude to adopt programs to theirown circumstances.(3) There is no specific federal requirement that benefitsshould be paid as a matter of right and not on e needsbasis.(4) Compliance with federal statutes need be only of ageneral nature, and minor specific points should beresolyed in favor of the states.(5) Many state laws treat groups of claimants differentlywithout raising conformity issues.(6) There is no authority for holding the South DakotaprovisiOn inconsistent on the basis of a requirement notexpressly contained in federal laws but which is merelyderived by "necessary implication" from suchlanguage. An administrator cannot enlarge by inter-pretation the regulatory power spelled out in the statute;(7) The provision in question is not a prohibited meanstest because:

(a) It does not require an examination of a claim-ant's present income or other resources.(b) It applies not more of a means test than doesthe program itself, which is based on the presumedneed of the unemployed as a class.(c) It is no different in principle than dependentS'allowances, or weighted benefit schedules, whichvary benefit amounts according to earnings orpresumed needs of recipients.

At the conclusion of the hearing, the parties of record agreedto file initial briefs within 14 days and reply briefs within 7:

Page 174: DOCUMENT RESUME - ERIC · 2014. 3. 30. · of unremitting controversy, primarily between those anxious to ensure a high level of adequacy of protection and those for whom program

166 Administration of Federal Standards

days thereafter, Other interested parties had a 21-day periodprescribed for filing briefs in the Notice of Hearing.

7- 20 -64.' Brief .of the State of South Dakota argued thatfederal law requires only that money be withdrawn solely inthe payment Of unemployment compensation, and that theSouth Dakota amendment meets this requirement. Themoney is paid only for unemployment, benefits and not foranything else. However, "because the. South Dakota.amend-ment does not square with the concepts of social thinkers inthe Bureau, this 'paraphrased law,' with the aid of a strainedinterpretation of 'compensation,' sprinkled with a goodlyamount of poetic license and academic reasoning, threatensto become a 'compliance club' held over the head of aSovereign State."

A second point was that, 'like other states' provisions, theSouth Dakota amendment recognized "that for certaingroups, presunied needs on the average were different fromthose of other groups and there could be a certain tailoringof the unemployment insurance theory and procedures tomeet those varying presumed needs."

A third point was that the state provision did not deal withindividual need, and that is all that the federal law prohibit's.

7-27-64 Georgia brief's main thrust \was that DOL had nostatutory or judicial authority to interpret federal lawbeyond the specific terms of the Acts and that a "necessaryimplication" can arise only when there can be no otherreasonable interpretation. The administrative interpretationrelating to the South Dakota provision had no basis in theAct.

8-4-64 The Department of Labor's Reply Brief transmittedto Maloney by Solicitor's Office Counsel for Unemployment ,Compensation, Louise Freeman, argued that although SouthDakbta and the other states acknowledged that a means test

Page 175: DOCUMENT RESUME - ERIC · 2014. 3. 30. · of unremitting controversy, primarily between those anxious to ensure a high level of adequacy of protection and those for whom program

Administration of Federal Standards 167

is prohibited by federal law as inconsistent with basicunemployment insurance principles, they nevertheless arguethat as long as money withdraWn from the fund is paid forthe relief of unemployment, there can be no conflict withfederal law. According 'to the Department, if the withdrawalstandard was interpreted as permitting use of fund moneysfor any program in relief of the unemployed, as urged by thestates, it could not then be said tlit the federal law pro-hibited either a means or an income \testeven though theStates had agreed that it did contain such a prohibition.

8-13-64 Stanley Rector, writing in the Advisor (a periodicalpublished by an organization, headed by Rector, that pro-vided UI advice to business) disagreed with DOL and arguedthat the South D4kota decision (and an earlier decision con-cerning a New liampshire provision) would provide thenecessary momentum for a Judicial ReView Bill. "There isnow no semblance of due process in the procedure in whichtheDepartment of Labor is judge, jury; and executioner."

8-24-64 Recommended decision of Hearing Examiner Clif-ford P. Grant held that under. the South Dakota provision,eligibility for benefits would be premised upon not exceedinga specified amount of income. from earnings in the baseperiod, "a condition- of entitlement unrelated to the fact orcause of unemployment and therefore inconsistent with thestated requirements of the Federal law. It is difficult tounderstand, by any stretch of the imagination, how this don-_tributes to the goals of economic stability and the relief ofthe unemployed."

If the language of the Federal law is not in itselfsufficiently plain to preclude the application to theincome-from-earnings test-as a condition of entitle-ment unrelated to the fact or cause of unemploy-ment, one need look only to the intent of Congressand its mandate for 'genuine unemployment com-

Page 176: DOCUMENT RESUME - ERIC · 2014. 3. 30. · of unremitting controversy, primarily between those anxious to ensure a high level of adequacy of protection and those for whom program

168 Administration of Federal Standards

Pensation laws' for the princWthat. unemploy-ment compensation is to be paid as 'a matter ofright 'without any test of means or other Conditionof entitlement not reasonably related to the in-surance program or to the insured risk, involuntaryunemployment:

9-11 4 South Dakota's exception to the,recommended dealsionof the Hearing Examiner argued' that the law con-.

temp ated that the states were to be given wide latitude aslong s-they-di- Icnot examine the poverty or need of 'the individu 1 claimant or violate the few other limitations in thefederal law; that other state provisions deviated from the .

princip e that benefits must be based °solely on unemploy-ment in that they grouped claimants (Great Lakes seamen inOhio, iri erstate claimants in Alaska,- women, students aridclaimants with dependents) for reasons wholly unrelated totheir une loyMent and treat them differently. In each case,the specifi d category is singled out for special treatment:Great Lak s seamen were subject to a special seasonalityprovision,. i Ohio; interstate claimants received loWer---benefits th ri intrastate claimants under Alaska- !law;Claimants wit dependents receive special allowances in somestates; women are the subject of special pregnancy.and leav-ing work disqualifications; and students aresubject tospecial restrictions..

9-4-64 Record qf proceedings certified to Secretary of Laborby Cliffcird Grant.

9-25-64 Secretar\y's letter to Governor of South Dakotaenclosed copy of Secretary's decision in which the'Secietaryconcurred in and adopted the findings and conclusions con-

' tained in the -recOmmended decision of the Hearing Ex-,aminer. This decision

. . finds ,that the South Dakota EmploymentSecurity Law, as amended by Chapter 125 of the

Page 177: DOCUMENT RESUME - ERIC · 2014. 3. 30. · of unremitting controversy, primarily between those anxious to ensure a high level of adequacy of protection and those for whom program

, Administration of Federal Standards 169

Session Laws of 1963, no longer contains the provi-sions specified in Section 3304(a)(4) of the InternalRevenue Code 'of 1954 and Section 303(a)(5) of the

:Social'Security Act. -

10 -2 -64 Unemployment' Insurance Program Letter 787,,distribUted decision to all state Employment Security agen-cies.

11-4-64 Wilkins advised Miller that agency officials planned.'to meet with Governor- during the week of November 16.Also, with one-half the returns counted, the referendum anSenate. Bill 180 was defeated and the seasonality provisionwould not go into effect. South Dakota AFL-CIO haddistributed 20,000 copies of "Questions and Answers onSenate Bill No. 180" throughout the,,state in the ten days totwo weeks preceding the election and had put newspaper adsin the six leading state papers in the October 24, 27 and 31issues.

11-16-64 Wilkins advised Miller that the Governor haddeclared Senate Bill 179 inoperative as of November 16,1964.

12-11-64 Letter from Secretary acknowledged receipt of cer-tified copy of Governor's action and advised that it con-stituted the necessary remedial action so that the finding ofnonconformity would not be a basis for noncertification oftax credit or denial of administrative grants.

NOTES

1. This, of course, is true only of the regular unemploythent insuranceSystem. It does not apply to the two federal unemployment compensa-tion programs for ex-servicepersons (UCX) and federal employe4s,(UCFE). In those cases federal legislation- is implemented not through .`state legislation, but through agreement with the states to act as agentsfor the federal government.

Page 178: DOCUMENT RESUME - ERIC · 2014. 3. 30. · of unremitting controversy, primarily between those anxious to ensure a high level of adequacy of protection and those for whom program

X170 Niministration of Federal Standards

2. Whpre the weekly benefit amount is computkd as a fraction of highquarter earnings and base-period wages must equal multiple of theweekly benefit amount, an increase in the maximum benefit amountcould result in some individuals with substantial high quarter earningsfailing to meet the base-period requirementsunless the state has a"stepdown" provision.',For discussion of other benefit formula inter-relationships, see U.S./Department of Labor, Bureau of EMploymentSecurity, Unemployment Insurance Legislative Policy, Recommenda-tions for State Legislation 1962, BES No. U-212A, October 1962, pp.

4450, particti:.irly.3. Ibid., pp. 50-51.

4. Ibid.5. See, for example, discussion of the "Knowland Amendment" inWilliam Haber and Merrill G. -Murray, Unemployment Insurance- in, theAmerican Economy (Homewood, IL: Richard D. Irwin, Inc.., 1966), p.

450.

6. See discussion of New Hampshire case (1980) under Coverage Issues

in chapter 5.7. This clitonology was compiled from an examination of cor-respondence in the Department of Labor's South Dakota conformityfiles, Washington, DC.

4.

Page 179: DOCUMENT RESUME - ERIC · 2014. 3. 30. · of unremitting controversy, primarily between those anxious to ensure a high level of adequacy of protection and those for whom program

. ,Major Fteiceat..6i..".,:,; Conformity.and Coin Cases

This nation's system of unemployirnent insurance wouldsimply not survive-without continuing cooperation betweenthe fedora' and state pareners. Mutual respect, under itand-ing, and appreciation for ,,"ach other' a responsibilities are keyfactors in keeping the .cstenl. going, But the day-to-daydemonstrations of thesr! lualitizIs are buried and taken forgranted. Rather, it is t occasional .conflict that producesthe 'drama, attention, au.4:; sometimes significant change inthe program's directiix.

The foregoing chaptas identified two categories of con-flicts. First arc those that arc almost constantly erupting andare not subjeti to permanent or complete resolution. Theyare the inevitable result of the division of responsibilities be-,tween two levels of government. They would not exist undereither a wholly federal or a wholly state program, but theyare more than offset by the advantages of the hybrid system.The other category includes conflicts over the meaning offederal lawactually over ttie m aning of unemployment in-surance. These conflicts are usually resolved throughnegotiation and the inform 1 means described in c apter 4.

The issues not so settle0. tire decided in either of t o ways.Increasingly, issues are resolved by federal imp sition ofprogram standards. As ch pter 3 pointed out, this approch.

Page 180: DOCUMENT RESUME - ERIC · 2014. 3. 30. · of unremitting controversy, primarily between those anxious to ensure a high level of adequacy of protection and those for whom program

172,1

Conformity and Court Casesi

iis Often incompatible with a program grounded on in-tergovernmental 'cooperation Feder41 prograin standards

i \have flat only produced resentment and disruption, but inmost cases their adoption has been either unnecessary orundesirable. I

The other way issues have been resolved is through confor-,

i mity hearings and litigation. This iS not to say that conformi-ty he4rings are alternative means of settling the same issues.Federal, standards create new while conformity prO-ceedings merely/ test interpretations of existing law. Still,. i

both are means Of settling issues and coping with problems.1 ' \ .oStandards' adopted in recent years have provoked-resent-

,ment, I undermined confidence in federal judgment,generated administrative problems and, most important,weakened the balance of power, the key to the program's i

success: In contrast, conformity hearings have proved to be asuccessful means of renewing the program. They too are ac-companied by the heat of conflict. Disputes have been Iserious highly controvelsial and often volatile struggles overi

r 1

basic principles. But by providing an i, ma for full expres-sion of opposing views, the co formity process reveals,.weakn9sses to be corrected. It p ovokes continual reex,aminatron of original principles, a d it satisfies the need ofthe states for their "day in court"' and a fair hearing andf

.deterrrimation of their grievance. '

1

Every past major federal-state conflict over the meaningof federal law which went to forma hearing is described inilthis chapter. Aside from the 1963- 964 South Dakota case

I

first discussed and described in chapter/ 4 to illustrate- the\ proceSs1 these conflicts are grouped tdr : convenience into

four subject categories by the nattr:S of the issues involved:1 adnkinistrative; coverage; experience ring and benefit1 charging; and labor standards. The final section in, thiS

chapter deals with fair hearing and prompthesS issues which,\ i

Page 181: DOCUMENT RESUME - ERIC · 2014. 3. 30. · of unremitting controversy, primarily between those anxious to ensure a high level of adequacy of protection and those for whom program

Conformity and Court Cases . 173

were not raised in conformity actions by the federal govern-- ment. They were instead brought by claimants against statesand pursued through the courts. Their actions have pro-foundly affected the federal-state system.

South Dakota (1963-64). Issues

The South Dakota case was the most important ()fall con-fOrmity cases so far and one of the few that involved morethan a single issue. There were four. The most prominentwas whether the state's variable waiting period keyed to thelevel of base-period wage earnings constituted a prohibitedincome test. The problem with the state provision was that,among otherwise equally eligible claimants, payment ordenial would be conditioned on a factor (variation in base-period earnings) bearing absolutely no relationship to.unemployment. This violated one .of the most significant inc.terpretations of two federal provisions: that moneywithdrawn from the fund may be used only for unemploy-ment compensation, and that "compensation" meansbenefits payable to individuals with respect to theirunemployment. The decision was that the federal law provi-sions preclude not only a clear-cut needs test as a conditionfor benefits, but also an income test of the type enacted, bySouth Dakota.

The second issue concerned the extent of federal authorityto interpret federal laws. The state had argued that only re-qui ements expressly contained in the statutes were binding,an DOL had no statutory or judici 1 authority/to interpretb and the specific terms of the Act . DOL could only drawn cessary implications, and these a Ise only when there canbe no other reasonable interpretation. A decision in favor ofthe state on this issue would have resulted in a substantialrealignment' of federal-state authority. Many conformityissues, particularly experience rating issues, are provoked by

18

Page 182: DOCUMENT RESUME - ERIC · 2014. 3. 30. · of unremitting controversy, primarily between those anxious to ensure a high level of adequacy of protection and those for whom program

174 Conformity and Court Cases

interpretations considerably more fragile than DOL's con-struction of the federal requirement that money withdrawnfrom the fund must be used only for unemployment compen-sation. The issue was not really joined at the hearing exceptthat once the state had acknowledged, as it did, that an in-dividual needs test was inconsistent with federal law, DOLpointed out that since the law did not contain an explicit tiro-hibition, the state's conclusion,. with which it agreed, couldbe reached only by reasonable interpretation.

The third issue was also raised in two subsequent confor-mity cases. The states involved contended that federal lawdid not contemplate application of the awesome sanctions(total loss of federal tax credit and administrative'grants) forminor violations. It was wholly unreasonable, they argued;forfor a provision affecting a relatively small handful ofclaimants to incur a penalty threatening the continued ex-istence of the state's program. It was enough for a state toconform substantially with the federal requirements.

However, the language of the law is in absolute terms. Itrequires; as a condition for tax credit and administrativegrants, that the state law "shall provide," with no allowancefor deviation. Acceptance of the state argument would, inaddition, invite endless debate over the meaning of"substantial" in individual cases, and it is for this reasonthat DOL has consistently rejected the de minimus. argu-ment. The South Dakota hearing was no exception.

Th last issue concerned the fairness of the proceeding.The sates bad argued that they were disadvantaged by a pro-cess nder hich only the Department of Labor challengesand 'udges t ,e conformity of the state law, and because thehear ng is e d in Washington, before an administrativeliwjudge appoi ted by the Secretary of Labor, with the issuefinally dete mined by the same Secretary of Labor. TheDepartment did not answer these allegations at the hearing,

Page 183: DOCUMENT RESUME - ERIC · 2014. 3. 30. · of unremitting controversy, primarily between those anxious to ensure a high level of adequacy of protection and those for whom program

,Illormity and Court Cases 175

but it did not object t: ,,vision, included in the 1970amendments (P.L. 91-.) _,, establishing a state's right' tojudicial review of an adverse Secretary's decision.

Administrative Issues

The first two issues in this category concerned violation ofan explicit federal provision (payment only through publicemployment offices or.such other agencies as the Board mayapprove), and interpretation of the requirement that ad-ministrative grants may be used only for purposes found by.the Secretary to be necessary for proper and efficient ad-ministration. The third concerned interpretation of the"methods of administration" requirement and the Provisionrestricting the use of money withdrawn from the fund tounemployment compensation purposes. This case, suspend-ed indefinitely, demonstrated that there are limits to intcr-pretation, even of the, most ambiguous (methods of ad-ministration) federal requirements.

South Dakota (1939)

In early 1939, the state legislature adjourned without ap-propriating any funds to match (as was then required by theWagner-Peyser Act) federal grants for the employment ser-vices. The state proposed to pay UI benefits .through thestate welfare offices instead of employment offices. Provi-sions of the FUTA and the Social Security Act require statelaws to provide payment of benefits only through publicelmployment offices -or such other agencies as the Social'Security Board (now Secretary of Labor) may approve.' TheBoard had not approved welfare offices for this purpose andtherefore federal UI administrative grants were withheld.Subsequently, the state provided the necessary money tndpublic employment offices were reopened in Septemberwhen grants were resumed. By the time of year-end certifica-

Page 184: DOCUMENT RESUME - ERIC · 2014. 3. 30. · of unremitting controversy, primarily between those anxious to ensure a high level of adequacy of protection and those for whom program

176 Conformity and Court Cases

tion for the federal tax credit, the state program was in con-formity.

Arizona (1941)

In January 1941, the Arizona Unemployment Compensa-tion Commission abolished the position of Executive Direc-tor, which was included in the state's merit system, anddischarged its incumbent. On June 2,. 1941, the stateSupreme Court held that the incumbent had been illegallyreleased by the Commission and ordered him reinstated withback pay. He was reinstated June 5, 1941-and-held his posi-tion until June 15, 1941, when an amendment to the state UIlaw designating the Director of the state Employment Serviceas Executive Director of the entire agency became effective,thus legally removing the previous director.

The issue was whether administrative grants could be usedto pay the salary of the former Executive Director during theperiod he rendered no service to the agency.2 The SocialSecurity Board concluded that the Commission had notacted in good faith and, thuefore salary payments couldnot be considered neciez;2, for .'t per and efficient ad-ministration.

New Hampshire (1964)

The ;,,,,sue in this case concerned a state practice in which,on %vest by the attorney who represented a claimant in aurcessi-,(x court appeal on the claimant's right to benefits,

tile agenc sent the claimant's benefit checks to the attorney.The ageny considered this tantamount to delivery I to theclaimant. The question was whether the state law, as so inter--preted by the agency, violated provisions of the FUTA andSocial Security Act' which require that all m ney withdrawnfrom the state'f, unemployment fund may b used only forpayment of uneEf4'.,loyment compensation. Another question.

i

Page 185: DOCUMENT RESUME - ERIC · 2014. 3. 30. · of unremitting controversy, primarily between those anxious to ensure a high level of adequacy of protection and those for whom program

Conformtiy and>Court Cases 177

was whether the practice violated the Social Security Act re-quirement' that the state law provide methods of administra-tion reasonably calculated to ensure full payment of benefitswhen due.

At a conformity hearing held by DOL in May 1964, sixother states appeared or filed briefs indicating that they toomailed checks to persons other than the beneficiary undercertain circumstances. In July 1964, the Secretary of Labordismissed the proceedings and directed the Department'sBureau of Employment Security to review various state prac-tices and recommend an appropriate standard. No standardwas ever issued because of the failure of the Bureau and theOffice of the Solicitor to agree on its content, and the prac-tice continues.

Coverage Issues

State law coverage of certain employing units was made amatter of conformity for the first time in 1970 by theemployment security amendments enacted that year (P.L.91-373). All coverage prior to that time, and some coveragesince, was effected by making specified services subject tothe federal tax. States invariably extended coverage to thesame services in order to permit the newly covered employersto enjoy the credit agaiv st the federal tax, to ensure that thebulk of the employers' wiemployment insurance taxes wouldbe paid to the state, an to extend the protection of the pro-gram to those performihe the newly covered services. A statethat did not provide coverage at least as extensive as underthe federal law would forfeit these adyantages with respect tothe specific employers and workers, but such failure wouldnot present an issue of conformity with federal law. The1970 amendments, however, required, as a condition for taxcredit for all a J tate's employers, that state law cover certainnonprofit org nizations and state hospitals and institutions I

Page 186: DOCUMENT RESUME - ERIC · 2014. 3. 30. · of unremitting controversy, primarily between those anxious to ensure a high level of adequacy of protection and those for whom program

178 Conformity and Court Cases

of higher education. This approach was taken because theseemployers were not subject to the federal. UI tax andtherefore were not affected by loss of tax offset for failure tocover them. Required coverage was similarly extended by the1976 amendments to most services performed by employeesfor state and local governments. All the coverage issues. todate arise under either the 1970 or 1976 amendments.

New York (1974)

The 1970 amendments added a provision in the FUTA5 torequire state coverage of employment by nonprofit organiza-tions and state hospitals and institutions of higher education.The FUTA was also amended to prohibit the Secretary ofLabor from certifying any state he finds,

. . . after reasonable notice and opportunity forhearing . . . has failed to amend its law so that itcontains each of the provisions required by reasonof the enactment of the Employment SecurityAmendments of 1970 to be included therein, orhas . . failed to comply substantially with anysuch provision.'

The State of New York, in amending its law to effect thenecessary coverage, deliberately retained the following exclu-sions from the definition of "employment":

(1) golf caddie?;/

(2) students in elementary or secondary schools whwork part-time during the school year or regul rvacation periods;

(3) minors engaged in casual labor consisting of -yardwork and household chores not involving the use ofpower driven machinery;

(4) all employment performed by persons under 14 yearsof age.

Page 187: DOCUMENT RESUME - ERIC · 2014. 3. 30. · of unremitting controversy, primarily between those anxious to ensure a high level of adequacy of protection and those for whom program

Conformity and Court Cases 179

However, there were no comparable exclusions in the federallaw definition of "employment" contained in the FUTA.'Nor were the services among those specified in the FUTAthat a state was permitted to exclude from the otherwise re-quired coverage.' The New York law was challenged and ahearing was held on August 7, 1974. The AdministrativeLaw Judge issued a Recornmended. Decision on November11,. 1974, and the Secretary of Labor issued his decision onJune 6, 1975 holding the law out of conformity.

New York offered two arguments. First, it pointed outthat the exclusions from the state's definition of "employ-ment" apply equally to profit, nonprofit, and state institu-tions. It then arguedtharthe 1970, provision added to theFUTA requiredlDnly that coverage for service performed foinonprofit organizations, state hospitals and state institutionsof higher education be co-extensive with the coverage thestate requires for /service performed for all other employers.Thisconclusion) was based on the following "equal treat-i-ient" requirement of the FUTA provision that state lawsprovide that:

. . . compensation is payable on thebasis of serviceto which Section 3309(a)(1) applies [nonprofits andState hospitals and institutions of high education]in the same amount, on the same terms, and subjectto the same conditions as compensation payable onthe basis of other service 'subject to such law. . . .9

Since profit makin g enterprises, the state's nstitutions, andnonprofit organizations were all subject to e New York ex-clusions, the state argued that such even-handednesssatisfied the "equal treatment" requirement and, according-ly, the coverage requirement. In other words, New York in-terpreted the feder41 law as permitting certain services per-formed. for nonprofits and state institutions to be: exempt

Page 188: DOCUMENT RESUME - ERIC · 2014. 3. 30. · of unremitting controversy, primarily between those anxious to ensure a high level of adequacy of protection and those for whom program

180 Conformity and Court Cases

from coverage, if the same services are also excluded Whenperformed for profit making employers.

The argument was rejected on the grounds that the!`equaitreatment" requirement merely describes the niahner inwhich benefits are to be administratively dispensed. Accord-ing to the Secretary's decision,

It does not follow that a provision.whieh deals Withterms and conditions of compensation can be citedas justification for eliminating categories ofcoverage. . .

On the contrary,

The whole thrust of Congressional intent was theextension of coverage, and the limitation of exceP-tions to the new coverage. . . . The only exceptionsto coverage which may properly be applied, .arid theonly persons (or categories of persons) who /hayproperly be excluded from coverage, are thosewhich ere set forth in the Federal statute.°To allowotherwise is to fly in the face of the 1970 Anied-ments. Congress can hardly be deemed `to haveengaged in a self-defeating exercise by, on the onehand, providing for the extension of coverage. Old,on the other hand, allowing the States to carve outexceptions to the new coverage as the States seefit."

New York's second argument concerned the nature of theexclusions in question. The state argued that since fe ornone of the excluded individuals work for nonProfitorganizations or state hospitals or institutions of highereducation, the whole affair wl s tie minims's. Substantialcompliance of its, legislation wit the 1970 Ainenchtents wasreally all that is required. Min r, 'deviations should be per-missible. This argument also w s rejected:

Page 189: DOCUMENT RESUME - ERIC · 2014. 3. 30. · of unremitting controversy, primarily between those anxious to ensure a high level of adequacy of protection and those for whom program

Conformity and Court Cases 181

Statutorily, there is no provision allowing mere`substantial compliance' of the State law withFUTA requirements placed upon the law, itself.Substantive compliance is relevant only to theoperation of the State under its law. Nor is`substantial compliance' in the operation of its lawsome sort of substitute for conformity of the Statelaw with the Federal statutory mandate. If the Statelaw has not been amended to contain each of theprovisions required by reason of the 1970 Amend-ments, it cannot, by terms of 26 U.S.C. 3304(c), becertified by the Secretary."

The issue was important, particularly in light of the latersubstantive extensions of required coverage under the 1976Amendments. If New York had prevailed on the basis of itsfirst argument, there would have been doubt as to the extentof DOL's authority. to require coverage of any category ofstate, local or nonprofit occupation, if the state excludedcorresponding occupations in the private-for-profit-sector. Ifthe de minimus argument had prevailed, DOL would have'faced the difficult task of establishing reliable criteria fordetermining when a violation was too minor to pursue.

Pennsylvania (1979)

A conformity hearing was held with Pennsylvania August21, 1979 on three separate issues. One is discussed below as

. an experience rating issue. The remaining two issues involvedprovisions of the 1976 Amendments extending coverage toschool employees. Under these amendincutz_ the federal lawprdhibits states from 1paying benefiits, based oniservices per-for d in an instruction 1, rec r p incipal adr1

trative capacity for a educate astit don duringthe eriod between school t rms if the individu I performedsuc services during the fir st term and had reasonableassurance of performing similar services during the suc-

Page 190: DOCUMENT RESUME - ERIC · 2014. 3. 30. · of unremitting controversy, primarily between those anxious to ensure a high level of adequacy of protection and those for whom program

182 Conforinity and Court Cases

ceeding term:" States had the option of applying the samebetween-terms denial provisions to nonprofessional primaryand secondary school employees. Aside frotn this exception,federal law required states to provide governmental and non-profit employees the same treatment as applied to othercovered workers.

Pennsylvania had adopted the option of applying thebetween-terms denial provisions to nonprofessionalemployees, but it included a unique provision. An in .dividual, denied benefits during the summer. school breakbecause of a reasonable assurance of reemployment thefollowing term, could collect benefits for the summer periodretroactively,

. . . if upon presenting himself for work at the endof,' such period between academic years or terms,'the individual is not permitted to resume work ofthe same capacity, or resumes it for less than twen-ty working days. .14

Pennsylvania argued that its law could be denied certifica-tion only if it plainly conflicts with the FUTA. Also, it ques-tioned DOL's authority to impose on a state 'its interpreta-tion of the FUTA as a matter of conformity. The Secretdryof Labor rejected both contentions and ruled on October 31,1979 in support of the Administrative Law Judge's conclu-sion that the retroactive' provision conflicted with the FUTA.The basis for that conclusion was that federal law prohibitedpayment between- terms to an individual who had bona fidereasonable assurance of returning to work, regardless ofwhether the job actually materialized. The provision alsoviolate the "equal treatment" requirement since no othercatego of workers was offered the opportunity for retroac-tive be efits. Finally, the Department /pointed out that inenactin the 1976 Amendments providing for the coverage ofprima and; secondary school '.employ6es and_ the benefit

Page 191: DOCUMENT RESUME - ERIC · 2014. 3. 30. · of unremitting controversy, primarily between those anxious to ensure a high level of adequacy of protection and those for whom program

Conformity and Court Cases 183

restrictions, Congress rejected an amendment providing aretroactive benefit provision similar to Pennsylvania's.

The second issue. also involved the bet% terms denialprovisions, which apply to persons performing specified ser-vices "for an educational institution" or persons performingsuch services, "in an educational institution while in theemploy of an educatiOnal service agency.' Educational ser-vice agencies are defined as "a governmental agency orgovernmental entity which-is established and operated' ex-clus:ively'for the purposeof providing such services to one ormore educational institutions. . . ." Pennsylvania inter-preted its laW to apply the between-terms denial to schoolcrossing guards and others who are not employed directly byeither an educational institution or an educational serviceagency, but who perform services for- schools and .whoseemployment is tied to the academic calendar. The Depart-ment argued that the phrase "for an educational institution"was intended to mean only individfials actually employed bya school, or an educatiOnal-servialagency, not school cross-ing guards if employed by the pOlice department or otheragency. It pointed out that the Congress evidently sharedthat view because, prior to, did Specific ainendment,'6 rnseven employees of educational service agencies .were con-sidered within the scope of the between-terms denial. If thephrase "for an educational institution" hail been intended toapply to-individuals other than ac$ual school employees, thelater -amendment would not have been necessary. Thebetween-terms denial was intended.to be a limited exceptionto the equal treatment requirement: The Department arguedthat in extending_the_denial to nonemployees of schools (oreducational service agencies), Pennsylvania Violated theequal treatment requirement.

Pennsylvania argued that the bcitween-terrns denial provi-sion as it applies to nonemployees of schools should bedisregarded, since under another section of the Pennsylvania

Page 192: DOCUMENT RESUME - ERIC · 2014. 3. 30. · of unremitting controversy, primarily between those anxious to ensure a high level of adequacy of protection and those for whom program

184 Conformity and Court Cases

law municipal employees such as school crossing guards aredenied benefits anyway, as not available for duitable work.The Administrative Law Judge rejected this argument andheld that what the state's availability requirement provideswas irrelevant and that the Pennsylvania between-terms pro-vision, as interpreted by the agency, was inconsistent withfederal law. The Secretary adopted-this position.

New Hampshire (1980)

In 1978, the New Hampshire legislature p+seci-legislation-:---intended to meet the coverage and the requirements of P.L.94-566, the 1976 amendment. The bill was 'vetoed by Gover-nor Meldrim ThNrison. The Governor and the state agencyargued that the federal law requirements represented an im-proper intrusionlu on the state's sovereignty and were thusunconstitutional?

Is'there not *Abe some time, some place, some onewho will say that the sovereign,, rights reserved tothis state by our Founding Fathers are an integralprt of our constittitional fabric and cannot be rip -ped asunder by a .power-crazed Federal Govern-.ment." ,

On October :30, 1978, -after a. conformity hearing, theSecretary of Labor found that the New HampShire law failedto ConforM to FUTA requirements for certification. The ac-tual withdrawal of certificatiOn was held in abeyance pend-ing :outcome-of the state's appeal to the courts. Of the'following siX, issues, the, most important involves the state'sfailure 'to extend coverage to the extent required by theFUTA as a; condition for certificatiOn.

(1) The state law exaludeil__SerAfice performed for politicalsubdivisions from Coverage*as well as service performedfor the stateby individuals not on the state classified ser-

,

, 41

Page 193: DOCUMENT RESUME - ERIC · 2014. 3. 30. · of unremitting controversy, primarily between those anxious to ensure a high level of adequacy of protection and those for whom program

Conformity and Court Cases 185

vice and not employees of state hospitals and institutionsof higher education.

(2) The state also excluded employees ' of nonprofitelementary and secondary schools.

(3) No provision was included permitting governmentalentities to elect either the tax or reimbursement method offinancing benefit costs.

(4) The state's language concerning the denial of benefitsto uncertified aliens differed considerably from the FUTArequirement.

(5) Similarly, the state's language concerning denial, ofbenefits during the off-season to professional athletes alsodiffered from the corresponding FUTA requirement.

(6) The state's between-terms denial provisions applied tononprofessional employees of colleges and universities, in-consistently with the FUTA.

. At the conformity hearing held in September 1978, theNew Hampshire agency contended that the federal statute isnot phrased in absolute terms and that substantive com-pliance with federal law is sufficient to avoid withholding ofcertification. The agency argued also that because of NewHampshire's unique base period and benefit year," nobenefits based on 1978 wages would be payable before-April1, 1979, so the hearing was premature. The Secretary re-jeCted both contentions on the grounds that the FUTA pro-hibits certification under either of two conditions: either thestate law fails to contain certain required provisions, thestate has failed to comply substantially with any such pr i-sion during\ the 12-month period." The first condittquiresAtrict \ conformity between the state law and thFUTA. Substantive compliance assumes the existence ofconforming state law provisions and is aimed at their ad-ministration. All the issues involved the conformity of the

193

Page 194: DOCUMENT RESUME - ERIC · 2014. 3. 30. · of unremitting controversy, primarily between those anxious to ensure a high level of adequacy of protection and those for whom program

186 Conformity and Court Cases

state law, not the manner of its administration. Accordingly,___the_concept of substantial compliance was not at issue, and

the fact that, no New Hampshire claimant may yet have beendeprived of benefits was immaterial. The state also raisedconstitutional issues concerning the FUTA requirement forstate coverage of services performed for the state and itspolitical subdivisions. Neither the Administrative Law Judgenor the Secretary ruled on the constitutionality of the fedtalstatute.

. -

The Secretary's 1978 decision was appealed by NewHampshire to the United States Court of Appeals for theFirst Circuit, which stayed the Secretary's decision pending 'outcome of the appeal.

While the 1978 case was pending before the Court of Appeals, newly elected Governor Hugh Gallen who took officein January 1979 requested later that year that the Courtpostpone issuing a decision pending a possible settlement ofthe case. The Court agreed. Efforts were made to develop acompromise under which the state would by statute, regula-tions, and Attorney General opinion, effect conformity withthe' federal requirements, both prospe 'vely and retrospec-tively. However, the Commissioner th State Departmentof Employment Security (DES), ich had autonomousstatus independent of the Governor, and his counsel refusedeither to sign a consent decree to which the Departments ofLabor and Justice and the State Attorney General hadagreed or to take the administrative actions DOL believednecessary to correct the damage done by the failure of thestate to. conform. On February 20, 1980, the U.S. Court ofAppeals for the First Circuit decided in favor of DOL on allissues."

The state filed a further appeal in May 1980 to the U.S.Supreme Court. The Court, treating the appeal as a petitionfor certiorari, denied further review on October 6, 1980. On

Page 195: DOCUMENT RESUME - ERIC · 2014. 3. 30. · of unremitting controversy, primarily between those anxious to ensure a high level of adequacy of protection and those for whom program

Conformity and Court Cases 187

October 28, 1980, Secretary Marshall advised GovernorGallen that,

I believe at this point that there is no alternativeunder the laW other than to withhold the certifica-tions which would result in the loss by New Hamp-shire, employers of the credits taken tentatively bythem for. taxable year 1978 under Section 3302 ofthe Code, and to recoup the administrative grantsprovided for that year. -If you have any informationthat may be pertinent to the decision I feel I mustmake, please let me know 'as soon as possible.

A response dated the following day from Governor Gallenrequested that the Secretary meet with the Governor and theState Attorney General before actually decertifying the stateand sending notification of that action to the TreasuryDenartment. The Governor pointed out that although his ad-ministration, the Attorney General, the state legislature andthe business community believed the state should have con-formed to the federal law, this was prevented by GovernorThomson's 1978 veto and the DES Commissioner's steadfastrefusal to settle the lawsuit. The Governor explained thatsince the U.S. Supreme Court, decision, he had issued anExecutive Order transferring all of the agency's attorneys tothe Office of the Attorney General and that he believed thathe now had adequate authority to bring the state into confor-mity.

On December 18, 1980, Governor Gallen wrote to theSecretary advising him of his understanding, from theJustice Department's Tax Division and from a Congres-sional Research Service legal- memorandum, that theSecretary has authority under the law to certify New Hamp-shire retroactively , for 1978 and to decline to impose anysanctions. The Governor argued that the disastrous conse-quences to the New Hampshire community of imposing the

195

Page 196: DOCUMENT RESUME - ERIC · 2014. 3. 30. · of unremitting controversy, primarily between those anxious to ensure a high level of adequacy of protection and those for whom program

188 Conformity and Court Cases

sanctions far outweighed the effect they would have of deter-ring other states from availing themselves of judicial review.

The sanction's themselves are not graded in any wayto take into account the intent or the actions: of theState that suffers them. Beyond that, as you know, ,they are imposed on members of the privatebusiness community who are not parties to con-troversies such as this, whose decisions could nothave affected the outcome, and -who are innocent'of any wrongdoing. In this case we have lost atevery stage of the .administrative and judicial pro-ceedings, .we have taken steps to cohfOrm our lawin every material respect for 1978, and have stoodwilling for weeks now to do anything else whichmay be required to meet both in law and in factyour standard nformity. I do not see how ourexperience could' onceivably encourage any otherjurisdiction to take the, same course. Under thesecircumstances your interest in deterrence has beenmore than adequately served.

On January 19, 1981, Secretary Marshall advised GovernorGallen of his decision to certify the State of New Hampshirefor the 12-month period ending October 31, 1978, condition-ed upon the state's compliance with an agreenient signed thesame day by both parties. First, the state (whose law was cer-tified for 1980 after including necessary rules, regulationsand Attorney General's opinions) was to apply the conform-ing. provisions retroactively to January 1, 1978, to ac-complish substantial compliance with respect to the six issues.in queition. The state was required also to make certainreports concerning its compliance action. In addition,' thestate was -to repay in six installments to the Department .ofLabor $3.3 million representing the grant to the .state for ad-ministration of its unemployment insurance program in1978. If, however, the Secretary determined that the state

Page 197: DOCUMENT RESUME - ERIC · 2014. 3. 30. · of unremitting controversy, primarily between those anxious to ensure a high level of adequacy of protection and those for whom program

Conformity and Court Cases 189

had taken all required action on or before October 31, 1981,he would reduce the amount due to $500,000 payable on orbefore December 31, 1981. It is not clear how this figure wasdetermined. It may represent one of the six installments.When the amount due DOL had been paid, the state's cer-tification would become final. If the state legislature failedto appropriate the money for the payment due, the certifica-tion for 1979 would be withheld.

There were also conformity issues raised formally withrespect to the state's 1979 law. New Hampshire amended itsunemployment compensation law in June 1979 to meet thefederal requirements of the 1976 amendments. It did--sOreluctantly: "WherefOr, the, legislature having no alternativebut to accede to this federal intrusion of its Date sovereign-ty, acting under duress and for no other reason enacts thisChapter."2' However, DOL advised the state that theamendments did not resolve all the issues and initiated a newconformity proceeding to determine certification of the statefor the 12 months ending October 31, 1979. A hearing washeld on September 6 and 7, 1979. On October 15, 1979, theAdministrative Law Judge issued a recommended decisionfinding the state law not in conformity or substantial com-pliance with respect to .seven issues. These were notsignificantly different from the 1978 issues. This decisionwas adopted by Secretary Marshall October 31, 1979.

This 1979 decision,. which the state had appealed to theU.S. Court.of Appeals for the. First Circuit but which washeld in abeyance pending possible settlement by the parties,was settled in early January 1981, ,by a consent judgment,

-subject to approval by the Court. That settlement includedretroactive application of the conforming provisions toJanuary 1, 1978, as described above. The state was directedto redetermine the claims of all individuals denied benefitsunder nonconforming law;' including not only claimantsdetermined ineligible under prior law but also all individuals

1

Page 198: DOCUMENT RESUME - ERIC · 2014. 3. 30. · of unremitting controversy, primarily between those anxious to ensure a high level of adequacy of protection and those for whom program

190 Conformity and Court Cases

who. would have been eligible except for such law. The Courtentered the consent judgment January 26, 1981. On April 6,1981, Secretary of Labor Donovan certified the' tate of NewHampshire for the 12-month period ending October 31,1979.

The importance of the New Hampshire case lies more in itsimplications fOr the conformity and judicial review processesthan in the nature of the specific issues. These conformityand judicial review issues are discussed below in connectionWith the County of Los Angeles case. The questions the' NewHampshire case raise include whether a stay of a Secretary'sdecision pending judicial review is equitable to those affectedadversely by the state provision in question; whether fear ofthe consequences of a negative decision by the Courts (andconsequent imposition of sanctions) will deter states fromseeking judicial review; whether the sanction imposed onNeW Hampsire ($500,000 instead of the possible $35-$45million lois the state would have incurred if the tax creditand-adthinistrative grants for 1978 had been .denied) will en-courage more states to try the conformity route rather thanattempt settlement through negotiation; whether theavailability of a "lesser sanction" will incline DOL to movetoward'hearings more quickly and on lore issues thanbefore instead of pressing for settlement, thiaugh negotia-tion. It does not seem appropriate to speculate here on theseissues, but it is pertinent to point out that the New Hamp-shire case could change significantly the way conformityissues are handled and,' consequently, the climate of futurefederal-state relations.

Constitutionality Challenge:-,The Countyof Los Angeles Case (1980)

After the 1976' federal employment security amendmentswere enacted, but before state implementation was required,the Executive Committee of the National Institute of

Page 199: DOCUMENT RESUME - ERIC · 2014. 3. 30. · of unremitting controversy, primarily between those anxious to ensure a high level of adequacy of protection and those for whom program

Conformity and. Court Cases 191

Municipal Law Officers (NIMLO) sent a memorandum.(March 22, 1977) to its member attorneys, in which it pro-posed a lawsuit attacking the constitutionality of the newcoverage requirements that applied to employment by stateand local governments. The Executive Committee ofNIMLO described the impact of the resulting unemployment

e insurance costs that the new required coverage would haveon state and ,local governments, contending that the ensuingfinancial drain would necessitate the reduction of public ser-vices, additional taxes and, most ironically, the separation ofworkers. The Executive Committee explained that the pro-posed action would not be brought in NIMLO's name butrather would be a. Multiparty suit, naming as plaintiffs"those state and local governments which decide to par-ticipate in and finance the costs of this litigation." The suitwould seek relief only for plaintiffs named in, the complaintand "only those state and local governments willing to helpbear the costs of this litigation will be named as Plaintiffs."

Hope for success was based largely on the June 24, 1976'decision-of the U.S. Supreme Court in National League ofCities, et al. v. Usery, Secretary of Labor." This case involv-ed a 1974 amendment extendin,g applicationiof the FairLabor Standards Act's minimum wage and maximum hourprovisions to almost all employees of states and their .

political subdivisions. According , to Justice Rehnquist,writing for a 5-4' majority, both the minimum wage and themaximum hour provisions "will impermissibly interfere withthe integral governmental functions of these bodies." Thebasis for this opinion was the anticipated massive impact ofthe requirements on the states, in terms of increased costsand reduced control over the conditions of employment oftheir _workers- Estimates_by a number of states and citiesconvinced the Court thar"Judged solely in terms of increas-,ed.costs in dollars, these allegations show a significant im-pact on the functioning of the governmental bodies

193

Page 200: DOCUMENT RESUME - ERIC · 2014. 3. 30. · of unremitting controversy, primarily between those anxious to ensure a high level of adequacy of protection and those for whom program

192 Conformity and Court Cases

involved." The same legal firm that Successfully representedlocal governments in National League of Cities was hired forthe County of Los Angeles suit. \,

N.....Optimism also rested on a legal opinion obtained from a'

Wisconsin law firm, as requested by,the National Associa-tion of Counties. The opinion concluded that the state andlocal government UI coverage requirement constituted an"unconstitutional condition imposed upon the several Statesby. Congress." The states have no realiStic choice in enactingrequired legislation; no federal funds are provided so stateand local taxes must be raised; the interest of the states withrespect to the necessary funding needed to comply, togetherwith the resulting disruption of traditional state and localemployment practices, transcends the national interestpresented. According to the opinion, any court battle overconstitutionality would be won or lost on the basis of sufii-cient statistics shoWing (1) the impact of the cost of coverage(allegedly $500 million annually) to the states and local unitsof gove 'tient, and (2) the measures necessary to meet thecosts, hich would result in `,`a marked disruption" in the.employment practices of local government.

The time appears to be appropriate to test to whatdegree Congress may wield its spending poWer toimpinge upon the operation of State and localgovernment. Based upon the.balancing test appliedby the Court in the National League of Cities case,we are inclined to believe that the scales would betipped by the present Supreme Court in the direc-tion of protecting the employment interests of Stateand local government."

.In. August 1977, members of the International PersonnelManagement Association received a letter from the law firmretained by NIMLO requesting data showing the impact of

Page 201: DOCUMENT RESUME - ERIC · 2014. 3. 30. · of unremitting controversy, primarily between those anxious to ensure a high level of adequacy of protection and those for whom program

Conformity and Court Cases 193

.the coverage requirements. According to the law firm, thecase could be won

. . only upon a compelling presentation of thefacts) demonstrating the grossly burdensome and .

disniptive impact of the 1976 FUTA Amendmentsup n each Plaintiff Government.24

During 1977 most states enacted legislation designed to con-foydwith the 1976 Amendments. Almost half the states in-eluded "self- destruct" provisions nullifying the extensions/of coverage to states and' local government, workers if, insome states, the requirement stayed by ,a U.S. Court or,in others, was declared constitutionally invalid in a final ad-judication.

By the time the suit was heard (December 1977), the plain-tiffs included the States of Alaska,, South Carolina,Missouri, Nebraska, New Hampshire, New Mexico, andUtah, and 1,750 localities in 44 states. The plaintiffs, iden-tified as the County of Los Angeles, et al., first moved-for apreliminary injunction in 1977 before the United StatesDistrict Court for the District of Columbia. The purposealleged by the plaintiffs was to delay implementation of thecoverage requirements so as to prevent the need for somestates and localities (with constitutional or statutory limitson new debts and taxes) to curtail government services or fireemployees in order to raise money for unemployment in-surance costs.

District Judge Charles R. Richey denied the motion for in-junction in an opinion issued December 29, 1977. He advisedfirst that the Anti-Injunction Act appeared to bar the suit:

No suit for the purpose of restraining the assess-ment or collection of any tax shall be maintained inany court by any person, whether or not such per-

Page 202: DOCUMENT RESUME - ERIC · 2014. 3. 30. · of unremitting controversy, primarily between those anxious to ensure a high level of adequacy of protection and those for whom program

194 Conformity and Court Cases

son is the person againstwhorn such tax was assess-ed."

According to Judge Richey, since the refusal of a state toenact the conforming legislation would result in denial of acredit to private employers against their federal tax, theplaintiffs' suit to prevent this denial !`is.in essence a suit torestrain the assessment -of a tax." Although having found itunlikely that the Court even has jurisdiction, Judge Riche 'Ywent on to discuss the four factors a Court must consider indeciding whether to issue any injunction:

. . . has the plaintiff made a strong showing that itis likely to prevail on the merits; would .the denialof the injunction cause irreparable injury to theplaintiff; would the granting of the injunctithicause irreparable injury to the other parties; andwhere does. the public interest lie.26

With regard to the first factor, the Court found it unlikelythat the plaintiffs would prevail on the merits. Noting thatthe plaintiffs- placed chief reliance on the 1977 1rationalLeague of Cities case decision, Judge Richey .pointed outthat the regulations there concerning wage and hour standards were mandatory. The only discretion left to the statesin that instance was how to raise the additional revenue.Citing Steward Machine Co. Davis,21 the Court stated thatthe imposition of an unemployment insurance scheme is at-the-option-of-the state. By- allowing the states a choice, it isactually supportive of the Tenth Amendment. Referring tothe plaintiffs' contention that Steward was distinguishablebechuse the Supreme Court there stated that_the states didnot complain of coercion, the Judge pointed out that the factthat a state chooses to voice objection rather than remainsilent while a private employer voices objection, .as inSteward, should not be determinative of the outcome. Thesame signs of coercion that were alleged in Steward exist'

u

Page 203: DOCUMENT RESUME - ERIC · 2014. 3. 30. · of unremitting controversy, primarily between those anxious to ensure a high level of adequacy of protection and those for whom program

Conforinity and Court Cases 195

here. At the time that case was decided, 35 of the 43 stalesthat had enacted conforming legislation included the samekind of self-destruct clauses that several states had recentlyenacted. "This was not enough to prbve coercion in Stewardand it is not enough now."

Concerning the second factor cited by Richey, the. Courtfound also that the plaintiffs could avoid any alleged ir:reparable injury by not enacting the conforming legislation.Even if the sanctions were imposed, the state would not haveto fire anyone or curtail any services. The states face fib im-minent injury. Judicial review of. a Secretary's_ dedision isavailable.

.

As for the last two factors cited, the Court held that the is-suance of an injunction would, however, deny benefits- topublic employees and would thereby "cause a substantial ir-reparable injury to the defendants' interest and the public in-terest."

The decision of the U:S. Court of Appeals for the Districtof Columbia Circuit was issued March 19, 1980;almost -a,year after the appeal had been argued before the Court. TheCourt ruled that it had awaited the February 20, 1980 deci-sion of the U.S. Court of Appeals for the First Circuit in theNew Hampshire case, since the same constitutional challengehad been made by that state's Department of EmploymentSecurity: "in the interest of inter-circuit comity and the con-comitant husbanding of scarce judicial resources. . . ,"

In addition to sustaining the Secretary's decertifica-tion of New Hampshire as not conforming in cer-tain respects with FUTA, the First Circuit address-ed the Tenth Amendment .contention and conclud7 .--

I'L.ed that it was unavailing. We agree with the con-=stitutional determination.so made by the First Cir-cuit, and adopt its reasoning as hilly applicable tothe consolidated appeals .before us.28

2u-

Page 204: DOCUMENT RESUME - ERIC · 2014. 3. 30. · of unremitting controversy, primarily between those anxious to ensure a high level of adequacy of protection and those for whom program

196- Conformity and Court Cases4

The Court briefly reiterated the. mandatorY versus voluntarydistinctions drawn between the National League of Citiesand the Steward Machine Co." cases. The District Courtsdismissal of the case was affirmed. On October 6, 1980,_theU.S. Supreme Court ,let stand the lower Court's decision:

The decision of the U.S. Court of Appeals for the FirstCircuit in the New Hampshire case was thus" controlling alsoin the County' ofLos Angeles case, For this reason it is usefulto review the New Hampshire Case, The First Circuit Courtruled on both conformity and constitutional issues. IA eachofthe six issues, the COurt found the state law contrary tothe federal law requirements and the Secretary's determina-tion of nonconformity coirect.29 The constitutional issueboiled down to:-,

_._, .. do the 1976 amendments to VUTA violate thesovereign integrity of the 'states and im air theirability to function effectively under th federalsystem as guaranteed by the Tenth Amend ent.

The Court first distinguished the case from the NationalLeakue of Cities case in which the issue was whether man -dated applica on of the minimum wage and maximum hourprovisions of the Fair Labor Standards, Act constituted coer-cion of the st tes in contravention of the Tenth Amendment.

------The Act re uired all states to pay the majority of theirworkers the inimum wage rate's determined by Congress: Itprovided f both civil' and criminal penalties in the event ofa violation

The unemployment insurance amendments, based on thetaxing power rather than the commerce clause, offered thestates a choice of conforming or not. The petitioned argued

finpat the option not to 'confoim is illusory, since the severeancial consequences that would folic w negate any real

choice/. According to the Court; however,

Page 205: DOCUMENT RESUME - ERIC · 2014. 3. 30. · of unremitting controversy, primarily between those anxious to ensure a high level of adequacy of protection and those for whom program

Conformity and Court Cases 197

We do not agree that the carrot has become a clubbecause rewards for conforming have increased. Itis not the size of the stakes that controls, but therules of the game.

In a footnOte the Court noted that New Hampshire was theonly state that had opted not to conform, and that itrepeatedly stressed in its brief the burden on the state'semployers if the Act is held constitutional. According to LieCourt, "We observe that it is easy to gamble for high stakeswhen the money on the table comes froal someone else'spocket."

N. The Court noted that the basic design and mechanism ofthe federal unemployment insurance laws have not changedsince 1935; coverage has been extended but the percentage oftax credit remains essentially the same., Moreover, the con-cept that unemployment is a national program that must bedealt with on a national basis has been woven into the fabricof our society since 1935. Accordingly, the Court ruled thatt arguments of coercion that had prevailed in the National.League of Cities case were not applicable to the 1976 amend-ments.

The next issue concerned the degree, if any, to which theamendments impaired New Hampshire's sovereignty, due tothe cost of extending coverage to public employees. TheCourt noted substantial differenCes between the estimates ofcosts of, the state's expert ($1.1 million) and by DOL's expert($227,585 -for- fiscal 1978, $288,935 for fiscal 1979). In theNational League of Cities case the Supreme Court foundthat application to states and their political subdivisions ofthf, Fair Labor Standards Act would significantly alter ordigilace the 'ability of those governments to structureemployer-employee relationships. The First Circuit Courtconcluded that extending UI coverage to the employees of

Page 206: DOCUMENT RESUME - ERIC · 2014. 3. 30. · of unremitting controversy, primarily between those anxious to ensure a high level of adequacy of protection and those for whom program

198 Conformity and Court Cases

New Hampshire and its political subdivisions would `not pro-duce the same result:

FUTA does not set the wage rates or affect hoursworked. All it does is insure unemploymentbenefits for State employees. Its administration isentirely within the control of the State.

The Court held that the 1976 amendments do not impairNew Hampshire's sovereignty and have not been renderedunconstitutional by reason of National League of Cities.

Alabama, Nevada (1981)

One of the most contentious issues arising from the 1976amendments concerning coverage involved a question ofcongressional intent. Nothing in the legislative history ofthose amendments indicated whether, in extending coverageto employees of nonprofit primary and seconclary_schools,Congress intended also to cover church-related schools. Theintent was ambiguous because of the manner in whichcoverage was affected. Prior to 1976, the FUTA included thefollowing services performed for nonprofit organizationsamong those that states were permitted to exclude withoutjeopardizing tax-credit:

(1) in the employ of (A) a church or convention orassociation of churches, or (B) an organizationwhich is operated primarily for religious purposesand which is operated, supervised, controlled orprincipally supported by a church or convention orassociation of churches;

(2) by a duly ordained, commissioned or licensedminister of a church in the exercise of his ministryor by a member of .a religious order in the exerciseof duties required by such order;

Page 207: DOCUMENT RESUME - ERIC · 2014. 3. 30. · of unremitting controversy, primarily between those anxious to ensure a high level of adequacy of protection and those for whom program

Conformity and Court Cases 199

(3) in the employ of a school which is not an in-stitution of higher education.'°

The 1976, amendments deleted paragraph (3). DOL took theposition that by deleting the school exclusion, Congress in-tended to extend coverage to all such schools, includingchurch-related primary and secondary schools. In followingDOL's ruling, Alabama attempted to provide coverage ofsuch schools, but was enjoined by suits filed by Baptist andMethodist churches and later enjoined permanently onJanuary 29, 1979, by a state circuit court in a suit filed byTrinity Evangelical Lutheran Church." The state voluntarilyceased its efforts to cover church-related schools. .

The issue arose in Nevada because the state determinedthat Roman Catholic elementary and secondary schools wereexempt under the state law in that services in those schoolswere performed in the employ of a church or a church-controlled organization operated primarily for religious pur-poses. Alabama and Nevada were not alone. Conformityproceedings were started by DOL against four additionalstatesMichigan, Tennessee, Texas and Washington.Following contentions by the four states that they had nothad sufficient time to prepare for a hearing, the Secretary ofLabor offered all six states certification of their laws for taxcredit for 1979 and renewal of proceedings before certifica-tion was due for 1980. Alabama and Nevada alone decidedto pursue the issue without further delay.

Following a conformity hearing on the Alabama andNevada positions, held on September 26, 1979, the Ad-ministrative Law Judge (ALJ) issued his findings on October11, 1979, recommending that the Secretary hold Alabamaand Nevada in compliance with the FUTA. The ALJ agreedwith the states that

. . . church schools, being an integral part of thegoverning church and fundamentally religious in

2 u

Page 208: DOCUMENT RESUME - ERIC · 2014. 3. 30. · of unremitting controversy, primarily between those anxious to ensure a high level of adequacy of protection and those for whom program

200 Conformity and Court cases

character, are exempt from coverage under theplain language of Section 3309(b)(1)(A) and/or (B).

The ALJ found persuasive three lower court decisions"which rejected the DOL position as "contrary to the plainmeaning of the statute, unsupported by the legislative historyand constitutionally impermissible." He disagreed with theDOL interpretation of the language ."in the employ of achurch" as meaning in the employ of a house of worship,performing religious duties, and with the Department's re-jection of the contention that church-schools were "operatedprimarily for religious purposes," rather than educationalpurposes.

In a decision issued October 31, 1979, Secretary of LaborMarshall rejected the ALJ's recommendation and found thatthe Alabama and Nevada laws failed to conform with theFUTA. The Secretary's decision referred to the fact thatsince the original enactment of the program, "Congress hasfollowed an Unbroken path towards expansions ofunemployment insurance coverage:' In extending coverageto nonprofit organizations in 1970, Congress excludedemployees of primary and secondary schools, but clearly re-quired coverage of. employees of nonprofit colleges anduniversities, including church-related institutions of highereducation, except seminaries and novitiates. In enacting theSpecial Unemployment Assistance Program (SUA) in 197433Congress provided emergency benefit protection tounemployed. workers not otherwise covered under state UIlaws, including employees. of church-related schools. The1976 amendments were designed to "eliminate the tem-porary Special Unediployment Assistance Program" and ex-tend "permanent" coverage to "substantially all thewor?ers . . . covered by SUA.34 According to the Secretary,congressional intent was indicated in a Senate Reportestimating the number of employees who would be coveredby eliminating the primary and 'secondary school exclusion

Page 209: DOCUMENT RESUME - ERIC · 2014. 3. 30. · of unremitting controversy, primarily between those anxious to ensure a high level of adequacy of protection and those for whom program

Conformity and Court Cases 201

as 242,000." The figure, supplied to Congress by DOL,represented the total number of employees in all nonprofitprimary and secondary schools of which church-relatedschool employees represent more than half. Finally, theSecretary's decision argued that coverage of these schoolsdid not create excessive gdvernmental entanglement withreligion and was within the limits of government regulationprovided by the Constitution.

Alabama and Nevada appealed the Secretary's decision tothe United States Court of Appeals for the Fifth Circuit. InSeptember 1980, the Court reversed the Secretary's deter-mination that the two states' laws conflicted with the FUTA.The Court supported the states' argument that church-related schools are within the statute's meaning of"church":

. . . many of the church schools have no separatelegal existence fiom their church; the schoolemployees are hired, controlled, disciplined, andfired by church representatives and officials; schoolbuildings are owned by the church; and schoolemployees are paid with funds drawn from thechurch accounts."

According to the Court, the exemption is contingent uponwhether the workers are employed by a "church," not thekind of work they perform. The plain meaning of "church"includes something greater than the physical building of wor-ship and encompasses the legal entity commonly referred toas a church. The Secretary's definition is too narrow. If Con-gress wishes to amend the law clearly to change the exemp-tion of church-related school employees, it can do so.

But, it is not the responsibility or function of thecourt to perform linguistic gymnastics in order toupset the plain language of Congress as it exists to-day."

2 u

Page 210: DOCUMENT RESUME - ERIC · 2014. 3. 30. · of unremitting controversy, primarily between those anxious to ensure a high level of adequacy of protection and those for whom program

202 Conformity and Court Cases

This decision represented the end of the road for theAlabama and Nevada cases since appeal by DOL to the U.S.Supreme Court was held in abeyance (and ultimately never'pursued) because of a case pending before that Court involv-ing the same, issue: South Dakota's coverage of church-related schools. This case had reached the U.S. SupremeCourt on the constitutional grounds that such coverageviolated the First and Fourteenth Amendments. When SouthDakota, following DOL lead, prepared to tax church-relatedschools, two of them appealed. The two schools were notseparate legal entities. They were part of the churches thatran them. An appeals referee found them subject to tax. Thedecision was reversed by a County Circuit Court. The SouthDakota Supreme Court, by a divided vote, in turn reversedthe judgment of the Circuit Court. The case then went to theU.S. Supreme. Court.

On May 26, 1981, a unanimous Supreme Court "ruled,

r0111 our 'reading of the legislation and of itshistory, we conclude that the only reasonable con-struction of 26 U.S.C. section 3309(b)(1) is one thatexempts petitioners' church-run schools, andothers similarly operated, from mandatory state-coverage."

The Court argued that Congress drew a distinction be-tween employees "of a church or convention or associationof churches" on the one hand and employees of "separatelyincorporated" organizations on.the other. The former wouldbe excluded from coverage under the explicit exclusion ofemployment for a church, while the latter would be eligiblefor exclusion under the exclusion relating to employment foran organization operated primarily for religious purposes,but only when the organization is "operated, supervised,controlled, or principally supported by a church or conven-tion or association of churches:" The Court found that the

21:j.

Page 211: DOCUMENT RESUME - ERIC · 2014. 3. 30. · of unremitting controversy, primarily between those anxious to ensure a high level of adequacy of protection and those for whom program

Conformity and Court Cases 203

individuals performing services for the schools in questionwere employees of the church and, therefore, exempt. It ex-pressly rejected the DOL interpretation of the term"church" as meaning only the actual house of worship usedby a congregation. The Court held instead that "church"refers to the church authorities who conduct the hiring,'discharging and directing of church employees.

In a footnote, the Court observed:

Our holding today concerns only schools that haveno legal identity separate from a church. Toestablish exemption from FUTA, a separately in-corporated church school (or other organization)must satisfy the requirements of section3309(b)(1)(B): (1) that the oiganization "isoperated primarily for religious purposes" and(2) that it is "operated, supervised, controlled, orprincipally supported by a church or convention orassociation of churches."

Because we hold petitioners exempt under section3309(b)(1)(A), we leave the issue of coverage undersection 3309(b)(1)(B) for the future.39

Although the Court left open the question of coverage ofschools with a legal identity separate from a church, noissues have been presented. This is because unofficial DOLpolicy has permitted exemption of, schools that are "af-filiated" with a church, regardless of their separate legalidentity. It is not clear what is meant by "affiliated," but inany event, DOL has followed the practice of not objecting tocoverage exemptions if the school can demonstrate any af-filiation at all with a church, however tenuous or vague theconnection.

Page 212: DOCUMENT RESUME - ERIC · 2014. 3. 30. · of unremitting controversy, primarily between those anxious to ensure a high level of adequacy of protection and those for whom program

204 Conformity'arld Court Cases

Experience Rating and Benefit Charging Issues

Before the 1970 Amendments, experience rating issues,often involving questions of how benefits are charged or notcharged to employers, constituted the main source of confor-mity conflicts. The requirement in FUTA for additional taxcredits° is so broad and ambiguous as to require many inter-pretations, and these were regularly challenged:

(1) No reduced rate of contributions . . . is permit-ted to a person . . . except on the basis of

. his . . . experience with respect to unemploymentor other ,factors bearing a direct relation tounemployment risk."

The following conformity cases illustrate the various kindsof questions raised under this provision.

Minnesota (1947)

In 1947 Minnesota amended its law to permit employers tomake voluiftary_contributions, in excess of what their taxrates required, for -the-purpose of building up their reserveaccounts and thereby qualifying-for tax rate brackets lowerthan the rates warranted by their actual experience. The con-tributions could be made subsequent to the crose-oLa rateyear, but still affect the rates for that year. The amendmentwas challenged as'running counter to the federal standard onexperience rating.

After a conformity hearing on Jun6 10, 1947, the ActingCommissioner of the Social Security Board held that underthe federal requirement, any voluntary contributions mustbe paid no later than the due date for the first quarter con-tributions in the rate year. This is usually April 30, approx-imately the 120th day of the new year.,Accordingly, the Min-nesota provision was ruled out of conformity with the

12

Page 213: DOCUMENT RESUME - ERIC · 2014. 3. 30. · of unremitting controversy, primarily between those anxious to ensure a high level of adequacy of protection and those for whom program

Conformity and Court Cases 205

FUTA. A month later an amendment to the federal law wasenacted providing that,

A State law may, without being deemed to violatethe standards set forth in subsection (a), permitvoluntary contributions to, be used in the computa-tion of reduced rates if such contributions are paidprior to the expiration.of 120 days after the begin-ning of the year for which such rates are effective.42

Alabama (1953)

A bill p sed by the Alabama legislature in 1953 providedrelief from charges for benefits paid their workers whobecame unemployed because a natural disaster destroyed theemployer's business. The Department of Labor . took theposition that under the bill employers' reduced rates wouldbe determined by a factora natural disasterother thantheir 'unemployment experience (as measured by benefitcharges) and -would thus be inconsistent with the federal re-quirement.

The Administrator of the state agency secured an amend-ment to the bill providing that the noncharging would notbecome effective if the Federal Bureau of EmploymentSecurity or the Secretary of Labor decided that the bill wasnot in conformity with federal requirements. The Secretaryso decided and the Administrator declared that the bill wasnot part of the state's unemployment insurance law. TheDOL interpretation was changed in 1972 after Pennsylvaniaand a number of other states' sought relief for employerswhose businesses were damaged by a severe flood. Under thenew interpretation, noncharging is permitted, but only injurisdictions declared disaster areas by, the President pur-suI t to the Disaster Relief Act."

Page 214: DOCUMENT RESUME - ERIC · 2014. 3. 30. · of unremitting controversy, primarily between those anxious to ensure a high level of adequacy of protection and those for whom program

206 Conformity and Court Cases

Michigan (1957)

In 1957 Michigan amended its law covering the cancella-tion of negative balances. Under the reserve ratio system ofexperience rating, when all past charges against anemployer's account exceed all past contributions credited tothe account, his account is considered to have a negativebalance. He is usually assigned the highest rates under thestate law, which continue until the account balance becomespositive. The accounts of employers who have had only. asingle year of very heavy unemployment inay take a longtime to recover. For this reason, many states permit"negative balance employers" the option of having theirrecord wiped clean. If this is permitted, however, the federalexperience rating standard (for additional tax credit) was in-terpreted to require that the employer whose negativebalance was cancelled be considered in the position of a newemployer. Accordingly, after cancellation, he should serve atleast three years before he could qualify for a "reducedrate," a rate below the standard rate of 2.7 percent.Although the federal law was changed in 1954 to permitstates to assign new employers reduced rates on the basis ofas little as one. year's experience, the experience rating re-quirement was interpreted as requiring three years aftercancellation before forriier negative balance employers couldqualify for a rate below 2.7 percent.

The state's Attorney. General, in Opinion No. 3109, inter-preted the Michigan amendment to mean that employerswhose balances were cancelled in 1955, 1956 and 1957 werenot required after rate year 1958 to pay the standard 2.7 per-cent rate or more. In other words, an employer whosenegative balance, had been cancelled would be permitted areduced rate before he had three, years of experience follow-ing the cancellation. This interpretation conflicted with theexisting federal policy on the matter and the law Waschallenged.

Page 215: DOCUMENT RESUME - ERIC · 2014. 3. 30. · of unremitting controversy, primarily between those anxious to ensure a high level of adequacy of protection and those for whom program

Conformity and Court Cases 207

The conformity hearing was held October 22, 1957, andwas adjourned October 26, 1957 at the request of the stateagency. The Michigan law was amended to require a con-tribution rate of at least 2.7 percent for three years after thelast cancellation of negative balances. On October 31, 1957,,the Secretary of Labor signed an order dismissing the pro-ceedings.

Oregon (1976)

In 1973 Oregon amended its law to allow a small group offood processors (those, who ship 75 percent or more of theirannual production in interstate or foreign commerce) to berelieved of some or all charges for benefits paid theirworkers. The proportion noncharged, determined by aspecial formula, varied from 10 to 100 percent. All otherOregon employers continued to be charged in accordancewith the state's experienCe rating formula under whichbenefits paid a worker were charged to his base-periodemployers in the same proportion to total benefits as thewages paid the worker by the employer were to the worker'stotal base-period wages. The new noncharging provisiontook effect on July. 1, 1974, and first affected the contribu-tion rates of Oregon employers for the tax year beginningJanuary 1, 1976.

Following enactment of the provision, the Oregon agencyrequested a finding of conformity by the Secretary of Labor.By letter, dated June 6, 1974, the Secretary advised the agen-cy of his finding that the noncharging provision was incon-sistent with the requirements of the experience rating stan-dard in the FUTA. At the agency's request, a hearing washeld on June 24,. 1976 in Washington.

In a decision issued October 26, 1976, Secretary Userypointed out that

The test for acceptability of noncharging provi-sions consistently used by the Department to assure

Page 216: DOCUMENT RESUME - ERIC · 2014. 3. 30. · of unremitting controversy, primarily between those anxious to ensure a high level of adequacy of protection and those for whom program

208 Conformity and Court Cases

that all employers are charged by the same rule overthe same period of time, is one of reasonableness inthe measurement of each employer's experience inrelation to other employers and to the purposes ofexperience rating.

He concluded that the Oregon law, in singling out food pro-cessors for special treatment, violated "this aforementionedprinciple of reasonableness." Accordingly, the state law wasnot in conformity with the federal law.

The main objection to the Oregon provision was basicallythat ',employers in a specified group with unfavoiable ex-perience could qualify for lower tax rates than employersoutside the group with better experience, at least as measuredby the factor of benefit charges.. That result was the reverseof what was intended by the requirement.

Delaware, New Jersey, New York,Pennsylvania (1979)

FUTA requires states to offer nonprofit organizations andstate and local governments the option of financing benefitcosts either by paying contributions, as other employers, o_rpermit them to

. . . elect, for such minimum period and at suchtime as may be provided by State law, to pay (inlieu of such contributions) into the. State unemploy-ment fund amounts equal to the amounts of com-pensation attributable under. the State law to suchservice.44

The provision, part of the 1970 amendments, was interpretedby DOL as prohibiting any noncharging of .benefits toemployers electing the reimbursement method. The reasonwas that "as self-insurers, they are fully liable for everydollar of benefits paid their employees and wholly immune

Page 217: DOCUMENT RESUME - ERIC · 2014. 3. 30. · of unremitting controversy, primarily between those anxious to ensure a high level of adequacy of protection and those for whom program

Conformity and Court Cases 209

from any other costs." DOL pointediout that if a reimburs-ing employer were relieved of benefit charges, liability forthe noncharged benefits would fall to contributingemployers in the form of "Tooled costs," from which' reim-bursing employers are exempt. In the aftermath of the 1976amendments, which added substantially more employingunits eligible for the reimbursement option, DOL found itnecessary to reiterate its interpretation. The language of thefederal provision. requires reimbursers to pay amounts"equal" to the benefits based on service with them. Anynoncharging, according to DOL, would result in theemployer paying an amount less than that equal to thebenefits. The, Department went so far as to insist on fullreimbursement even when the benefits were paid erroneouslyon the basis of an error made by the state agency. Only ifoverpaid benefits were recovered may the employer be reliev-ed from liability by refunding to him the recovered 'funds. Inmany instances, of course, such erroneously paid benefitsare not recovered.46

Delaware, New Jersey and New York maintained that thelanguage of the statute requiring reimbursing employers topay for unemployment compensation "attributable under thestate law to such service" meant that the state has the right to ___,_°_

determine whether or not benefits under particular situationsare attributable to service with the employer, or to other fac-tors. DOL rejected this argument, holding that "attributableunder the state law" merely ftieant whether' or not thebenefits would normally be the employer's respo'nsibility,given the system and order of benefit charging set forth inthe state law. A conformity hearing on the issue was held onAugust 8, 1979 with these states.

A separate hearing was held Augu6 21, 1979 with Penn-sylvania on the same issue as well as two other unrelatedissues (described earlier in this chapter under CoverageIssues):. In both cases, the Administrative Law Judges re-

.

21 7

Page 218: DOCUMENT RESUME - ERIC · 2014. 3. 30. · of unremitting controversy, primarily between those anxious to ensure a high level of adequacy of protection and those for whom program

210 Conformity and Court Cases

jected the DOL argument concerning noncharging and con-cluded, in thyir recommended decisions,,.that the Secretaryof Labor Should find the states' practices (of relieving reim-.bursing employers of charges under certain -circumstancessuch as erroneous payments) consistent with the federal pro-vision on reimbursement. The Department had argued thatbenefits 'paid to ineligible claimants were compensationbecause all money withdrawn from a state's unemploymentfund must be used only for compensation (and certainrefunds), pursuant to federal provisions. governing thewithdrawal of funds. If these are not benefits, then funds arebeing. withdrawn in violation of the withdrawal standards.Pennsylvania's position was that the withdrawal standardswere not controlling or even. relevant. The question waswhether the employer should be charged, not whealsr moneywas properly withdrawn from the unemployment fund. Thestate argued that the FUTA requires that reimbursingemployiers pay only "amounts acompensation attributableunder state law '1 . . service" in their employ.- The terms"attributable" d "service" are not defined. Benefits plaidto ineligible c s tits are not attributable to service in theemploy of an , nployei, but are attributable to ad-ministrative errors the state agency.

The Administrative Law Judge found that since the PIRArelates compensation to service attributable "under statelaw" to an employer, state law should be controlling:

Absent some indication of Congressional intentthat the reimbursing employer should be liable forcosts incurred through errors, .which it does notcause, over which it has no control, and no oppor-tunity to prevent, I cannot accept the Departmentof Labor's argument."

The only legislative history produced by DOL to support itsposition was a 1966 Senate Report referring to the reim-bursement method as "a form of self-insurance." As

Page 219: DOCUMENT RESUME - ERIC · 2014. 3. 30. · of unremitting controversy, primarily between those anxious to ensure a high level of adequacy of protection and those for whom program

Conformity and Court Cases 211

Pennsylvania pointed out, however, the reimbursingemployer is far different from that of a true self-insurer.Benefits are not paid directly to the employer but are dispers-ed from public funds for a public purpose, not to disthargean obligation or liability of a particular employer. Moreover,'although Congress intended for employers to weigh the risksin deciding whether to elect the reimbursement option,, it did"not intend to include risks such as erroneous payments whichno employer copld prevent; indirectly recover, or estimate.

The Secretary of Labor found on October 31, 1979 thatwhether compensation paid out is attributable to service witha reimbursing,employer is determined by state law. As longas determinations that certain benefit's are not attributableunder the state law to service with a reimbursing employerare reasonable, such benefits may be noncharged consistent-ly with federal Taw."

Labor Standards Issues

The labor standards,' part of the original Social SecurityAct, set limits on the states' freedom to .establish Denalties

for refusing a job." They were aimed as much at protectingexisting work standards as they were intended to keepclaimants from having to accept substandard jobs. They pro--hibit a state from denying benefits for refusal of new work ifthe work is vacant due to a labor dispute, if the. job interfereswith the claimant's freedom to join a union of his choice, or.if the wages, hours or working conditions are less favorablethan those prevailing for similar work in the locality.

Althoti h most labor standards issues in recent years hadconcern the prevaj wage requirement, the conformityconfro tations in the earl ears were over the requirementprohibiting benefit denial fo refusing a job vacant due to alabor dispute. Also involved was (and is) the concept of"new work" within the meaning of the labor standards..

Page 220: DOCUMENT RESUME - ERIC · 2014. 3. 30. · of unremitting controversy, primarily between those anxious to ensure a high level of adequacy of protection and those for whom program

212 and Court Cases

Oregon (1938)

The first conformity hearing of the 'unemployment in-surance program involved an issue arising from the laborstandards provisions of the Social Security Act. The stan-dards prohibit, as a condition for tax credit, denial ofbenefits to an otherwise eligible individual for refusing to ac-cept new work, "if the position offered is vacant due directlyto a strike, lockout or other labor dispute.""

In 1938 Oregon voters api.:doved a statutory initiative"regulating picketing and boycotting by labor groups andorganizations." Effective December 1, 1938, the approvedlaw defined the term "labor dispute" as folloA s:

Whenever in any statute or other law of this statethe term 'labor dispute' is used, such term is herebydefined for all purposes to mean and include an ac-tual bona fide controversy in which the disputantsstand in proximate relation of employer and themajority of his or its employees and which directlyconcerns matters directly pertaining to wages,hours, or working conditions of the employees ofthe particular employer directly involved in suchcontroversy. Disputes between organizations orgroups of employees as to which shall act for theemployees in dealing with the employer shall not beclassed as labor disputes, and the refusal of anemployer to deal with either party 'to any suchjurisdictional controversy shall not operate to makethe dispute a labor dispute within the meaning ofthis Act.' 2

By eliminating jurisdictional disputes, the bill resulted in adefinition of "labor dispute" Ahat was narrower than thefederal law definition. In other words, under the amendedstatejlaw 'an individual could be disqualified for refusing ajob vacant because of a jurisdictional dispute. A jurisdic-.

Page 221: DOCUMENT RESUME - ERIC · 2014. 3. 30. · of unremitting controversy, primarily between those anxious to ensure a high level of adequacy of protection and those for whom program

Conformity and Court Cases 213

tional dispute constituted a labor dispute under the federallaw. The state law, so amended, was challenged.

After a hearing held December 19, 1938, the Social Securi-ty Board found the Oregon .law out of conformity. OnJanuary 26, 1939, the Oregon legislature rescinded the provi-sion in question, effective back to the date of its enactment.In its decision of January 28, 1939, the Social Security Boardfound that as of December 35, 1938 the state law included.

'the appropriate federal law labor standards and that the statelaw was eligible for certification to the Secretary of theTreasury for the taxable year 1938.

California and Washington (1949)

In 1948 West Coast maritime unions were ek,..,ged in alabor dispute. In the State of Washington there was also adispute involving members of a carpenters' union. Some ofthe workers who were members of the unions engaged in thelabor disputes had becpme unemployed before the disputesfor reasons not connected with the disputes, and some werereceiving benefits prior to the disputes. All union members,including these workers, were disqualified in California andWashington after the disputes began.

The Federal Bureau of Employthent Security advised thetwo states that the disqualification of those union membersUnemployed prior to the labor disputes was inconsistent withone of the labor standards provisions of FUTA:That provi-sion prohibits denial of benefits solely on the ground that theworker has refused new work vacant because of the strike,lockout or other labor dispute. The Bureau argued that thestruck work was "new work" for those workers unemployedprior to the dispute.

Following a conformity-hearing held for both states inDecember-1949[Secretary of Labor Tobin found that theState of Washington's action violated the federal standard.

221_

Page 222: DOCUMENT RESUME - ERIC · 2014. 3. 30. · of unremitting controversy, primarily between those anxious to ensure a high level of adequacy of protection and those for whom program

214 Conformity and Court Cases

Washington brought itself into conformity before the end ofthe year by changing the interpretation of the law. Californiaagreed to reconsider its decision during the hearing, and thecase was dropped. This case provoked the Know land

----Amendment (discussed under Labor Standards in chapter 2)enacted in 1950, which provides, in part, that no hearing can

,

lbe called by theSecretary as long as further administrative orjudicial review of, the matter is available to the parties underthe state law.

California 0955)

This case involved California's reconsideration of The--same issue that precipitated the,1949 hearing. The CaliforniaSupreme Court in 1955 affirmed the reimposed disqualifica-tion of the claimants under the labor dispute disqualificationprovision on the grourid.s that all of the work for seamen onthe waterfront was "their work," not "new work," becauseof their union's agreenients with the employer association.

Following a formal hearing, the federal hearing officer ap-pointed by the Secretary of Labor observed that all membersof the unions registered at the hiring halls had a group at-tachment to and shared equally in all available work forseamen on the waterfront and that when a work stoppage oc-curred, all registered workers had left "their work" becauseof the labor dispute. However, claimants were free tonegotiate individually for continued employment with the,same employer; It coul he argued, therefore, that theirprior contract had termi ated and their old jobs were now"new work." In any eve 1, Upon the ,advice of an informalpanel of legal authoriti , appointed by the Secretary toreview' the findings of t e hearing officer, the Secretaryfound that the state had of violated the federal standard."

Page 223: DOCUMENT RESUME - ERIC · 2014. 3. 30. · of unremitting controversy, primarily between those anxious to ensure a high level of adequacy of protection and those for whom program

Conformity and Court Cases 215

Fair Hearing and Promptness Issues

On April 26, 1971, a unanimous Supreme Court decidedone of the most important UI cases to reach the courts. It in-volved interpretation of the phrase "when due" in theSocialSecurity Act provision requiring states to provide suchmethods of administration as are found by the Secretary ofLabor to be reasonably, -calculated to insure full payment ofbenefits "when due.'"' The Court concluded that the word"due" means "the time when payments are first ad-ministratively allowed as a result of a hearing of which bothparties have notice and are permitted to present their respec-tive positions. . . ."" This decision resulted in amendmentsto every state UI law and dramatic changes in the prompt-ness and quality of UI appeais proceedings and in thepromptness of benefit payments to eligible claimants.

The Java Case (1971)

Unlike all other issues discussed in this chapter, the Javacase was not a federal-state confrontation, although it waslater the cause of_ considerable intergovernmental conflictand cooperation. It has not been uncommon for UI issues tobe raised by individuals or groups of claimants or employers,with the states and DOL being the common adversary.Usually these are state court cases and a federal-state conflictarises when a state court interprets a state UI law provisionin such a way as to violate federal requirements. In recentyears more UI cases (e.g., County of Los Angeles) have ap-peared in federal courts. The Java case has been one of themost important.

The case involved two California claimants, Carroll H.Hudson and Judith Java, who were awarded benefits follow-ing an eligibility interview at which the employer did not ap-pear. Payments began immediately. The employer, who isgiven ten days to appeal, challenged eligibility in each case.

22,

Page 224: DOCUMENT RESUME - ERIC · 2014. 3. 30. · of unremitting controversy, primarily between those anxious to ensure a high level of adequacy of protection and those for whom program

216 Conformity and Court Cases

Pursuant to the California law, payments were automaticallystopped pending decision on the employer's appeal. The me-dian delay in resuming payments after an employer filed anappeal, assuming that the claimant's eligibility is upheld, wasabout seven weeks. The claimants appealed the state's stop-page of payments to the U.S. District Court for the NorthernDistrict .of California." The claimants argued first that theintent of the state UI program,, to stave off extreme personalhardship as well as. society...wide dePressim in terms of in-creasing unemployment, is clearly thwarted when a claimantmust wait some 50 days for payments to resume. Second,they argued that the state law violates the provision of theSocial Security Act which requires state laws to providemethods of administration "reasonably .calculated to insurefull payment of unemployment compensation when due."Third, they argued that the denial of benefits, without aprior hearing, to persons already found eligible violates theirrights to due process of law under the Constitution. Theycited a March 23, 1970 decision Of the U.S. Supreme 'Courtin Goldberg v. Kelley, 397 U.S. 254 (1970), that a welfareclaimant's benefits not be terMinated without first affordinghim an opportunity for a fu1fevidentiary hearing. Consistentwith that case, they argued/that once UI benefit's are allowed,they should continue until there is a hearing on theemployer's appeal and decision favorable to the employer.4/

California argue hat a decision in faVor of the plaintiffsCaliforniawould adversely fect the UI program in C and 46

other states. " substantial alteration in processing claimsof such magru ude would have a serious financial impact on,the State California. and impose on it a crushing ad-ministr4 e burden." More important, the state argued thatthe ageficy's administrative determination that a claimant isentitled to benefits is not sufficient, standing alone, to justifypaS until a determination is made on the employer's ap-peal. Prior to hearing on the employer's .appeal, notestimony is taken under oath: there is no, right to confronta-

Page 225: DOCUMENT RESUME - ERIC · 2014. 3. 30. · of unremitting controversy, primarily between those anxious to ensure a high level of adequacy of protection and those for whom program

Conformity and Court Cases 217

tion or to call witnesses. Moreover, since employers weresuccessful in 47 percent of their' appeals, benefits paid outwhich were subsequently held to be valid would haveamounted to $800,000 if the state had been required to paybenefits during the pendency of any employer appeal. Thesebenefits would have been unrecoverable because of the statelaw.provision requiring waiver of recoupment if benefits hadbeen received without fault on the part of the recipient. Fur-thermore,, recovery would be against equity and good con-science.

The state argued that its procedure balances ad-ministrative prudence and claimants' rights, whereas ifbenefits were payable pending an employer's appeal, thebalance would be altered because claimants would then haveincentive to delay hearings and decisions, thereby adding tothe administrative burden and financial loss to the state. Thestate rejected the applicability, of Goldberg v. Kelley. In thatcase, itwas important that termination of welfare paymentsbe undertaken only after a full evidentiary hearing, sincewithholding of these payments rendered those receivingwelfare literally destitute. The state argued that UI claimantswere in a different pOsition from welfare recipients:

,Plaintiffs (UI claimants) here have admittedly suf-fered considerable inconvenience but they are,however, receiving welfare benefits. True thesebenefits are modest, but plaintiffs are only asked. tomaintain themselves-on such a modest scale for ap-'proximately 30 to 45 days, during which a decisionon the appeal is being made."

In other words, the UI claimants were not as destitute as theplaintiffs in Goldberg since they would receive welfare, as infact they did at the time.

In its brief," DOL argued in support of the Californiapractice in that it was more reasonable than the alternative;

225

Page 226: DOCUMENT RESUME - ERIC · 2014. 3. 30. · of unremitting controversy, primarily between those anxious to ensure a high level of adequacy of protection and those for whom program

218 Conformity and Court Cases

urged by the plaintiffs, of paying benefits pursuant to an ini-tial determination and until reversed by an appeals body. Ac-cording to the brief, 'that procedure would create substantialoverpayments, as seen 'retroactively, cause delay in hearings,and result in more close issues being decided initially againstclaimants to avoid overpayments. DOL argued that if thedecision in Goldberg v. Kelley applied to UI (no termination'except after a full hearing) the practical effect would be forstates to deny benefits to every claimant until after a hearingand a decision by a referee that the claimant was eligible.DOL also pointed out that unlike welfare recipients, UIclaimants are not usually destitute. Finally, the DOL briefargued that the California procedure (as well as that in 46other states) was consistent with the federal requirement of"payment of unemployment compensation when due." Theoriginal draft bills prepared by the Social Security Board tohelp states design their first UI laws so as to meet conformityrequirements, contained suggested legislative language pro-viding 'for withholding benefits pending' an appeal. Theseprovisions were in the Alabama law when the Supreme Courtupheld its constitutionality in 1936. They also provided themodel for the California provision.

In a short, eight page decision, the U.S. District Court rul-ed the California provision defective on both constitutionaland statutory grounds:59

By not providing a pre-termination hearing, it runscounter to the principles enunciated in Goldberg v.Kelley,. cit. supra. And by being appliTd so as toresult in .a median seven week delay in payments toclaimants who have been founeeligible for such

. payments, the California statute Violates the direc-tive of 42 U:S.C. 503(a)(1).

The Court found the present case "indistinguishable" 'fromGoldberg.

Page 227: DOCUMENT RESUME - ERIC · 2014. 3. 30. · of unremitting controversy, primarily between those anxious to ensure a high level of adequacy of protection and those for whom program

Conformity and Court-Cases 219

As here, the defendants in Goldberg argued takeState's interest in protecting public funds. TheSupreme Court, balancing this, interest against thewelfare recipient in having the necessities of lifewhile the bureaucracy mulls over his continuedeligibility, found the fiscal argument r somewhatweak, and rejected it. Defendants herein suggestthat the unemployed person is perhaps not in suchdire straits as the recipient of public assistance, in,that he can always go on welfare, and thus savehimself from absolute destitution. It is scant com-fort to the disaster stricken that there is someone,somewhere, worse off than he, and this Court findsthat the situation .of the unemployed person hereinis every bit as lamentable as that of the welfareclient. . . .

The most fundamental purpose of both the federal,and the state unemployment compensation laws is`to prevent the burden of injured employeesbecoming charges upon society.'6°

On April 26, 1971, Chief Justice Burger delivered, for aunanimous Supreme Court, an opinion holding that theCalifornia provision violated Section 303(a)(1) of the SocialSecurity Act." That made it unnecessary to rule on the' con-stitutional issue involved in Goldberg on which the District

\ Court relied. Specifically, it violated theyequirement of that`section that the state law provide such methods 'of ad-\

ministration "as are found by the Secretary of Labor to b?reasonably calculated to insure full 'payment of unemploy-ment compensation when due."

'Reviewing the history of the Social Security Act led theCourt to:

. . . the conclusion that 'when due' was intended tomean at the earliest stage of unemployment that

44

22 7

Page 228: DOCUMENT RESUME - ERIC · 2014. 3. 30. · of unremitting controversy, primarily between those anxious to ensure a high level of adequacy of protection and those for whom program

220 Conformity and Court Cases

such payments were administratively feasible aftergiving both the worker and the employer an oppor-tunity to be heard.

According to the. Court,

. Probably no program could be devised to make in-surance payments available precisely on the nearestpayday following the termination, but to the extentthat this was administratively feasible this must beregarded as what Congress was trying to ac-complish.

We conclude that the word 'due' ,in section303(a)(1), when construed in light of the purposesof the Act, means the time when payments are firstadministratively allowed as a result of a hearing ofwhich both parties have notice and are permitted topresent their respective positions; any other con-struction would fail to meet the objective of earlysubstitute compensation during unemployment.

Our reading of the statute imposes no hardship oneither the State or the employer and gives effect tothe congressional objective of getting money intothe pocket of the unemployed worker at the earliestpoint that is administratively feasible. That is whatthe Unemployment Insurance Program was allabout.

The Court found the California local office's initial interLview an adequate pre-determination fact-finding proceedingin which the claims of both the employer and\the employeecan be heard.

Page 229: DOCUMENT RESUME - ERIC · 2014. 3. 30. · of unremitting controversy, primarily between those anxious to ensure a high level of adequacy of protection and those for whom program

Conformity and Court Cases 221

Although the eligibility interview is informal anddoes not contemplate taking evidence in the tradi-tional judicial sense, it has adversary characteristicsand the minimum obligation of an employer is tofinform the interviewer and the claimant of any/dis-qualifying factors. So informed, the inteMewercan direct the initial 1 inquiry to identifying afrivolous or dilatory contention by eiiher party.

Aftermath of Java

On June 14, 1971, DOL 'advised all state agencies of theimplications of Java." First, if benefits have been awarded aclaimant pursuant to an initial determination, they may notbe suspended pending an appeal period or pending;as inCalifornia, disposition of an employer's appeal. That meantchanges in 47 states' laws or interpretations. Second, statesmust provide reasonable ,notice to both the claimant andemployer of the time and place of the pre-determinationfact-finding hearing. This new step required changes, not instate laws, but in virtually every stateisrprocedures, since nostate at that time provided such notices. Finally,

To keep to a minimum the impact of overpaymentsthat may result from modifications or reversals ofbenefit determinations on appeals, attention needsto be given not only to quality at the determinationlevel but also to expediting the processing of al ap-peals.

The reduction of overpayments was one reason to focuson appeals -promptness. The estimated magnitude of over-payments, nationally, had the Java requirements beenoperative in fiscal year 1971, would have bee about $7.5million. There were other reasons. During 19/71, the statesdecided fewer than one-fourth of their benefitiappeals within30 days and less than half within 45 days. In some states,

Page 230: DOCUMENT RESUME - ERIC · 2014. 3. 30. · of unremitting controversy, primarily between those anxious to ensure a high level of adequacy of protection and those for whom program

222 Conformity and Court Cases

pracecally no appeals were processed within 30 days andrelat ely few within 45 days. Over one-fourth of all ap-peril nts waited more than 75 days for, a decision.

In 1971, over a dozen suits were filed in federal courtswhich either directly or collaterally sought relief from thedelays of the benefit appeals process. In' December 1971, aFederal District. Court concluded that even Vermont'saverage five to six week delay (then among the shortest in the 7nation) was unreasonable. On April 14, 1972, a complaitvwas filed in a Federal:District Court charging that Georgia'sfailure to conduct hearings promptly (it averaged 3 percentof decisions issues within 30 days) was violative of the Four-teenth Amendment and Section 303(a)(1) of the SocialSecurity Act.

In 1973 Connecticut's informal determination procedurewas challenged. A U.S. District Court had enjoined the Con-necticut agency from denying claimants benefits under its ex-isting eligibility determination procedure without first pro-.viding a constitutionally sufficient hearing. The DistrictCourt was persuaded of the need for a full hearing at the ini-tial deterMination level because Co.pnecticut's record inhearing appeals was the slowest in the nation. The state ap-pealed this ruling. In a decision issued January 14, 1975,63the U.S. Supreme Court made it clear that unless appealsdecisions are issued promptly, states would, face the costlyprospect of making the initial determiriaticin piocess morelike a full "due process" hearing. The. Supreme Court held,

In this context, the possible length of wrongfuldeprivation of unemployment benefits is an impor-tant factor in assessing the impact of official actionon the private interests. . . . Prompt and adequateadministrative review provides an opportunity forcorrection of errors made in initial eligibility deter-minations. Thus the rapidity of administrative

Page 231: DOCUMENT RESUME - ERIC · 2014. 3. 30. · of unremitting controversy, primarily between those anxious to ensure a high level of adequacy of protection and those for whom program

Conformity and,Court Cases 223

review is a significant factor in assessing the suffi-ciency of the entire process.

The Supreme Court vacated the District Court's judgmentand remanded the caselor reconsideration in light of the factthat while the case was pending, Connecticut completelyrevised its appeals structure in order to accelerate the pro-cess.

DOL advised the states:

The Court's decision makes crucial the need-for allStates to meet and maintain at least the levels of ap-,,peals performance prescribed in the Secretary's Ap-peals Promptness Standard."

The Appeals Performance Standard, described in the sectionon Administration in chapter 2, was the product of Java andspecifically a commitment by DOL in its brief to the Court:

The S cretary of Labor is cognizant of the need forincre ed promptness and, insofar as it is possibleto sh rten the delay without denying a fair hearingto ,t participants, he intends to effectuateprov ments. (Footnote: The Secretary is presentlycons dering the wisdom and feasibility of pro-.mul ating a specific federal standard of the timewith n which each State must complete its pro-ced res for determining whether benefits aredue 65

An Acy of Jamitmen

40

peals Promptness Project, generated by the penden-a and organized to implement the Secretary's com-

, issued a comprehensive report July 1972. It iden-tified a number of contributing factors to the states' poorpromptness record, including inadequate staffing, ineffec-tive management, outmoded processing systems and inflexi-ble budgeting. The root cause was simply stated:

Page 232: DOCUMENT RESUME - ERIC · 2014. 3. 30. · of unremitting controversy, primarily between those anxious to ensure a high level of adequacy of protection and those for whom program

224 Conformity and Court Cases

The basic problem is the failure at State and na-tional levels to insist on.iiromptness and on doingthose things which would produce promptness."

The Report 4nclUded a, number of recommendations, in-cluding a performance standard.

Java's influence was not limited, to the, alSpeals area.DOL's failure to insist on promptness was not- confined tostates' appeals performance. It had similarly failed to requirea reasonable /degree of promptness in paying benefits. Firstpayment time lapse (the speed with which a state agencymakes its first payment of benefits) performance w9s wasabysmarhs appeals time lapse. DOL had establishid sug-gested criteria fOr reasonable time lapse calling fOr 86 per-Tent of intrastate claims to be paid within 14 days beginningwitS the week ending date of the first compensable week,.and 67 percent of interstate claims. From 1971 through 1975there were never more than 22 states that met the intrastatecriterion in any given calendar quarter, and nevermore' than15 states met the interstate criterion:

As happened in the appeals _area, -by 1975, poor perfor-mance . of promptness of first payments resulted in courtcases in Florida, Georgia, Illinois, KentuCky, Maryland andVirginia. A Federal District Court in Illinois, appalled by the,long time lapse of that state, concluded that the state agencydid not adhere to the requirements of Section 303(a)(1) of theSocial Security Act. Although it did notxletermine that DOL.*had improperly certified the state for granted funds, it diddetermine that the state was,. not making payments "whendue." The Court concluded that the "when due" require-ment meant that the state agency mist mail checks outwithin 14 days frOm the end of the first compensable Week ofunemployment in all cases in which the claimant has provid-ed all necessary information, and external factors beyond theagency's control do not intervene. The agency must mail

Page 233: DOCUMENT RESUME - ERIC · 2014. 3. 30. · of unremitting controversy, primarily between those anxious to ensure a high level of adequacy of protection and those for whom program

Conformity and Court Cases 225

checks for all subsequent valid claims within 14 days fromthe end of the last compensable week of each bi-weekly claimperiod.6"

It became obvious that unless DOL developed a proinpt-ness standard (rattier than merely guidelines) the courtswould, do so. And different courts may well develop dif-ferent. standards. On March 5, 1976, a proposed Standardfor Benefit Payment Promptness was published in theFederal Register:

. . . responsive to the -overriding concern of theUnited States Supreme Court in . . . Java . . .andthat of other courts with, delays in the payment ofunemployment compensation to eligibile in-,dividuals."

The proposed Standard was adopted July 23, 1976. It waslater revised to be less stringent, effective August 28, 1978.

NOTES

-1. Sections 3304(a)(1), FUTA and 303(a)(2), SSA.

2. Section 303(a)(8), SSA permits a state to receive administrative grantsonly if expended solely for purposes and in the amounts found necessaryby the Secretary of Labor for the proper and efficient administration ofthe state law.

3. Sections 3304(a)(4), FUTA and 303(a)(5), SSA.4. Section 303(a)(1),SSA.

S. Section 3304(a)(6), FUTA.

6. Section 3304(c), FUTA.

7. Section 3306(c), FUTA.

8. Section 3309, FUTA.

9. Section 3304(a)(6)(A), FUTA.

Page 234: DOCUMENT RESUME - ERIC · 2014. 3. 30. · of unremitting controversy, primarily between those anxious to ensure a high level of adequacy of protection and those for whom program

226 Conformity and Court Cases

10. Decision of Secretary of Labor John T. Dunlop, June 6, 1975, in theMatter of the Question of Whether the State of New York's Unemploy-ment Insurance Law Conforms with the Requirements of the FederalUnemployment Tax Act.

11. Ibid.

12. Ibid.

13. Sectiori 3304(a)(6)(A), FUTA.14. Pennsylvania Unemployment Compensatioh Law, section 402.1(2).

15. Section 3304(a)(6)(A), FUTA.

'16. Public Law 95-171, approved November '12, 1977.

17. Message accompanying Veto of H.B. 47, June 23, 1978.

18. Under New Hampshire's law all claimants' benefit years begin andend the same date (April 1 through March 31). All base periods are thepreceding calendar year. In all other states these periods vary for each in-dividual depending on when he first files for benefits.

19. Section 3304(c), FUTA.

20. 616 F.2d 240.

21. Preamble to H.B. 808.22. National League of Cities V. Usery, 426 U.S. 833 (1976).

23. Charles C. Mulcahy (Mulcahy and Wherry) to Bernard F. Hillen-brand, Executive Director, National Association of Counties, and RalphTubor, Director, Federal Affairs, National AssoCiation of Counties,Summary of Legal OPinion on the Constitutionality of the Unemploy-ment Compensation Amendments of 1976, March 16, 1977.

24. Charles S. Rhyne (Rhyne and Rhyne) to all Plaintiffs Participating inthe Constitutional Challenge to the Federal Unemployment Compensa-tion Program, P.L. No. 94-566 (H.R. 10210).25. Memorandum Opinion of United States District Judge Charles R.Richey, United States District Court for the District of Columbia, C.A.No. 77-2023, December 29, 1977.

26. Ibid.27. Steward Machine Co. v. Davis, 301 U.S. 548 (1937).

28. Opinion of United States Court of Appeals fothe District of Co-lumbia Circuit No. 77-2138, The County of Los Angeles, California, etal. v. Marshall; No. 78-1142, The County of Los Angeles, California,Louisiana Municipal Association, et al. v. Marshall, March 19, 1980.

Page 235: DOCUMENT RESUME - ERIC · 2014. 3. 30. · of unremitting controversy, primarily between those anxious to ensure a high level of adequacy of protection and those for whom program

Conformity and Court Cases 227

29. 616 F.2d 240.

30. Section 3309, FUTA.

31. Trinity Evangelical Lutheran Church v. Department of IndustrialRelations, No. CV 78 500 325 Cir. Court, Mobile County, Alabama(January 27, 1979).

32. Ibid. Also, Roman Catholic Church v. State of Louisiana, No.219,660, 19th Jud. Dist. Ct., East Baton Rouge Parish, LA (August 31,1979). Grace Brethren v. State of California, Case No. CV 79-93, USDCCD California (September 21, 1979).

33.. Title II of the Emergency Jobs and Unemployment Assistance Act of1974Public Law 93-567, approved December 31, 1974.

34. Unemployment Compensation Amendments of 1975, Report No.94-755, Committee on Ways and Means, House of Representatives, 94thCong., 1st Sess. (December 16, 1975), p. 17.

35. Unemployment Compensation Amendments of 1976, Report No.94-1265, Committee on Finance, U.S. Senate, 94th Cong., 2nd Sess.(September 20, 1976), p. 8.

36. State of Alabama v. Marshall - No. 79-3968, State of Nevada v. Mar-shall,- No. 79-4032, in the United States Court of Appeals, for the FifthDistrict, September 8, 1980.

37. Ibid.

38. St. Martin Evangelical Lutheran Church and Northwestern LutheranAcademy v. State of South Dakota; No. 80-120, May 26, 1981.39. Ibid.

40. See discussion of tax offset approach in Providing an Incentive inchapter 1 for distinction between additional and normal tax credit.41. Section 3303(a)(1), FUTA.

42. Section 3303(d), FUTA.

43. U.S. Department of Labor, Unemployment Insurance Program Let-ter No. 1211, November 14, 1972.

44. Section 3309(a)(2), FUTA.

45. U.S. Department of Labor, Manpower Administration, DraftLegislation tollmplement the Employment Security Amendments of1970H.R. 14705 (1970), p. 104.46. U.S. Department of Labor, Employment and Training Administra-tion, Draft Language and Commentary to Implement the Unemploy-

233

Page 236: DOCUMENT RESUME - ERIC · 2014. 3. 30. · of unremitting controversy, primarily between those anxious to ensure a high level of adequacy of protection and those for whom program

228 Conformity and Court Cases

ment Compensation Amendments of 1976P.L. 94-566 (Supplement#4, Questions and Answers, September 1, 1977), p. 16.

47. Recommended Decision rendered by Administrative Law JudgeBriggs, October 11, 1979, and-served on all parties on October 12, 1979.

48. Report No. 1425, Senate 1966, p. 10.

49. Conformity Proceedings. ETA-1 (1979), Federal Register, Vol. 44,No. 216, November. 6, 1979, p. 64369.

50. Section 3304(a)(5), FUTA.

51. Ibid.

52 Oregon Employment Division Law.

53. William Haber and Merrill G. Murray, Unemployment Insurance inthe American Economy (Homewood, IL: Richard D. Irwin, Inc., 1966),p. 448.

54. Section 303(a)(1), SSA.

55. Java v. California Department of Human Resources Development,402 U.S. 1 21 (1971).

56. Java v. California Department of Human Resources Development,Case No. C-69-350 ACW, USDC ND California (December 5, 1969). .

57. Ibid.

58. Ibid.

59. Ibid.

60. Ibid. The U.S. District Court quoted from Chief Justice Gibson inAbelleira, et al. v. The District Court of,Appeals, etc., 17 C.2d 280, 300,1941; California Unemployment Insurance Code.

61. Java v. California Department of Human Resources Development,402 U.S. 1 21 (1971).

62. U.S. Department of Labor, Unemployment Insurance Program Let-ter No. 1126, June 14, 1971.63. Fusari, Commissioner of Labor v. Steinberg, et aL, appeal from theU.S. District Court for the District of Connecticut, No. 73-848, January14, 1975.

64. U.S. Department of Labor, Unemployment Insurance Program Let-ter No. 8-75 (1975).

20

Page 237: DOCUMENT RESUME - ERIC · 2014. 3. 30. · of unremitting controversy, primarily between those anxious to ensure a high level of adequacy of protection and those for whom program

Conformity and Court Cases 229

65. Quoted in U.S. Department of Labor, Promptness in Unemploy-ment Benefit Appeals DecisionsA Report andRecommendations, July1972, p. 19.

66. Ibid., p. 2.

67. Sylvester Burtton, et al. v. Holland, etal.; USDC ND 111 - ED, No.75 Civ. 892.

'68. Standard for Be fit Payment Promptness, Federal Register, Vol.41, No. 45, M 5, 1976, para. 610.1.

Page 238: DOCUMENT RESUME - ERIC · 2014. 3. 30. · of unremitting controversy, primarily between those anxious to ensure a high level of adequacy of protection and those for whom program

Chapter 6Summary, Trends, Conclusions

The Conceptual and Legislative Framework

As envisioned by President Roosevelt's Committee onEconomic Security, unemployment insurance, like theAmerican system of federalism, was to operate as a hybrid,with federal and state governments each 'having principaljurisdiction over particular aspects of the program and bothsharing responsibility for others. As described in chapter 1,the immediate federal roleto inspire states to enact UI pro-gramswas to be accomplished through a federal' payrolltax and a provision allowing employers credit against mostof that. tax for the taxes they paid under a state UI program )that met federal requirements.

A second federal responsibility involved management ofthe funds collected under the program. All taxis collected,state and federal, were required to be deposited in the Nd-tional Treasury. State deposits remained state property; butany money withdrawn could be used only for the purpose ofpaying unemployment compensation.

The third major federal responsibility was to establish na-tional standards in areas where uniformity was absolutelyessential. The two devices or sanctions available fo.r insuringstate conformity were denial of employers' creditagainst thefederal tax and withholding of federal grants fOr administra-tion.

231

236

Page 239: DOCUMENT RESUME - ERIC · 2014. 3. 30. · of unremitting controversy, primarily between those anxious to ensure a high level of adequacy of protection and those for whom program

232 Summary, Trends, Conclusions

The states were to be responsible for enacting complete,self-contained unemployment insurance laws that conform-ed to federal standards. The states would have almost com-plete freedom to establish qualifying conditions for benefits,weekly amount and duration of benefits, eligibility and dis-qualification conditions, and employer tax systems. Ad-ministrative responsibilities were to be shared by both levelsof government. Primary responsibility for administeringtheir laws fell to the states, but the federal partner wouldhave control over allocation of all funds for administrativeexpenses, authority to insure that administrative grants wereused by the states only for proper purposes, and an obliga-tion 'to provide technical assistance to the states.

As described in chapter 2, with a few exceptions, the 1935Social Security Act embodied the recommendations of theCommittee on Economic Security. Through the federalunemployment tax and tax credit device, the unemploymentinsurance titles of the Act provided the impetus for quickenactment of UI laws in every state. They established thebasic division of responsibilities between federal and estategovernments. Federal powers were spelled out explicitly, andas with the U.S. Constitution, those powers not expresslydelegated to the federal partner or those that could notreasonably be implied as federal, were reserved to the states.Unlike the Constitution, the Social Security Act ,could be'amended or abolished by Congress alone. Unemployment in-surance would be a federal-state system only as long as thatarrangement appeared to Congress to provide advantages.

Experience

Checks and Balances

A legislative framework under which authority andresponsibilities for a program are divided between two partners will soon collapse, unless there are means to restrain

Page 240: DOCUMENT RESUME - ERIC · 2014. 3. 30. · of unremitting controversy, primarily between those anxious to ensure a high level of adequacy of protection and those for whom program

Summary, Trends, Conclusions 233

either partner from encroaching on the authority of theother. The U.S. Constitution provides for an elaboratesystem of checks and balances among the three branches ofthe federal government as well as between the federal andstate governments. The Social Security Act provides somechecks and balances. The American political system providesothers. Among them are the following:

State authority to enact piOvisions contrary to federalrequirements is checked by the consequences of denialof tax credit and loss of administrative grants;Federal authority to substitute .a federal system for thefederal-state system is checked by a state-oriented Con-gress;State authority to enact conforming but extreme provi-sions is checked by federal power to enact uniform stan-dards;

, Federal authority to radically alter the system is offsetby public acceptanCe of the basic provisions ofunemployment insurance;State authority over the administration of its program ischecked by federal control of administrative grants;Federal authority to impose sanctions on nonconform-ing sates is checked by Congressional aversion topenali ing a state.

There are m re. Until recent years, the result of these checkshas been to restrain the actions of each partner so as toachieve som thing of a .balance of .power, with neitherdominating in the control of the unemployment insurancesystem.

Conflicts

Since the beginning, the program has been characterizedby two types of conflictsthose caused by particular provi-sions of law and others generated by friction between two

u

Page 241: DOCUMENT RESUME - ERIC · 2014. 3. 30. · of unremitting controversy, primarily between those anxious to ensure a high level of adequacy of protection and those for whom program

234 Summary, Trends, Conclusions

levels of government having responsibilities for a single pro-gram. Conflict over specific provisions is carried on almostevery year within the 53 jurisdictions with UI laws betweenindividuals and organizations with different views of thepurposes of unemployment insurance. When debate betweenbusiness and labor has been relatively even, the result hasusually been beneficial to the program. Open fights oversubstantive program provisions are the source of the ,pro-gram's vitality. More than any other single factor, this con-troversy has kept progiams-flexible and responsive tolocal needs and attitudes.

The second type of conflict, intergovernmental, is in-evitable in a program where responsibilities are divided, andfederal and state governments have different perspectives.For example, state authorities with day-to-day responsiliilityfor administration of their programs are bound to collidewith federl officials who control the amount of moneyavailable for administration, set the priorities for the money,and may even dictate the "methods" the state must apply incif tying out administrative functions. These kinds of con-flicts have not had a particularly beneficial impact on theprogram, but neither have they been harmful.

Stite and federal differences over the meaning of thefederal law are more significant intergovernmental conflicts.As described in chapter 4, most have been settled through .avariety of approaches. When negotiation has failed, thesystem provides a mechanism, the conformity process,whereby the issue may be resolved. It insures a ttate a fairhearing, a full opportunity to present its views and the op-tion to seek judicial review of an adverse decision'. Asdiscussed in chapter 5, the most difficult and significant UIissues have been settled in this fashion. Interpretations areone means by which federal authority has been expanded tomeet particular issues, and the conformity and judicial pro-cesses have been testing grounds for the soundness of federal

Page 242: DOCUMENT RESUME - ERIC · 2014. 3. 30. · of unremitting controversy, primarily between those anxious to ensure a high level of adequacy of protection and those for whom program

Summary, Trends, Conclusions 235

interpretations. The process has been used sparingly, basical-ly because it involves much effort on the part of all parties topresent and prepare support for positions. The availabilityof a fair hearing, if negotiation fails and one is -needed, hashad the same beneficial effect on the system as the fair hear-ing opportunity available to claimants and, employers.

Cooperation

Conflicts notwithstanding, the dominant pattern of in-tergovernmental relations has been cooperative effort. Thistoo has been the result of the division of responsibilities andthe development of checks on authority. With each level ofgovernment restrained by statutory or practical obstacles, itquickly became clear that the program could operate onlythrough cooperation. The interdependence of the two part-ners was demonstrated at the outset.

As issues arose after the program was inaugurated in moststates, interpretations- were made of federal law, many withadministrative implications. To be realistic and workable, itwas necessary that interpretations and decisions affecting ad-ministration be developed on 'the basis of state experienceand capability. This required participation of state officialsor, at the minimum, opportunity for state review and reac-tion to proposed decisions and standards. This is an exampleof state participation in a predominantly, federal function.Federal participation in essentially state matters has beendiscussed in . the context of federal recommendations foramendments to state programs. These recommendationswere particularly influential at the beginning of t4e program,as discussed' in chapter 1. Over the years the recommenda-tions diminished for the variety of reasons discussed inchapter 4.

Intergovernmental cooperation occurs at all ad-ministrative levels and in all aspects of the program. It is the

242

Page 243: DOCUMENT RESUME - ERIC · 2014. 3. 30. · of unremitting controversy, primarily between those anxious to ensure a high level of adequacy of protection and those for whom program

236 Summary; Trends,,Conclusions

key, for example, to successful negotiation of conformityissues, as:described in. chapter 4.

Conflicts over the desirability of particular program provi-sions, discord over the operation of the program,disagreements over the meaning of, federal law, and over-riding cooperative effort are the ingredients of federal-staterelationships that have contributed to the success Of:unemployment insurance: The two sources of 'these''characteristics are the federal-state division of respon-Abilities originally' spelled out in the Social Security Act, andthe legislative, practical, and voluntary checks against ar-bitrary expansion of authority by either partner.' These arethe elements that make possible debate in a state capitol overthe level of the maximum weekly benefit amount; a U.S:SUPreme Court decision upholding the constitutionality of arequirement that states cover' state and local governmentworkers as a conditiOn for tax credit; a conformity heating

\ \rejecting a state-imposed income test as a : condition forbenefit; resolution pri\an informal basis of a conflicf with

,,

federal 14 caused by a state court decision; consideration by'!x`P advisory couneit of7commendatiOns prepared:by the

kciAler4t; govelmment for changes in the state's qualifying re-qUireMent. \ ,

Attitudes \

The unemployment insurance program is significantly af-fected by the attitudeof those who operate it and, indirect-ly, by public attitudesabout unemployed workers,claimants, employers, an unemployment insurance.

The system is a product of the 1930s depression when fewAmericans were without direct or close experience withunemployment. That experience showed that anyone couldlose a job through no fault of\his own and could remainunemployed despite all reasonable efforts to find work.

Page 244: DOCUMENT RESUME - ERIC · 2014. 3. 30. · of unremitting controversy, primarily between those anxious to ensure a high level of adequacy of protection and those for whom program

§urnmary, Trends, Conclusions 237

Enactment of t pr visions of the Social Security Actreflected genera Irecogn don lof government's Obligation .toprovide some degree of rotection against a hazard fated byeveryone who Works for nother. These concepts reiresentedradical departures' fro prevailing attitudes of precedingPeriods, that equated unemployment with shiftlessness,laziness or other weakne ses :if character, an_ d which rejectedgovernment support as ratu tous handouts likely only to en-courage more,'idleness.

In the 1930s; a num er of idealistic individuals were at-tracted to the new so ial ;insurance program at both thefederal and state levers. Many developed strong personal'commitments to relievimg /the hardship of unemployment.The system was thus built on the premise that mostunemployed workers would rather work than draw' benefitsand was staffed ,in sitnifiCant part by individuals dedicatedto making 4nemploy ent insurance an effective means of.meeting unemployed workers' needs.

he federal leadership established two overall objectives:ad quacy and fair ess. Recommendations of the Depart-me t of Labor and its predecessors constantly stressed thenee for adequk, enefit amounts .arid duration, as describ-ed in chapter 3. Thr eDemocratic and one Republican ad-ministrations supporte&federal benefit' standards to ensureNadequacy. States were regularluncOuraged to assure thatthe great majority would be compensated' for at least halftheir weekly wage loss, if unemployed, and to establisli themaximum weekly benefit amount as a percentage (prefdbly66-2/3 percent) of the statewide average weekly wage so-that .,-

benefit, levels would autOmatically-keeirpaCe with increasesin wage levels. It 'was also recommended that the benefitduration allowed either be the same for all claimants(pref rably 26 weeks),' or be expressed ,as am, ntrr"

amount equal to a substantial fraction (preferably at least3/5 o 2/3 instead of the common 1/3 fraction) of the claim-

1

Page 245: DOCUMENT RESUME - ERIC · 2014. 3. 30. · of unremitting controversy, primarily between those anxious to ensure a high level of adequacy of protection and those for whom program

.ns Summary, Tiends, Conclusions...

6

ant's base=pen o ,wages, up to no less than 26 times thectaimant's' weekly benefit amount.

Fairnesi was 'Stressed as much as adequacy. For example,although the amount of prior employment was the intendedmeasure OfAlabor force attachment, qualifying requirementsin soinestates were expressed in terms of flat dollar amountsof base-period earnings. These tests were discouraged, byfederal policy recommendations because higher paid workerscould meet them with less employment than others. similar-,ly, states with disqualifications requiring that the claimantmust be reemployed- and earn a specified flat minimumamount before he can again become eligible for benefits wereurged by the Department of Labor to require instead that theminimum amountopew earnings be stated as some specificmultiple of the claimant's weekly benefit amount. Low wage

.

workers would thus not be disadvantaged in meeting the dis-.qualification.. States with

i4endents' alloWance provisions'

were tfrged not to requi more of female-Claimants in quali-fying for such allowances. Special disqualifications;for par-ticular categories of workersStudents, retirees, pregnant

omen were discouraged.,. . . .

Beginning with the first DraftBill developed by the SocialSecurity 'Board in 1.936, federal efforts to influence statelegislation represented for a time the only leadership withregard to program policy issues. They provided focal pointsfor discussion even in states with perspectives wholly dif-ferent froiA the federal view. Federally organized legislativeplanning conferences; where recommendations weredebated, brought federal and-state 'officials together. TherecommendatiOns, somewhat predictable, over time in theiremphasis, also provided a certain stability to the program.

In time, as the states gained experiencei and confidence,\ --1many moved more independently concerning policy matters.Moreover: certain interest groupschiefly employers and

Page 246: DOCUMENT RESUME - ERIC · 2014. 3. 30. · of unremitting controversy, primarily between those anxious to ensure a high level of adequacy of protection and those for whom program

Summary, Trends, Conclusions 239

laboracquired. greater knowledge about UI and More skillsin advancing their positions. The state side of the' in-tergovernmental relationship grew generally stronger as aresult; a more equal federal-state balance evolved'.\ Whilesome on each side saw the other partner as too overbearingor too stubbornly independent, for the most part areasonable climate developed that was favorable to a'cooperative and creative relationship.

Recent Trends

Recent years have been marked by increasing federal\dominance of the unemployment insurance system. Thebalance of power has been undermined by new federal stan- :\dards, program objectives have shifted, and federal-staterelations have undergone substantial change. Chapter 3described federal program standards enacted in these. years.The.1980 and 1981 amendments which limit the 'conditionsunder which extended benefits may be paidi remove fromstate jurisdiction almost all control over this 'aspect ofunemployment insurance.

These and other recent restrictive program standards havebeen pressed primarily on the grounds of cost savings. Thisobjective has become compelling rationale, given .recent

ongressional preoccupation with, reducing the federaludget. In addition, cost-saving, motivated standards haveof been unwelcome in some states which are interested in

avoiding tax increases otherwise necessary to keep benefits instep with inflation, 'to replenish their funds from the drainsof recent recessions and to pay back moneys borrowed from/Ole federal loan fund.' . /.,.

These trends toward increasing federal /dominance anddeparture from long-standing program goals are products .ofdramatic economic. and political developinentS in recentyears.

2 4 6

Page 247: DOCUMENT RESUME - ERIC · 2014. 3. 30. · of unremitting controversy, primarily between those anxious to ensure a high level of adequacy of protection and those for whom program

240 Summary, Trends, Conclusions

A major indirect contributor to the cost,cutting trend wasthe inclusion of both federal and state UI tax receipts and UIexpenditures in the federal unified budget. From 1936through 1967, state UI tax moneys were not included in thefederal administrative budget; which was the basis for deter-mining the size of-the federal surplus or deficit. They werenot included because they were reserved in trust funds ear-marked for employment security purposes and not availablefor other activities. However, by 1967, total receipts of allU.S. Treasury trust funds (including Social Security's) equal-ed altnost140 percent of the total adminiStrative budget fromwhich they were excluded. Because of their size and impacton the economy, the UI and other trust funds, both theirreceipts and expenditures, , were incorporated in a unifiedfederal budget beginning in 1968.2

The National Commission on Unemployment Compensa-tion unanimously recommended removal of UI trust fundmoneys from the federal budget. The Commission arguedthat the major portion of employer UI taxes is state moneys,.not federal. State decisions affecting program matters; aremore important than federal decisions in their influence onUI revenues and expenditures. The basic reason for theCommission's recommendation, however, was that, as partof the unified federal budget, trust funds have increasinglybecome the target of intensive efforts by both the executiveand legislative branches to cut the expenditure side of thefederal budget, frequently without much or any regard to thedamage caused by the cuts-in the programs involved,'

A second source of .current cost consciousness is the sud-den and deep plunge of several states from solvency intodebtor status: Unil. the 1970s, with few exceptions, states'reserves were gene ally adequate to cope with the regularfluctuations of the economy. During the severe recession ofthe mid-1970s, 25 states found it necessary to borrow fromthe federal loan fund. By 1977 and 1978, unemployment had

2 ,t

Page 248: DOCUMENT RESUME - ERIC · 2014. 3. 30. · of unremitting controversy, primarily between those anxious to ensure a high level of adequacy of protection and those for whom program

Summary, Trends, Conclusions 241

declined, but the recovery was neither robust nor longenough to enable many states to reestablish adequatereserves. Thirteen states were still in debt at the end of 1979,by which time unemployment was again on the rise. It reach-ed record post-Depression levels in 1982. By the end of thatyear, 23 states owed the loan fund $10.6 billion. The federalUI trust fund account for extended benefits was also in debtto the Treasury for about $7 billion, most of it for outstand-ing costs of the Federal Supplemental Benefits program ofthe mid-1970s.4

These economic shocks had enormous impact not only onstate reserves, but on the direction the entire unemploymentinsurance system would take in the foreseeable 'future. Withstate as well as federal UI deficits reflected in the federalbudget, state programs became subject to budget cutting ef-forts by Congress and the Administration. The 1980 and1981 EB amendments described in chapter 3 are examples.The insolvacy and_potential insolvency of so' many states in-fluence the direction of the program also in another way. Forthese states, the primary consideration has become, first,how to keep the debt from growing, and later, how to repaythe debt and rebuild the fund. The federal loan repaymentrequirements and the recently added requirement of interestto,be paid on loans made after March 1982 have had signifi-cant influence on state decisions..In addition to the interest,employers in a state that has not repaid its loan within abouttwo years face an annual reduction in their federal -tax offsetcredit until the debt is repaid. This\translates into a uniform,progressive 0.3 percent increase in the federal unemploymenttax rate each year the debt is outstanding. States have the op-tion of paying an amount equivale t to the FUTA "repay-ment tax" instead of the amount bei g collected through theuniform tax rate increases. Thus, sta es, may choose to raisethe amount needed through experien rated taxes, or fromany other source.

/

Page 249: DOCUMENT RESUME - ERIC · 2014. 3. 30. · of unremitting controversy, primarily between those anxious to ensure a high level of adequacy of protection and those for whom program

242 Summary, Trends, Conclusions

In some states, regaining a sound financial footing may beaccomplished by appropriate increases in the state UI taxrate, tax base, or both. In others it will require, in addition,changes in 'benefit provisions ,aimed at reducing expen-ditures.' In any event, b ing preoccupied with regainingsolvency means, in most cases, a moratorium on anyliberalization of the benefit formula (even in states wherebenefit levels are inadequate), and a favorable reception to awide range of cost cutting measures, from frozen maximumbenefit amounts to stiffer disqualifications.

A third source of trends in the early 1980s is, of course, theelection in 1980 of a President and Congress committed toreducing the cost of domestic programs generally, and thecost of so-called entitlement programs particularly. 'The im-petuS has been both a serious federal deficit as well as apredisposition by many Administration keaders to distrustthe motives of those drawing unemployment insurance andother "entitlements."

TestiniOny on behalf of new restrictive standards revealsan Administration attitude toward the program andunemployed workers quite different from that previouslyex-pressed concerning adequacy and fairness. In 1981, for ex-ample, U.S. Secretary of Labor Raymond J.- Donovantestified on behalf of one of a number of UI amendmentsProposed by the Reagan Administration. The proposalwould require all states to disqualify claimants who, afterthree months of unemployment, refuse any job \within their

/capabilities

paying gross wages equal to the, higher of theminimum wage ,or their weekly benefit amount. The pro-posil, which was rejected, was similar to that enacted in 1980

i' to apply to extended benefit claimants.' According to the, Secretary, the proposal was needed because,

By'allowing unemployed workers to draw up to sixmonths of compensation unless jobs in their oc-

\ Li

Page 250: DOCUMENT RESUME - ERIC · 2014. 3. 30. · of unremitting controversy, primarily between those anxious to ensure a high level of adequacy of protection and those for whom program

Summary, rerTi-donclusions 243

cupations are available, the present unemploymentcompensation system discourages workers fromseeking employment in new industries. . .

A second Administration proposal (enacted) tor elimina-tion of the national trigger for extended benefits was describ-ed by a DOL spokesman as necessary to remove

a disincentive for the unemployed to become quick-ly reemployed- in those States with low unemploy-ment when the national trigger is on."

Another Administration proposal (enacted) was for amend-ing the unemployment compensation program for ex-servicepersons (UCX) by requiring states to disqualify frombenefits any Individual who voluntarily leaves the armedforces after serving an enlistment period. In effect, theamendment provides that if the individual could havereenlisted, but chose instead to leave the° service and reenterthe; civilian work force, he will be considered a voluntary quitand denied benefits if he is unemployed and files for UI.9

These and other Reagan Administration proposals wererecommended as a means of responding to what the DOLspokesman saw as a growing public image of beneficiaries,

. . . who are prepared to ride the system until allbenefits are exhausted, and who only then look forwork.

Implicit in the DOL testimony on behalf of reducingdisincentives so as to encourage claimants to seek work wasagreement with the image of claimants as preferring to drawbenefits than accept jobs; a conviction that tests applied bystate agencies of claimants' availability for work are inade-quate; and a commitment to stricter eligibility and worksearch requirements rather than to making administration ofexisting requirements more effective and positive.

2 5o

Page 251: DOCUMENT RESUME - ERIC · 2014. 3. 30. · of unremitting controversy, primarily between those anxious to ensure a high level of adequacy of protection and those for whom program

244 Summary, Trends, Conclusions

A change in attitudes toward claimants from sympathy toimpatience was also demonstrated abundantly by Congressin the 1980 debates on new extended benefit standards, par-ticularly on the, requirement that a state have a waiting weekfor regular claimants as a condition for payment of thefederal share of the cost for the first week. of extendedbenefits. It was asserted that the waiting week wouldsomehow encourage workers to seek jobs instead of filingfor benefits immediately." A skeptical view of claimants'job search determination was evident also in the debate con-cerning the deduction of retirement income from benefits.Such deduction, it was argued, was necessary to preventretirees from draining the system.'2

Allegations of excessive benefit costs and the prevailingsuspicion of claimant motivations also seem to draw supportfrom new revelations by behaviorists and economists show-ing that the average period of unemployment lengthens asbenefit amounts or duration increase." The implication isthat as benefits become more "attractive" they lure moreand more workers away from jobs. Many of these studies aresolely statistical, without serious analysis of the implicationsof the figures or the validity of the samples used. If benefitsare adequate, most unemployed workers are likely to spend alonger time trying to find the best job possible. Also, ifbenefits are adequate, more unemployed workers will filewho ordinarily would delay because of embarrassment orunwillingness to become involved in the filing, registering,and reporting procedures. It is questionable, however,whether many individuals would deliberately forfeit a steadyor even an uncertain job for benefits, amounting generally tohalf or less their regular weekly pay, for a period usually ofhalf a year or less. The fact that most claimants do not ex-haust their benefit entitlement even in hard times suggeststhe validity, of the program's premisethat most peoplewould rather work than draw benefits.

Page 252: DOCUMENT RESUME - ERIC · 2014. 3. 30. · of unremitting controversy, primarily between those anxious to ensure a high level of adequacy of protection and those for whom program

Summary, Trends, Conclusions 245

Finally, cost considerations and a predisposition todistrust benefit recipients seem also to encourage a certaininventiveness in developing justifications for proposedchanges. The entire package of restrictive, cost-cutting 1981Administration UI proposals, for example, was justified bySecretary of Labor Donovan in part on the grounds thattheir enactment "will strengthen this multi-billion dollarsafety net for unemployed workers. . . .14

Conclusions

This paper has been supportive of the balanced federal-state system and negative about the drift toward greaterfederal control over the program in recent years. Reaso9iforthis view are explained later, but in the interest of balance,some mention should be made of the advantages a d disad-vantages of a single nationwide program of incre ed federaldominance.

Arguments for Federal Control

Perhaps the greatest advantage of single national pro-gram is the opportunity it affoi for equal treatment ofclaimants and employers throw out the country. In con-trast, while state autonomy/ler program matters has per-mitted experimentation and innovation, it has also producedsome serious inequlities. Some states provide the sametreatment for all,-claimants except for those categoriessingled out by)ederal law for special treatment. Other statesdiscriminate'against interstate claimants, women, students,seasonal workers and part -time workers. In some states, dis-

__quilification provisions are so severe as to remove the of-fender completely from any protection under the programfor the foreseeable future. Some states have enacted benefitformulas that fall far short of meeting any reasonable.test ofadequacy, and taxing provisions that are wholly unrealistic

Page 253: DOCUMENT RESUME - ERIC · 2014. 3. 30. · of unremitting controversy, primarily between those anxious to ensure a high level of adequacy of protection and those for whom program

246 Summary, Trends, Conclusions

as means of ensuring solvency. State law differences, inmany instances, result in claimants qualifying for wholly dif-ferent UI benefitS with identical base-period experience sim-ply because they are in different states. Conversely,claimants with quite different work histories may qualify foridentical benefit. amounts and duration in' different states.DiVergent eligibility provisions produce situations in which aclaimant in one state may be denied benefits for a certain actfor six months or more, while in another state the, same actmay not be disqualifying at all. Employers with similar ex-perience and payroll are regularly assigned wholly differenttax rates in different states, depending on a great number ofvariables, and which may apply to different taxable wagebases as well.

Another advantage of a national system is financial. Na-tionwide pooling of all unemployment insurance taxes wouldrequire the Maintenance of smaller reserves than the ag-gregate of 53 separate reserve funds. Such a system also hasthe potential to be a much more effective tool in controllingthe economy. Federal domination should also lead to greaterefficiency: The more uniformity throughout the country, theeasier is the administrative burden. A national system alsohas the potential of unambiguous, united and effectiveleadership and direction; instead of 54 separate jurisdictions(53 "states" and one federal entity), each with authorityover its own domain.

Nor is there any lack of support for a national or morefederally dominated system. Both labor and, recently,business groups have supported greater federal control of theprogram. Organized labor has consistently favored benefitamount standards, as well as outright total federalization. Ithas also regularly looked to federal amendments to correctinadequacies and, inequities of many states' programs. Laborrepresentatives on the National Commission on Unemploy-ment Compensation, for example, recommended that Con-

Page 254: DOCUMENT RESUME - ERIC · 2014. 3. 30. · of unremitting controversy, primarily between those anxious to ensure a high level of adequacy of protection and those for whom program

Summary, Trends, Conclusions 247

gress consider adding federal benefit standards in the follow-ing areas: the level of wage replacement represented by theweekly benefit amount, qualifying requirements, waitingperiods, disqualifications, eligibility conditions for UI, ap-peals requirements, benefits for partial unemployment,dependents' allowances, job search requirements andassistance, rules for availability for work and active searchfor work."

Business grottips have only recently acquired a fondnessfor some federal standards. These former advocates of stateautonomy supported the Reagan Administration's 1981 pro-posals for several new federal standards in the extendedbenefit area, and for a standard on .a new suitable workdefinition for regular benefit claimants. The Chamber. ofCommerce, for example, recommended "swift enactment ofthe President's Program for Economic Recovery, in its en-tirety."

As federal budget restrictions, the proposedchanges in the UC program (see Appendix A) willcontribute to national economic recovery. Most im-portantly, however, they are good for the UC pro-gram and constitute a modest step toward longoverdue reform of the federal unemployment com-pensation laws.' 6

Similarly, the National. Association of Manufacturers,although it:

. . . philosophically opposes any imposition offederal standards on individual State UC pro-grams, . . . urges you, the Congress, to respond tothe Administration's proposed unemploymentcompensation savings in a courageous manner byexpeditiously enacting the legislative proposals being debated today.' 7

Page 255: DOCUMENT RESUME - ERIC · 2014. 3. 30. · of unremitting controversy, primarily between those anxious to ensure a high level of adequacy of protection and those for whom program

248 Summary, Trends, Conclusions

Both of these statements of support were for Administrationproposals that included the' imposition . . . on individualState UC programs" of several new and sweeping federalstandards. Traditional opposition by these organizations toenlarged federal control over the program apparently givesway in the face of opportunity for cost reduction and for anarrower definition of worker. behavior acceptable as"deserving" of benefit support.

Disadvantages of Federal Dominance

A single national system that successfully provideduniformly fair and adequate UI provisions would be superiorto the present federal-state system in the author's opinion.Unfortunately,. a national system with the potential foreliminating inequalities and inequities also has the capabilityof doing the opposite. The capability for producing ine-qualities has been amply demonstrated. For example, statediscriminatory provisions aimed at retirees,. schoolemployees, athletes, aliens, are federally mandated. That thefederal government is as capable of inequities as any state isillustrated by the DOL-sponsored 1981 amendment and 1982amendments to the federal program of unemployment corn-pensation of ex- service persons (UCX) which required dis-qualification, as a voluntary quit without good cause, ofanyone who left the service when he could have reenlisted.This questionable provision was dropped in 1982, but in-stead of reinstating the practice of treating veterans on anequal basis as other claimants, as was the case for over 20years, Congress imposed a four week waiting period as acondition for benefits (not required of other claimants byany state) and established a ceiling of 13 weeks of benefits,half the usual 26 week maximums for regular benefitsavailable in all but one state and one-third the usual max-imum duration in states with extended benefits triggeredon. '8

Page 256: DOCUMENT RESUME - ERIC · 2014. 3. 30. · of unremitting controversy, primarily between those anxious to ensure a high level of adequacy of protection and those for whom program

Summary, Trends, Conclusions 249

The federal government is also no less capable than anystate of absurdities, as illustrated by the 1982 requirementdenying payment to any state of the federal share of the costof extended benefits to the extent of "extra" benefit costresulting from the state not rounding all the regular benefitamounts ending in other than full dollars, down, to the nextlower full dollar amount. There exists no viable means of ef-fectively enforcing the provision. Finally, it should be notedthat the federal government is as fully capable as any state ofquestionable judgment of the type illustrated by the severe1981 restrictions (elimination of the national trigger, increaseof insured unemployment rate levels required to activatestate triggers,, elimination of EB claimants from the com-putation of the trigger rates) imposed on the availability ofextended benefits, at a time when record numbers of workerswere losing their jobsonly to turn around within monthsand enact a special emergency program to help the long termunemployed, including those dropped from unemploymentinsurance protection solely because of the earlier amend-ments.

A 1978 General Accounting Office report of the UI systemillustrates the dilemma, posed on the one hand by a hybridfederal-state system that produces inequalities but usually nonationwide blunders, and on the other hand by a nationalsystem (or a federally dominated partnership) that has thepromise of equal treatment nationwide but also the potentialfor imposing provisions that are universally unfair or inade-quate. In its report, the GAO recommended abolition of theextreme diversity of provisions it had discovered among thestates:

We recommend that the Congress establishuniform eligibility standards and methods fordetermining benefit amounts so that all UIclaimants are treated equally."

Page 257: DOCUMENT RESUME - ERIC · 2014. 3. 30. · of unremitting controversy, primarily between those anxious to ensure a high level of adequacy of protection and those for whom program

250 Summary, Trends, Conclusions

We believe that the benefit to be derived from ourrecommendation would outweigh what might beperceived by some as an intrusion on the partner-ship.2°

Differences in eligibility and benefit provisions.among the jurisdictions have a significant impact

ion program costs.2'

Tile recommendation for greater unifOrinity "so that all UIeilaimants are treated equally" was not, however, accom-panied by recommendations that would assure both unifor-mity and equity. Instead, GAO was disturbed that somestates had no waiting week requirement; some did not deductretirement income from benefits.;- some paid dependents'allowances, some permitted disqualified claimants tobecome eligible after a specified' number of weeks ratherthan requiring them to requalify by getting another job. Atcording to GAO estimates, these provisions increase UI costsover $1.0 billion.22

There was no dikussion in the report of the merits of theprovisions from the standpoint of program objectives orfrom any other standpoint than cost. The GAO completelyignored DOL's rebuttal that the very provisions the reportsingled out and implied were too expensive were provisions(except for dependents' allowances) the Department had urg-ed the states to adopt for. over 40 years, on the g ounds thatthey provided fair treatment of claimants and ade UI amore effectiye buffer against the hardships of unemploy-ment. The GAO recommendations would th s have ac-complished greater uniformity and saved mo ey, but, thecost of such "reforms" would be borne entirely y claimantsand would be substantial.

Perhaps more important than other disadvantages of a na-tional system is its potential for manipulating People. The re-cent amendments to the EB program, for example, seemed

Page 258: DOCUMENT RESUME - ERIC · 2014. 3. 30. · of unremitting controversy, primarily between those anxious to ensure a high level of adequacy of protection and those for whom program

Summary, Trends, Conclusions 251

more aimed at forcing unemployed workers to seek anyavailable job regardless of their skills, experience, formerwage level or standard of living, than at providing mean-ingful 'help to people suffering from loss of jobs, income,and self-confidence. The concerted attacks in recent years byAdministration spokesmen and Congressmen on the motiva-tions ancI character of those receiving Ul and other publicentitlemen\t program benefits seem deliberately intended toinstill a sense of shame, or at least embarraSsment, in reci-ients, and thereby- to manipulate unemployed workers toorego or delay filing claims for benefits. Giyen the increas-

ly common attitude toward claimants as parasites rathertha involuntarily unemployed workers, a wholly centraliz-ed, tional program could become even more manipulativeand oppressive.

A,Restori a More, Even Balance

The fe eral-state system has the disadvantages describedearlier ut it does not have the same potential as a nationalsystem' (or a federally dominated partnership) for manipula-.

tion. It still permits experimentation on an individual statebasis; and with a constantly changing economy, the chanceto test new ideas in individual state laboratories is needed asmuch now as 50 years ago. Unlike the mistaIles of a nationaladministration and Congress, which hav,pi nationwide im-plications and can be repealed only by another act of Con-gress, 'state disasters are usually confined to individual stateborders, while successes can be quickly picked up by otherstates. /

The current federal-state division of responsibilities is asource of the debate, discussion, conflicLand confrOntationsdiscussed throughout this paper. These"are the factors thathave produced a unique vitality in a 45-year old program andthat provide the key to its flexibility and responsiveness tbnew problems.

Page 259: DOCUMENT RESUME - ERIC · 2014. 3. 30. · of unremitting controversy, primarily between those anxious to ensure a high level of adequacy of protection and those for whom program

252 Summary, Trends, Ciiiclusions

The means of retaining the advantages and preservingwhat is left of the federal-state balance lie in buttressingdeterrents to federal takeover. The main reason for federalrestraint in the past was widespread public, acceptance andsupport of a system that seemed' to work welt and providedmeaningful help to involuntarily unemployed workers. Thegeneral assumption was that the states' maintainedreasonably efficient, adequate programs at relatively lowcost, and that benefits generally were paid only to workersunemployed through no fault of their own, most of whomwere ready, willing and able to work. Given these assump-tions (disturbed occasionally by a newspaper article or televi-sion program focusing on UI fraud or implying fraud), therewas a natural reluctance to change. a successful organiza-tional, structure .

The heavy, unemployment of the .mid-1970s, enactmentsduring that period extending benefit duration to as much as65 weeks,. and the sudden and complete depletion of -manystates' reserves caused public reassessment not only of thecapabilities of the-states but also of the characterjof the UI

) claimant. The 1980 and 1981 federal invasions of stateauthority through a succession of program standards,motivated mostly .by budget icqnsiderations, were madepossible because of the erosion of public confidence in _thesyttemencouraged and articulated bp-congressional andadMinistration advocates of restrictive federal standards.

Restoration of past positive attitudes requires shoring upthe current system's abilities to meet its basic responsibilities.First is, the federal-state responsibility to ensure adequate,financing of benefits.

The states must work their way back to solvency if publicskepticism of their ability o ma eir own UI programs,is to be replaced by public cOnfidence. tes' heavy borrow;.,ing in recent\ years from a federalloan and that itself has''

4

Page 260: DOCUMENT RESUME - ERIC · 2014. 3. 30. · of unremitting controversy, primarily between those anxious to ensure a high level of adequacy of protection and those for whom program

Summary, Trends, Conclusions 253

had to borrow from general revenues, has been interpretedas a sign of irresponsibility and a signal for federal takeoverof state responsibilities. Federallmimposed. 'cost- savingMeasures ha(ie been Substituted for state decisiOnmaking.-The trend toward increased federal influence will certainlycontinue as long as substantial numbers of. states must bbr.row "federal" money. The paths individual states must taketo regain solvency and independence are many and variedand not the appropriate subject for' this paper. j

Clearly, states must take appropriate steps, but given theuneven impact among the states of recent recessions and thesevere economic shocks suffered by some, it is no 'longerreasonable to expect individual states to carry the entireburden of extraordinary benefit costs. In some states, themost prudent financing measures conceivable would nothave prevented complete depletion of state reserves. Someform of catastrophic reinsurance is clearly needed so that nostate's reserves are so exhausted by a recession as to preventit from recovering,' through reasonable tax increases, withina relatively short period.

A second basic, responsibility of the system is to ensurethat benefits are paid only to those for whom the program isintended to help. If the public continues to believe tliat toomany claimants would rather draw benefits than work, and

. that most states are. either unable qr unwilling to takenecessary steps to limit benefits only to those genuinely eligi-ble, more federal' eligibility standards are likely to be forth-coming. The emphasis will continue to be on "stimulatingwork incentives" by' tightening eligibility requirements;lowering benefits, and making disqualifications more severe,and it is possible that efforts will also be made to amend thela*-so as to permit (or require) states to limit benefits only tothose who meet needs or income tests.

The IR program has always been vulnerable to chargesthat it is easy forclaimants to cheat by not reporting all earn-

.

2 6 0

Page 261: DOCUMENT RESUME - ERIC · 2014. 3. 30. · of unremitting controversy, primarily between those anxious to ensure a high level of adequacy of protection and those for whom program

254 Summary, Trends, Conclusions

ings for a week, by false statements about their availabilityfor work, by insincere and half-hearted searches for a job.Everyone seems to know someone who has collected benefitsapparently without being ready, willing and able to work.There is no-question that some of the alleged abuse is real.Application of the availability and work search tests is theweakest aspect of UI administration.

Recent national administrations have tended to view abuseand fraud as comical if not prevaffing practices rather thanaberrations. Instead of concentrating on making UI a moreeffective protection for individuals and their families, and amore effective counter-recessionary tool, they have focusedon reducing abuse and providing new incentives to return,towork, such as increasing the penalties for turning down asuitable job; considering as suitable aniy job the claimant isphysically able to perform if it pays more than either, theminimum wage or the claimant's weekly benefit amount;' re-quiring that claimants produce tangible evidence of theirwork search efforts.

The disregaid of such factors as the claimant's prior workexperienc,e, his skills and training and his past earnings levelsonly adds to employers' problems; since few individuals arlikely to remain long in a job that is not compatible withtheir training and experience and out of line with their priorwage levels. It adds also to the problems of other'unemployed individuals for whom the job, taken tempr,rnri-ly by the "over qualified" claimant, is suitable. Thc. t)leevidence of work search requirement results in themaking employer contacts solely for the purpose of meetingthe requirementa futile effort by the claimant and a.nuisance to employers.

A. better approach, tried on an experimental basis fromtime to time, is a positive, thorn application of eachstate's existing availability for 1.. .1nd work search re-

0

2 6

Page 262: DOCUMENT RESUME - ERIC · 2014. 3. 30. · of unremitting controversy, primarily between those anxious to ensure a high level of adequacy of protection and those for whom program

Surnmary Trends, Conclusions 255

quirements. Such an approach requires individualized treat-ment of each claimant to the greatest feasible extent. It in-volves joint employment service and UI evaluation of theclaimant's prospects for local reemployment in his usual oc-cupation and his need and aptitude for acquiring new skillsthat are in demand. Most important, for claimants not ex-pecting recall to their jobs, it requires the early cooperativedevelopment by the employment service and UI staff with,the claimant of a plan representing the most realistic path tothe claimant's reemployment in suitable work; actual im-plementation of the plan and adjustment of the plan when 1necessary; and a periodic evaluation of the claimant's ownpursuit' of the plan and of his availability for work.23 This:approach is expensive, but it may be cost effective if allsocial as well as program costs are taken into account. Ilirepresents the most productive and, realistic approach possi-ble, from the standpoint of the claimant, the state agency,and employers.

The effective application of a thorough reemployment esr-vice would also permit the early infientification of those in-dividuals not really committed to working. Accordingly,ithisapproach vcould seem to be the.most effective mean ofreducing abuse of the program by claimants. It shouldhelp in restoring public confidence in state ability to imitbenefit payments only to those whO genuinely meet the tateeligibility conditions.

A third basic responsibility of the system is to provide de-' quate benefits. A sure invitation to' ncreased.federal co trolof the program is for the states to continue to fall shor ofthis goal. Federal benefit standards have received c n-,.siderable support in the past primarily because sta esneglected to prescribe asonable benefit levels. Clearly su hstandards are not likely in the immediate future. liowevethe current federal emphasis on cutting costs will in time breplaced by a genuine concern for the plight of unemployed

Page 263: DOCUMENT RESUME - ERIC · 2014. 3. 30. · of unremitting controversy, primarily between those anxious to ensure a high level of adequacy of protection and those for whom program

256 Summary, Trends, Conclusions

workers. It will be acc panied by a growing conviction thata state UI program s uld be expected to meet somereasonable benchmark o minimum benefit adequacy toqualify the state's employers for credit against the federaltax. Unless the states do this voluntarily, it will be dohe forthem.

A fourth basic responsibility is for the system toreestablish reasonable program objectives and goals. Thismeans resumption by the federal partner of its responsibilityfor developing and, recommending provisions for state con-sideration based on criteria of fairness and adequacy, as wellas cost. Resumption of its traditional advocacy role (by aDOL genuinely committed to strengthening UI) would pro-vide a needed focus on program improvement, abandoned tocost considerations in recent years. It would represent areturn by the federal partner to a role of leadership inestablishing broad as well as specific program goals and inpersuading states of the merits of' its recommendations onthe basis of reason, research and experience, rather: thancoercion.

If adopted, these four general recommendations shouldhelp renew public confidence in unemployment insurance.Their adoption should lead to greater support for the pro-gram's original objectives and a change in the current publicimage of the. claimant as lazy, devibus arid undeserving.These changes in the public perceptions would seem to beprerequisite to restoring the traditional federal-state balanceof power. In addition, if the old partnership is to be revived,it seems necessary that there also be greater 'public awarenessof the hazards of centralized' control and the values of apluralistic system. Perhaps this monograph will contribute tothat end.

Page 264: DOCUMENT RESUME - ERIC · 2014. 3. 30. · of unremitting controversy, primarily between those anxious to ensure a high level of adequacy of protection and those for whom program

Summary, Trends, Conclusions 2571

NOTES

1. Testimony by representatives of the Interstate Conference of Employ-ment Security Agencies on recent amendment's has been a mixture of sup-port for restrictive, EB standards (e.g., changes in EB triggers) and op-position to proposals for restrictive regular program standards (e.g., newsuitable work criteria after 13 weeks).

2. Peter Hen le, "The Federal Budget: Removal of State UnemploymentTrust Funds," Unemployment Compensation: Studies and Research,Vol. 2 (Washington: National Commission on Unemployment Compen-sation, 1980), pp. 373-387.

3. UnemployMent Compensation: Final Report (National Commissionon Unemployment Compensation, July 1980), p. 104.4. Information about state UI loans and general U.S. Treasury advances

'based on data supplied by the UIS.5. For discussion of Michigan's UI fund crisis and options for meetingthe problem, see Saul J. Blaustein, Unemployment Insurance Fund In-solvency and Debt in Michigan (Kalamazoo, MI: W. E. Upjohn Institutefor Employment Research, September 1982).

6. P.L. 96-499, approved December 5, 1980, amended the Federal-StateExtended Unemployment Compensation Act of 1970. See chapter 3 fordiscussion of extended benefit standard on suitable work and worksearch.

7. Statement of Raymond J. Donovan, Secretary of Labor, before theSubcommittee on Public Assistance and Unemployment Compensation,.committee on Ways and Means, U.S. House of Representatives, March'12, 1981. DOL's proposals incorporated in S. 983, introduced by SenatorDole, and H.R. 2880, introduced by Congressman Conable. Proposalnot enacted.

8. Statement of Lawrence E. Weatherford, Acting Deputy AssistantSecretary for Empkyment and Training, U.S. Department of Labor,before the Subcommittee on Public Assistance and Unemployment Com-pensation, Committee on Ways and Means, U.S. House of Represen-tatives, March 12, 1981. Proposal enacted as part of P.L. 97-35:approv-ed -August 13, 1981.

9. P.L. 97-35, approved August 13, 1981.10. Weatherford, op. cit.

2f'

Page 265: DOCUMENT RESUME - ERIC · 2014. 3. 30. · of unremitting controversy, primarily between those anxious to ensure a high level of adequacy of protection and those for whom program

258 Summary, Trends, Conclusions

11. Congressional Record (March 4, 1980), Senator Boren, pp. S2104-2105.

12. Ibid.

13. See, for example, Daniel Hamermesh, Jobless Pay and the Economy(The Johns Hopkins University Press, 1977), pp. 32ff; and Stephen T.Marston, "Voluntary Unemployment," in Unemployment Compensa-tion: Studies and Research, Vol. 2 (Washington: National Commissionon Unemployment Compensation, 1980), pp. 431-438.

14. Donovan, op. cit.15. Unemployment Compensation: Final Report, op. cit., p. 190.16. Statement on Proposed Budget Reductions in the Unemployment.Compensation Program before the Subcommittee on Public Assistanceand Unemployment Compensation of the House Committee on _Waysand Means, for the Chamber of Commerce of the United States, bySamuel E. Dyer, March 11, 1981.17. Testimony on behalf of the National Association of Manufacturerson the Administration's Proposed Savings on Unemployment Compen-sation before the Subcommittee on Public Assistance and Unemploy-ment Compensation of the Ways and Means Committee, U.S. House ofRepresentatives, March 11, 1981.

18. P.L. 97-362.19. United States General Accounting Office, Report to the Congress bythe Comptroller General, Unemployment InsuranceNeed to ReduceUnequal Treatment of Claimants and Improve Benefit Payment. Con-trols*and Tax Collections, April 5, 1978, p. 21.

20. Ibid., p. 23.21. Ibid., p. 7.22. Ibid., p. 8.23. The same intensive, periodic, individualized application of theavailability and work search requirements is advocated by Saul J. Blaus-tein in Job and Income Security for Unemployed Workers (Kalamazoo,MI: W. E: Upjohn Institute for Employment Research, 1981): "Em-phasis is always on encouragement and assistance to the claimant in find-

., ing employment. The expectation underlying this emphasis is that thetrue attitudes of the claimant with regard to desire and availability forwork are more readily revealed in the context of a positive approach.thanin a direct attempt at the outset to question the claimant's labor force at-tachment and behavior." Pp. 27, 28.